Cambridge Academic Seasonal Catalogue Sep-Dec 2020 by Cambridge University Press, Asia

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly

Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

44155

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books September - December 2020 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Contents Humanities Art ....................................................1 Archaeology.......................................1 Classical Studies.................................3 Drama and Theatre...........................10 History – American History................10 History – British History....................11 History – European History...............13 History – other areas........................16 History – cross discipline..................21 Literature – American Literature........23 Literature – English Literature...........24 Literature – European and World Literature....................................31 Music...............................................32 Philosophy.......................................33 Religion...........................................37 Social Sciences Anthropology...................................41 Economics, business studies..............41 Education.........................................46 Geography, the enviroment...............47 Language and Linguistics.................47 Law.................................................53 Management...................................68 Politics, social theory, history of ideas..........................................70 Psychology.......................................81 Social science research methods.......86 Sociology.........................................87 Science, Technology and Medicine Statistics and probability...................89 Computer science.............................90 Earth and environmental science......91 Engineering......................................93 Life sciences.....................................95 Mathematics....................................98 Medicine........................................101 Physics...........................................107

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

Asia (excluding Japan): asia@cambridge.org Japan: japanacademic@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World

Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide

Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email LibrarySales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe, Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email LibrarySales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org

To request a review copy of any of our Academic books, please visit our website: www.cambridge.org/review The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Sub-Saharan Africa

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

Art / Archaeology

Art

Mobile Technologies in the Ancient Sahara and Beyond Edited by C. N. Duckworth | University of Newcastle upon Tyne

Venus and the Arts of Love in Renaissance Florence Rebekah Compton

College of Charleston, South Carolina

Venus and the Arts of Love offers the first survey of Venus in the art, culture, and governance of Florence from 1300–1600. In the course of deconstructing Venus’s trajectory, this book critically examines the materials and techniques that artists employed to fulfill and even enhance the goddess’s iconographic demands. • Provides examples of inter-disciplinary art history in action • Introduces readers to technical art history, discussing pigments, binders, supports, drawings, conservation, and restoration reports in an accessible and informative manner • Offers perspectives of early modern theories of gender and sexuality January 2021 253 x 177 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-84291-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Cambridge Companion to Ancient Athens Edited by Jenifer Neils | American School of Classical Studies, Athens

The Varieties of Architectural Experience David Karmon | College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts

This book offers an innovative approach to Renaissance buildings and cities by reassessing the Renaissance understanding of the senses and the function of this architecture as an ‘experiential trigger.’ The experience of Renaissance architecture extends beyond scholarly investigations to engage and inspire anyone who encounters these sites. • The first book length study of Renaissance architecture that directly engages with multisensory experience • The author combines personal first-hand experience of buildings and places with historical analysis • Offers a new reading of Renaissance architecture, shifting the way we approach the field C

Archaeology

This book is a comprehensive introduction to ancient Athens, its topography, monuments, inhabitants, cultural institutions, religious rituals, and politics. Drawing from the newest scholarship on the city, this volume examines how the city was planned, how it functioned, and how it was transformed from a democratic polis into a Roman urbs. • Provides readers with an overview new archaeological discoveries and interpretations in the city that have occurred in the last twenty years in particular • Introduces the religious, cultural, and political institutions of ancient Athens through archaeological, literary, and epigraphic evidence • Demonstrates the impact of the Archaic and Classical periods on Athens in subsequent periods and today Cambridge Companions to the Ancient World

December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.450pp 978-1-108-48455-8 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00

A Comparative Study of Rock Art in Later Prehistoric Europe Richard Bradley | Institute of Archaeology

In prehistoric Europe natural surfaces in the landscape were often painted or carved. It happened between the adoption of farming and the origins of the state, but these images are rarely integrated into wider accounts of prehistoric archaeology. This Element reviews new research and attempts to remedy this problem.

Power and Place in Etruria The Spatial Dynamics of a Mediterranean Civilization, 1200–500 BC Volume 1 Simon Stoddart | Magdalene College, Cambridge

Elements in the Archaeology of Europe

This book will interest prehistorians, anthropological archaeologists, anthropologists, geographers, classicists and historians. Readers will discover an unexpected example of political history read from the spatial dynamics of settlement history. It will provide rich understanding of politics read from landscape without resorting to text or image. • Provides a novel example of landscape based state formation • Takes a quantitative approach to the evidence • Brings examples of Etruria into the modern world of scholarship October 2020 253 x 177 mm 350pp 978-0-521-38075-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Trans-Saharan Archaeology

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-83054-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Architecture and the Senses in the Italian Renaissance

March 2021 253 x 177 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-47798-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Through in-depth examinations of a range of technologies, this book demonstrates that the ancient and Medieval Sahara was as much a connective tissue as a barrier, and was teeming with innovation and knowledge exchange between mobile and sedentary groups. It is of value to historians, archaeologists, Africanists, and anthropologists. • The first large-scale analysis of the archaeology of Saharan technological knowledge, change and innovation • Provides in-depth analyses of a range of technologies, including irrigation, animal husbandry, weaving, and pyrotechnologies, and considers the ways in which these different technologies interacted with one another • Blends previously unpublished results of scientific and archaeological analysis with their social interpretations

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 30 b/w illus. 978-1-108-79449-7 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Archaeology

A History of World Egyptology

The Making of Empire in Bronze Age Anatolia

Edited by Andrew Bednarski | University of Cambridge

Hittite Sovereign Practice, Resistance, and Negotiation Claudia Glatz | University of Glasgow

This book appeals to amateurs and professionals interested in the history of Egyptology around the world. Its detail spanning some 150 years and two-dozen countries, this multi-authored, transnational volume shows where and how the study of ancient Egypt has developed, and why people have been both interested in, and inspired by, it. • Provides a holistic study of the study of ancient Egypt • Gives individual territories involved with Egyptology’s development their own voice • Includes socio-cultural in addition to academic interactions with ancient Egypt October 2020 253 x 177 mm 450pp 3 maps 978-1-107-06283-2 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00

Kingship, Power, and Legitimacy in Ancient Egypt

Writing and Reading in Late Bronze-Age Anatolia (1650–1200 BC) Theo van den Hout | University of Chicago

This book presents a history of ancient Egyptian kingship in the Old Kingdom and its re-formation in the early Middle Kingdom. Lisa Sabbahy examines the basis of kingship and its legitimacy. It appeals to scholars interested in ancient Egyptian history. • Offers a complete discussion of Egypt before the old kingdom • Incorporates discussion of art and architecture into kinship, offering a well-rounded view of kingship • Emphasizes the role of female goddesses, providing a different view of the religion and kingship C

The Amorites and the Bronze Age Near East

For all those interested in literacy and script usage in general and in the ancient world in particular. As the first, comprehensive overview, it sketches the development of literacy and of literature in Hittite Anatolia (2000/1650–1200 BC) and situates them in the history of the kingdom. • The first comprehensive overview of the subject, the product of a lifetime of research and thinking • Provides a good introduction to both the Hittite cuneiform and Anatolian hieroglyphic writing systems • Offers new solutions to a number of longstanding problems in the field of Hittite/Anatolian studies October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.448pp 51 b/w illus. 1 map 35 tables 978-1-108-49488-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Organization of Ancient Economies

The Making of a Regional Identity Aaron A. Burke | University of California, Los Angeles

This study summons historical, archaeological, and iconographic data from Bronze Age Mesopotamia, the Levant, and Egypt to address the legacy of Amorites. • Provides a unique and synthetic perspective on the formation and maintenance of the identity of a familiar people group in ancient Near Eastern history and biblical studies • Articulates a working approach to identity at different levels of social hierarchy, through time, and across a large geographic region • A book-length study that exposes the role played by environmental changes and niche exploitation in the creation and maintenance of group identity December 2020 253 x 177 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49596-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

September 2020 253 x 177 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49110-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$105.00

A History of Hittite Literacy

From the Old Kingdom to the Middle Kingdom Lisa K. Sabbahy | American University of Cairo

December 2020 253 x 177 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83091-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The volume provides a new, critical account of the Hittite imperial network of Late Bronze Age Anatolia (c. 1600-1180 BCE) through detailed analyses of a wide range of archaeological, iconographic, and textual sources. • Provides a comprehensive synthesis of a wide range of archaeological, textual and iconographic data pertaining to Late Bronze Age Anatolia and northern Syria • Presents the first theoretically informed analysis of the Hittite empire, its practices of sovereignty, local reactions to them, and long-term political development • Provides a model for a multi-scalar and multi-proxy analysis of early imperial production and development

A Global Perspective Kenneth Hirth | Pennsylvania State University

This book is about how ancient economies were organized to get work done. It is written for eclectic readers and life-long learners interested in the broad sweep of economic history. It explores how ancient economies developed and mobilized the resources necessary to support the institutions of civilization throughout antiquity. • Provides a comparative analysis of the domestic and political economies in ancient and premodern societies • Examines and compares the economic structures of forager, pastoral and agricultural societies ranging from simple bands and tribes to complex states • Provides a framework with which to examine and compare the structures of ancient and premodern economies September 2020 253 x 177 mm 462pp 978-1-108-49470-0 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Classical Studies

Classical Philology and Theology Entanglement, Disavowal, and the Godlike Scholar Edited by Catherine Conybeare | Bryn Mawr College, Pennsylvania

Painting, Poetry, and the Invention of Tenderness in the Early Roman Empire Herica Valladares | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

This book’s subject and interdisciplinary approach will interest scholars in several subfields of Classics: art history, archaeology, literary and cultural studies. Its focus on pictorial and poetic representations of love stories will also appeal to academics who study the history of emotions, and the wider public intrigued by ancient Rome. • Analyses Roman wall painting and Latin love elegy through an interdisciplinary lens that highlights previously unexamined connections between early imperial art and literature • Prior knowledge of Greek and Roman art and literature is not assumed; all Greek and Latin passages are translated into English • Delineates the emergence and dissemination of a new amatory ideal in early imperial art and literature, calling attention to long overlooked connections between Roman representations of love stories and later poetic and pictorial iterations of these narratives December 2020 253 x 177 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83541-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Greek and Latin Letters in Late Antiquity The Christianisation of a Literary Form Pauline Allen | University of Pretoria

The first general book on Greek and Latin letterwriting in Late Antiquity (400-600 CE). Allen and Neil examine early Christian Greek and Latin literary letters, their nature and function, the mechanics of their production and dissemination and their crucial importance to the society of their time. • The first ever comprehensive treatment of Greek and Latin letterwriting in Late Antiquity • Takes the reader through the genre of the letter, the process of writing letters and the materials used, and their dissemination down to our own times • Demonstrates that, with the Christianisation of the letter, its pagan antecedents were not ignored but adapted September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.224pp 978-1-316-51013-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64950-3 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

P P

Modern disciplinary silos tend to separate classical philology and theology. This book explores for the first time the deep and significant interactions between them, revealing the often hidden or disavowed reliance of two major ways of understanding the world. • Explores the crucial history of two major disciplines and their interactions • Develops fascinating test cases which reveal the two disciplines’ reliance on one another • Showcases the distinct and contrasting approaches of nine distinguished scholars September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.288pp 978-1-108-49483-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Rhetoric of Roman Transportation Vehicles in Latin Literature Jared Hudson | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Offers the first systematic study of Roman vehicles in Latin literary texts. Examining key modes of transport including carts, carriages, chariots, and litters, Jared Hudson shows how Roman authors articulate ideas about power, gender, and empire through vivid vehicular portrayals. • Offers the first systematic examination of the literary portrayal of Roman vehicles • Analyzes recurring depictions of Roman transportation across a wide range of Latin texts • Contributes to the Latin lexicography of Roman vehicles January 2021 228 x 152 mm c.348pp 978-1-108-48176-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Cicero’s Political Personae Joanna Kenty

Argues that Cicero assumed eight distinctive personae in the speeches of the latter half of his career to maximize political leverage and persuasion. Provides new insights into his political manoeuvring and the subtleties of his Latin prose. Accessible to students and non-specialists as well as scholars. • Addresses all of the speeches from the second half of Cicero’s career • Explores Cicero’s use of literary and rhetorical techniques to intervene in specific political and historical circumstances • Includes close philological readings of ancient texts with an appreciation for linguistic subtleties September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83946-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Classical Studies

Music and Metamorphosis in Graeco-Roman Thought

Catullus and Roman Comedy

Pauline A. LeVen | Yale University, Connecticut

Examines aesthetic and ontological questions raised by Greco-Roman myths of human metamorphosis into non-human musical beings. Placing the myths within their ancient intellectual contexts, it reads them in dialogue with contemporary questions about what it means to be human. Aimed at classicists, musicologists, and scholars of the posthumanities. • Examines important questions of musical aesthetics from a new perspective (that of mythical narratives of musical metamorphosis) and in a period rarely examined (the first to third centuries CE) • Engages with contemporary critical theory (in the posthumanities, animal studies, and sound studies) from an ancient perspective • Provides for the first time an intellectual history of musical metamorphosis November 2020 228 x 152 mm 228pp 978-1-107-14874-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.232pp 978-1-108-83981-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A Literary Commentary on Panegyrici Latini VI(7)

Representing the Unruly Body Sarah Olsen | Williams College, Massachusetts

This is the first investigation of solo dancers in Archaic and Classical Greek literature. It demonstrates that dancing alone signifies transgression and vulnerability in the Greek cultural imagination, and that the solo dancer is a powerful figure for literary exploration and experimentation in a wide variety of Greek genres. • Offers the first investigation of solo dance in Archaic and Classical Greek literature and culture • Interrogates the relationship between dance and literature across a range of genres • Compares ancient Greek representations of dance to performances and theories drawn from other times and places C

An Oration Delivered before the Emperor Constantine in Trier, ca. AD 310 Edited and translated by Catherine Ware | University College Cork

This oration from AD 310, which covers Maximian’s rebellion, Constantine’s claim of descent from Claudius II and his vision of Apollo, is crucial for understanding Constantine’s early career. The commentary examines the literary context and the role of the classical literary and rhetorical tradition in creating a new imperial persona. • Provides full commentary on the speech, examining in detail the presentation of key events • Illustrates the continuing importance of the classical tradition in late antique Gaul, the role of rhetoric, the knowledge of earlier authors and the use of allusion and intertextuality • Places the speech in the context of the corpus as a whole, showing how the orator uses earlier speeches to shape the persona of Constantine December 2020 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-12369-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$115.00

The Grotesque in Roman Love Elegy Mariapia Pietropaolo | McMaster University, Ontario

Explores the theme of corporeal, intellectual, and social degradation in Latin elegy from the vantage point of its aesthetic of grotesque imagery. Shows how and why the simultaneous occurrence of feelings of repugnance and admiration is a fundamental aesthetic premise of the genre. • Introduces the fundamental aspects of grotesque aesthetics and shows their relevance to the genre of love elegy • Demonstrates that grotesque and refined images constitute the polarities of a dialectic – epistemological and ontological as well as artistic – that is at the core of Roman love elegy • Uses close readings of well-known poems to reveal hidden complexities in their composition in the light of these new insights September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.248pp 978-1-108-48869-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Argues that the largest extant theatrical tradition of the third and second centuries BCE continued to be vital for writers of the first century BCE, especially in helping them to communicate strange and difficult ideas about their personal anxieties and concerns to public audience. • Analyzes Catullus’ engagement with Roman comedy, revealing the intersection of two genres and literary periods that have often been understudied • Provides a fresh interpretation of Catullus’ poetic program in light of the comic elements he incorporates • Relates Catullus’ literary practice with contemporary assumptions and ideas about theater’s role in elite Roman social life

Solo Dance in Archaic and Classical Greek Literature

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-48503-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Theatricality and Personal Drama in the Late Republic Christopher B. Polt | Boston College, Massachusetts

Classical Studies

TEXTBOOK PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

TEXTBOOK

A Hellenistic Anthology

Livy: Ab urbe condita Book XXII

Second edition Editor (introduction and notes) Neil Hopkinson | Trinity College, Cambridge

Editor (introduction and notes) John Briscoe

Book XXII, narrating Hannibal’s defeats of Rome at Trasimene and Cannae, is Livy’s most dramatic book in which he transformed Polybius’ source material into a rhetorical masterpiece. A new text is provided and the introduction and commentary treat historical, religious, literary and linguistic matters. It is suitable for students at all levels. • Provides the first detailed commentary on this book for half a century • Provides a new text as well as an Introduction and Commentary suitable for undergraduates and graduate students • Gives full treatment of historical, linguistic and stylistic matters as well as aids to translation Contents: Introduction; 1. Livy’s life and work; 2. Course of the war; 3. Sources; 4. Structure; 5. Chronology; 6. Language and style; 7. Literary aspects; 8. Religion in Livy; 9. Roman politics and Fabian strategy; 10. Manpower; 11. The text; Livy Book XXII; Commentary.

Makes accessible a wide range of important poetic texts from the third and second centuries BC. It provides help with the background to these writers and with the Greek of these often allusive and challenging works. This second edition has been thoroughly updated and substantially expanded. • Helps students gain an overall picture of the range of poetry produced during this important but often unfamiliar period so that they can relate the authors and poems one with another • Provides full notes on matters of syntax and unfamiliar vocabulary and with allusions to Homer and other poets • This second edition has been thoroughly updated and includes three hundred more lines of Greek text Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The apparatus criticus; Commentary; Appendix. Doric dialect; Indexes. Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

September 2020 216 x 138 mm c.300pp 3 maps 978-1-108-47240-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-45956-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

X X

Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

October 2020 216 x 138 mm c.320pp 4 maps 978-1-108-48014-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72708-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

X X

The Resurrection of Homer in Imperial Greek Epic Quintus Smyrnaeus’ Posthomerica and the Poetics of Impersonation Emma Greensmith | University of Oxford

The first literary and cultural reading of Quintus Smyrnaeus’ Posthomerica, a major Greek epic from the height of the Roman Empire which tells the story ‘in between’ Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, and reveals the aesthetic and identity politics of the era. Important for understanding Homer and epic in Greco-Roman culture. • Provides a literary and cultural-historical analysis of the Posthomerica, which has too often fallen outside of contextualized study due to a lack of precise information about its providence • Connects Quintus’ Posthomerica with a far wider range of ancient literature: not only poetry but also (and unlike previous scholarship) prose historiography, rhetoric, educational papyri; and not only Greek, but also Latin • Moves away from the individualized study of imperial Greek authors to a joined-up understanding of this era of epic as a corpus engaging dialogically with the same issues of empire and cultural change

Oppian’s Halieutica Charting a Didactic Epic Emily Kneebone | University of Nottingham

Demonstrates the sophistication, influence, and cultural centrality of an understudied imperial Greek didactic epic. Written for students and scholars of imperial Greek literature and culture (including the ancient novel), ancient heroic and didactic epic poetry, and those interested in human-animal relations in the ancient world. • Offers the first sustained and comprehensive literary reading of the Halieutica • Contextualises the poem within a range of ancient perspectives and debates • Addresses the poem’s place within ancient attitudes towards humananimal relations Greek Culture in the Roman World

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.432pp 978-1-108-84083-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Greek Culture in the Roman World

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.380pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-83033-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Classical Studies

TEXTBOOK

Galen and the Arabic Reception of Plato’s Timaeus

Plato: Menexenus Editor (introduction and notes) David Sansone | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

Aileen R. Das | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

In Menexenus Plato depicts an elderly Socrates reciting an inspiring funeral oration learned from his teacher Aspasia, although such a scenario is entirely fictional. The work reveals Plato’s mastery of prose style and his critique of rhetoric and democratic ideology. Suitable for intermediate and advanced students of ancient Greek. • Integrates literary, rhetorical, and historical discussion and comments in order to show how Plato uses rhetorical means to misrepresent and distort historical reality • Provides grammatical help for students as well as introducing techniques of discourse analysis • Helps students appreciate the radically divergent interpretations of the text proposed by scholars

Explores the Timaeus’ impact on pre-modern Greek and Arabic conceptualizations of medicine and will appeal to classicists, medievalists, and historians of philosophy, science, and the Middle East. Its five case studies examine how thinkers such as Galen and Avicenna used Plato’s dialogue to define their expertise and professional identities. • Explores diverse historical contexts in assessing Galen’s impact on medieval Arabic readings of Plato’s Timaeus • Promotes a reception-based approach to the study of Greco-Roman texts and ideas in medieval Islamic, Christian, and Jewish contexts • Employs methodologies from Science, Technology and Society Studies (STS) to examine how Plato’s Timaeus provoked new ways of thinking about knowledge categories

Contents: Introduction; 1. The Athenian state funeral; 2. The epitaphios logos; 3. The Menexenus of Plato; A note on the presentation of the text; Text; Commentary; Bibliography.

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-49948-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

August 2020 216 x 138 mm 202pp 978-1-108-49940-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-73056-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

X X

TEXTBOOK

Hellenistic Epigrams A Selection Editor (introduction and notes) Alexander Sens | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Greek ‘literary’ epigrams constitute one of the most versatile and dynamic poetic forms in the Hellenistic period. This edition introduces students to this variable genre. It provides substantial grammatical and linguistic help to less experienced readers of Greek, whilst its interpretive material will also be of interest to scholars. • Provides substantial help with difficult grammar and vocabulary suitable for the advanced undergraduate and graduate student • Illustrates the way the individual poems play with generic conventions to create meaning • Each poem is preceded by an interpretive essay discussing the relationship of form to content Contents: Introduction: 1. The Origins of Literary Epigram; 2. ‘Genres’ of Hellenistic Epigram; 3. ‘Fictive’ and ‘Inscribed’ Epigrams; 4. Formal and Literary Aspects of Hellenistic Epigrams; 5. Transmission; 6. Organizing Principles of this Anthology; Epigrams; Commentary. Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

November 2020 216 x 138 mm 320pp 978-0-521-84955-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-0-521-61481-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

X X

Pseudo-Aristotle: De Mundo (On the Cosmos) A Commentary Edited by Pavel Gregoric | Institute of Philosophy in Zagreb, Croatia

De mundo is a protreptic to philosophy and a work of both cosmology and theology, inspired by Aristotle. It is unique in presenting both a scientific explanation of the universe and a philosophical account focusing on the supreme cause of the universe’s coherence and stability, God. • One of the first extended studies of De mundo to focus on its philosophical content rather than issues of authorship, dating and style • Argues that the work provides an interpretation of Aristotle’s position about God and his relation to the universe which is at once philosophically compelling and methodologically interesting for the author’s use of analogy • Offers a glimpse into the philosophical debates in the Hellenistic period and late antiquity, but also into the genre of popular philosophy characteristic of the time December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 8 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-83478-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Productive Knowledge in Ancient Philosophy The Concept of Technê Edited by Thomas Kjeller Johansen | Universitetet i Oslo

Sets out for the first time the ancient views and debates about productive knowledge or technê through the whole period of antiquity, covering all the major schools of ancient philosophy. Readers will come to understand the central role that technê played in ancient intellectual life. • Explains in detail what ancient philosophers thought technê was • Shows the wide use of technê as a model for ethics, rhetoric, the arts, politics and cosmology • Traces debates through the history of ancient philosophy from the fifth century BC to the fifth century AD December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.348pp 978-1-108-48584-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Classical Studies

Aristotle on Language and Style

Rulers and Ruled in Ancient Greece, Rome, and China

The Concept of Lexis Ana Kotarcic | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

Edited by Hans Beck | Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster, Germany

The first systematic analysis of Aristotle’s concept of lexis, which is approached on three interconnected levels: the first dealing with language as a system, the second with actual language usage, and the third with prescriptions for the kind of language to be used in poetic and rhetorical compositions. • The first systematic analysis of Aristotle’s concept of lexis • Discusses other major concepts featuring in Aristotle’s works, like mimēsis, phantasia and energeia, to show the importance of lexis for his thought in general • Written accessibly for a wide range of scholars and students, with all Greek and Latin translated

Explores the creative potential of juxtaposing the cultural foundations of the Mediterranean world and ancient China. Embarking from the observation that Greek, Roman, and Han-Chinese societies were governed by comparable features, the contributors to this volume explain the dynamic interplay between political rulers and the ruled masses. • Captures the political cultures of the two largest civilizations in antiquity • Focusses on the relation between political leaders and the masses • Fosters a new comparative approach to the ancient world

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.288pp 978-1-108-49952-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Education of an Elite Citizenry Matthew R. Christ | Indiana University

Greek Philosophy, Latin Reception, and Christian Contexts Gretchen Reydams-Schils | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

The first study to assess in its entirety the fourthcentury Latin commentary on Plato’s Timaeus by the otherwise unknown Calcidius, as well as features of his Latin translation. The text represents a distinctive cultural encounter between the Greek and the Roman philosophical traditions, and between non-Christian and Christian currents of thought. • The first analysis of the text in its entirety • Sheds new light on the interactions between the so-called ‘pagan’ and Christian traditions • Presents an overview of the reception of Plato’s cosmology in his Timaeus, also in the Latin tradition

Fresh examination of how Xenophon instructs his elite readers concerning the values, knowledge, and practical skills they need to lead the Athenian democracy. Of interest to all those concerned with the role of elites in democracies, ancient and modern. • Explores the significant continuities in Xenophon’s political thinking across his Athenian works • Contextualizes Xenophon’s writings in the aftermath of the disastrous reign of the oligarchic Thirty (404/ 3 BC), and explores their significance for contemporary elite Athenian readers • Translates all Greek into English and uses clear language throughout in order to maximize accessibility September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-49576-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Social Control in Late Antiquity

Relative Change Matthew Duncombe | University of Nottingham

A relative change occurs when some item changes a relation. This Element examines how Plato, Aristotle, Stoics and Sextus Empiricus approached relative change. Elements in Ancient Philosophy

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-71342-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Xenophon and the Athenian Democracy

Calcidius on Plato’s Timaeus

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.232pp 978-1-108-42056-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

January 2021 228 x 152 mm c.448pp 978-1-108-48577-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

The Violence of Small Worlds Edited by Kate Cooper | Royal Holloway, University of London

Explores power relations in the households, schools, and monasteries of late antiquity in light of social theory, in a way that will be of interest to advanced undergraduates and postgraduate historians, as well as to scholars in the humanities and social sciences with interests in religion, law, and the family. • Sheds light on the small-scale environments such as households, schools, and monasteries, where ancient people spent much of their daily lives • Documents the experience of low-status people including women, children, and slaves • Offers an interdisciplinary view of late Roman social life informed by modern social science October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.348pp 978-1-108-47939-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Classical Studies

Benefactors and the Polis

The Future of Rome

The Public Gift in the Greek Cities from the Homeric World to Late Antiquity Edited by Marc Domingo Gygax | Princeton University, New Jersey

Roman, Greek, Jewish and Christian Visions Edited by Jonathan J. Price | Tel-Aviv University

Fresh analysis of elite public giving in the Greek cities in all periods of ancient history, highlighting it as a structural feature of polis society. Surveys the main scholarly debates on the phenomenon and continuities and changes between periods, and provides new theories and insights. • Provides a long-term perspective on the practice of public giving in the ancient Greek city • Introduces the current debates surrounding the practice both in general terms and for specific periods • Employs a range of theoretical perspectives and many different kinds of ancient evidence January 2021 228 x 152 mm c.348pp 978-1-108-84205-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Demonstrates that Romans, Greeks, Jews and Christians imagined the future of Rome in strikingly different ways, revealing profound differences in their conceptions of history and historical time, the purpose of history, the meaning of written words and oral traditions. • A cutting-edge volume on a topic never before systematically explored • Reveals profound differences between the views of the different peoples living under the Roman Empire on the same fundamental question • Explores concepts of historical time and other modes of time October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-49481-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A Commentary on Panegyrici Latini II(12) An Oration Delivered by Pacatus Drepanius before the Emperor Theodosius II in the Senate at Rome, AD 389 Edited and translated by Roger Rees | University of St Andrews, Scotland

The Scribes of Rome A Cultural and Social History of the Scribae Benjamin Hartmann | Universität Zürich

Explores the lives of Rome’s public scribes, the scribae. In analysing a wide range of source material, it examines the cultural significance of these literate experts and their work and its implication for their position in Roman society and the state. • The first book-length treatment of the subject • Adopts a thematic rather than a chronological approach • Focuses on cultural and social history within an overarching theoretical framework

The renowned Gallic poet Pacatus Drepanius journeyed to Rome in the summer of AD 389 to deliver a speech to the Emperor Theodosius; both men stood for the first time before the Roman Senators. This edition provides a complete Latin text and English translation, with extensive introduction and full commentary. • Makes an important but neglected speech available to classicists and ancient historians • Considers the place of the speech in the rhetorical tradition • Argues that epideictic oratory deserves to be taken seriously as a literary form July 2020 216 x 138 mm 400pp 978-1-107-15504-6 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$130.00

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.252pp 8 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-49396-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

The Social Dynamics of Roman Imperial Imagery

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Edited by Amy Russell | Brown University, Rhode Island

Women and Society in the Roman World A Sourcebook of Inscriptions from the Roman West Emily A. Hemelrijk | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Offers a lively view into a wide range of activities, occupations and social and family roles of women in the cities of the Roman West on the basis of translated inscriptions. Makes this material accessible for students, scholars and anyone interested in the history of women and gender. • The most wide-ranging and comprehensive sourcebook of inscriptions relating to the lives of women published to date • Presents a representative sample of inscriptions by, for and about women, with brief introductions, accessible translations and references to further reading • The accompanying webpage provides the original texts in the same order as in the book with added layout and punctuation October 2020 244 x 170 mm 450pp 72 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-14245-9 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00

The visual language of the Roman Empire was remarkably consistent. These images were made, used, and reinterpreted at all social levels, and often for local purposes. From a historical and archaeological perspective, this book explores the visual contribution of ordinary people across Rome’s empire. • Explores the contributions of all levels of society to imperial imagery and image-making around the Mediterranean • Moves beyond top-down and bottom-up communication to consider peer-to-peer interactions • Introduces theories of social dynamics with wide potential application to the study of ancient history November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.348pp 978-1-108-83512-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$105.00

Classical Studies

TEXTBOOK

Children and Family in Late Antique Egyptian Monasticism

The Athenian Empire Using Coins as Sources Lisa Kallet | University of Oxford

Caroline T. Schroeder | University of Oklahoma

The first book about children in one of the birthplaces of Christian monasticism, Egypt. Uses diverse written and visual sources to demonstrate how early Egyptian monasteries provided an intergenerational continuity of social, cultural, and economic capital while also contesting the traditional family’s claims to these forms of social continuity. • The first book about children in one of the birthplaces of Christian monasticism • Adopts an interdisciplinary approach drawing on history, religious studies, papyrology, literary studies, gender studies, and art history • Examines the symbolism of children in literature and art as well as the social history of children September 2020 228 x 152 mm 248pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15687-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Skilled Labour and Professionalism in Ancient Greece and Rome This book is a history of ancient professionals: the makers of ancient Greek and Roman artworks, the authors of classical literature and the performers at ancient dramatic, musical and athletic contests. These individuals were specialist workers deemed to possess rare skills, for which they had undergone a period of training. • Provides a definition of professionalism and other terminology in the introduction and throughout • Provides a detailed discussion of specialization in ancient Athens and Ostia and details 276 distinct occupations in Athens • Provides surveys and case studies of major professions, including ancient theatrical performers, doctors, philosophers, sculptors and artists C

Plato’s Pigs and Other Ruminations

October 2020 216 x 138 mm 200pp 198 b/w illus. 2 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-01537-1 Hardback £54.99 / US$71.99 X 978-1-107-68670-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$22.99 X

Warfare in the Roman World A. D. Lee | University of Nottingham

Situates warfare in its broader political, social and economic context in the Roman world, and is distinctive in integrating consideration of developments during Late Antiquity alongside those during earlier periods of Roman history. Important for all students, instructors and scholars of ancient and military history. • Situates warfare in its broader political, social and economic context in the Roman world • Gives fuller attention to developments during Late Antiquity alongside earlier periods of Roman history • Adopts a thematic approach which better reveals continuities and changes across a millennium of Roman history Key Themes in Ancient History

Ancient Guides to Living with Nature M. D. Usher | University of Vermont

Plato’s Pigs is a rarity: a compelling, engaging book of broad learning and careful scholarship that is fully accessible to general audiences. Its subject – the origin of modern ideas about systems and sustainability in Classical life and thought – is timely, and its arguments important for human flourishing in the Anthropocene. • Introduces readers interested in the environment, ecology, and sustainable living to the important contributions made to these topics by the ancient Greeks and Romans • Engages seriously with modern science and ecology as well as the Classical sources • Full of lively anecdotal detail based on personal experience October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-83958-7 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The Silver Owl Coinage of Athens; 3. Coinages of the Allied Cities; 4. Numismatic Narratives in the Pentecontaetia, 479-431 BC; 5. The Archidamian War, 431-421 BC; 6. The Peace of Nikias and the Rethinking of Monetary Policy, 421-413 BC; 7. The Ionian War and Loss of Empire, 412-404 BC; 8. Epilogue: From Tribute to Taxation. Guides to the Coinage of the Ancient World

Edited by Edmund Stewart | University of Nottingham

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-108-83947-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

This extensively illustrated book addresses the significance of coins as historical documents in the larger narrative of the empire and those who came into conflict with it. While written principally for an undergraduate audience, much of the coin evidence is new and will also interest a more advanced readership. • Presents a new narrative of the Athenian empire with an emphasis on its economic and monetary foundations and drawing heavily on significant recent research • Includes images of nearly 100 Greek coinages that illuminate the detailed history of Aegean Greece in the fifth century BC • Written accessibly for undergraduate students and their instructors

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 200pp 6 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-01428-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-63828-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$23.99 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Drama and Theatre / History – American History

Drama and Theatre

Razing Kids Youth, Environment, and the Postwar American West Jeffrey C. Sanders | Washington State University

Performance, Modernity and the Plays of J. M. Synge Helene Lecossois | Université de Lille

Offers new perspectives on Synge’s well-known plays by situating them in less familiar historical contexts. Exploring concepts of performance, modernity and progress, this book opens up Synge criticism to the insights of performance studies. It will be of interest to scholars and students of Irish studies, English drama, theatre and performance. • Highlights the performativity of Irish Revivalist dramatist J. M. Synge’s plays in the context of fin-de-siècle capitalist modernity • Places well-known plays by Synge alongside less familiar historical contexts to offer new perspectives on the corpus of his work • Combines performance theory and detailed, contextualized case studies to highlight aspects of performativity and modernity October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48779-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Analyzing the linked histories of childhood, the West, and the environment after World War II, Razing Kids argues that in wartime mobilization, post-war defense, public health, anti-poverty programs, and environmental activism, adults consistently paired youth and environment with their visions of the social and environmental good. • Fills an important gap in environmental history by examining youth and environment in the second half of the twentieth century • Draws on five case studies that explore US history at the intersection of youth and the environment from 1943 to 1990 • Uncovers the roots of youth environmental movements in post-war America, with parallels to today’s school strikes and climate activism December 2020 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-11058-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-52754-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Pulp Vietnam War and Gender in Cold War Men’s Adventure Magazines Gregory A. Daddis | San Diego State University

The Cambridge Companion to Theatre and Science Edited by Kirsten E. Shepherd-Barr | University of Oxford

This Companion is for undergraduates, postgraduates, scholars, and theatre makers as well as general readers interested in the relationship between theatre and science. It covers topics such as climate change drama, theatre technology, animal studies, and performance and cognition, as well as many periods of theatre history. • Provides a broad chronological span, considering theatre and science from their early pre-modern interactions to the present day • Covers a wide range of topics, including issues such as climate change, animal studies, and cognition • Brings together examples of performance and texts to highlight the importance of considering both in academic discussion of theatre’s interaction with science Cambridge Companions to Theatre and Performance

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47652-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99 978-1-108-70098-6 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

History – American History

Military, War, and Society in Modern American History

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 358pp 978-1-108-49350-5 Hardback £24.00 / US$29.95

As If She Were Free A Collective Biography of Women and Emancipation in the Americas Edited by Erica L. Ball | Occidental College, Los Angeles

The Deviant Prison Philadelphia’s Eastern State Penitentiary and the Origins of America’s Modern Penal System, 1829–1913 Ashley T. Rubin | University of Hawaii, Manoa

Using Philadelphia’s Eastern State Penitentiary as a case study, The Deviant Prison supplements the dominant narrative by looking at what an atypical prison tells us about prison reform more generally, bringing to light the challenges of nineteenth-century prison administration that helped embed our prison system as we know it today. • Accounts for the rise and fall of Eastern State Penitentiary, covering the period from 1829–1913 • Draws on institutional history and theory to explain the reasons for Eastern’s unique system and the myths that have grown up around it • Interprets and uses data from prison records to provide rich illustrations of prison life, the institution, and key actors Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-48494-7 Hardback £39.99 / US$59.99

Pulp Vietnam argues that Cold War-era men’s adventure magazines crafted a particular version of martial masculinity that shaped GIs’ expectations and perceptions of war in Vietnam by idealizing wartime heroism and the sexual conquest of women. • Explores the possible connection between representations of masculinity in men’s adventure magazines in the 1950s and 1960s and sexual violence committed by US soldiers in Vietnam • Relevant to current discussions of sexual harassment and assault in today’s military and to toxic masculinity in society at large • Daddis is both a historian and a retired US Army colonel, having served in both Operations Desert Storm and Iraqi Freedom • Features nearly sixty images from the pulps to illustrate how the ideal man was depicted as both heroic warrior and sexual conqueror

Based on original archival sources, this sweeping and groundbreaking work brings together the biographies of twenty-four women of African descent to reveal how enslaved and recently freed women sought, imagined, and found freedom in the Americas from the sixteenth through the nineteenth centuries. • Offers a new history of freedom by showing how women acted as agents of emancipation • Takes a comparative and comprehensive approach to the history of slavery and emancipation, rather than focusing on one nation or region • All chapters are original work and written by senior and rising women historians October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-49340-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-73703-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P G

History – American History / History – British History

American Slavery, American Imperialism

Urban Slavery in the Age of Abolition Volume 28 Part 1 Edited by Karwan Fatah-Black | Universiteit Leiden

US Perceptions of Global Servitude, 1870–1914 Catherine Armstrong | Loughborough University

Armstrong charts the legacy of slavery in the United States by tracing the representations of global slavery’s victims and perpetrators in popular culture after the Civil War. In doing so, she reveals the rhetorical manoeuvres that were used to justify exploitation and forced labour both in the US and globally. • Considers the global implications of U.S. slavery and demonstrates its relevance to the contemporary world • Draws on newspapers, cartoons, and popular media to understand the legacy of slavery • Explains how global trends were key to the economic and cultural aftermath of slavery Slaveries since Emancipation

July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47709-3 Hardback £47.99 / US$59.99

African American Transatlantic Abolitionism in the British Isles Hannah-Rose Murray | University of Edinburgh

Focusing on unexplored testimony, this book highlights numerous ways in which African Americans challenged slavery on British soil. Written with a wide audience in mind, it appeals to those who have an interest in American slavery and abolition, black activism, and the transatlantic journeys of African Americans to Britain. • Creates a framework for analysing activist resistance to slavery in the British Isles • Highlights anti-slavery activism in Britain after the American Civil War, an area vastly neglected by scholars • Updates and radically alters the scholarly field on transatlantic abolitionism after 1865 Slaveries since Emancipation

July 2020 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-108-82575-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

Networks and Crossings in the Revolutionary Caribbean Jeppe Mulich | London School of Economics and Political Science

By exploring transnational networks involved in smuggling, privateering, slave trade, marronage, and corruption, Jeppe Mulich illuminates the entangled nature of imperial politics and colonial law in the maritime borderlands of the Caribbean during the age of revolutions. • An innovative approach to global and imperial history emphasizing cross-border networks and integration across empires • Builds on multi-sited research in archives across Europe and the Americas, using sources in Danish, English, French, and Swedish • Draws on historical sociology, international relations, and global history to provide a reinterpretation of imperial integration and early nineteenth-century globalization Cambridge Oceanic Histories

The Smell of Slavery

July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48972-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

History – British History

Olfactory Racism and the Atlantic World Andrew Kettler | University of California, Los Angeles

In the Atlantic World, different groups were aromatically classified in opposition to other ethnic, gendered, and class assemblies due to an economic necessity that needed certain bodies to be defined as excremental. African subjects were defined as scented objects, appropriated as filthy to create ownership through forceful sensory discourse. • Uses smell as a frame of analysis for constructions and perceptions of race and environment in the age of Atlantic slavery • Demonstrates that the roots of racism transgressed intellectual and political arenas and included the realm of senses • Offers a transnational framework for understanding the connections between olfactory discourse and blackness before the nineteenth century May 2020 228 x 152 mm 254pp 978-1-108-49073-3 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

International Review of Social History Supplements, 28

In a Sea of Empires

Advocates of Freedom

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.378pp 978-1-108-48751-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

When the full abolition of slavery appeared on the political agenda in the Atlantic world, the institutional arrangements that underpinned it changed dramatically. This volume explores how cities were part and parcel of slave societies, and how methods of control as well as routes to emancipation changed in the century before emancipation. • Contributions to this volume re-examine slavery in an urban context, exploring the relationship between cities and slave societies • Contributions look in depth at cities in the British and French Caribbean, West-Central Africa, Brazil, the United States, and South Africa • A range of topics are covered, including marronage, freedom of movement, and the legacy of slavery

Anglo-Saxon England Volume 47 Edited by Rosalind Love | University of Cambridge

The contributions to the forty-seventh volume of Anglo-Saxon England focus on various aspects of Anglo-Saxon culture and history across a period from the sixth to the thirteenth century, from skaldic art at Cnut’s court to the Germanic context of Beowulf. Each article is preceded by a short abstract. • A collection of original research covering various aspects of AngloSaxon culture and history, from the sixth to the thirteenth century • This volume covers a broad range of topics, from the Germanic context of Beowulf to the ‘old books of Glastonbury’ and the Muchelney breviary fragment • Also included is a record of the Eighteenth Conference of the International Society of Anglo-Saxonists, held in 2017 Anglo-Saxon England

May 2020 228 x 152 mm 434pp 978-1-108-83004-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$175.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

History – British History

Crime and Punishment in Anglo-Saxon England

Ruling the World

Andrew Rabin | University of Louisville, Kentucky

The legal texts of pre-Conquest England reveal the capacities and limits of the king’s regulatory power, and provide key evidence for the process by which disparate kingdoms merged to become a unified English state. They offer unparalleled insight into Anglo-Saxon England’s diverse inhabitants – those who enforced the law and those subject to it. Elements in England in the Early Medieval World

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-93203-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

England’s Northern Frontier 12

Conflict and Local Society in the Fifteenth-Century Scottish Marches Jackson Armstrong | University of Aberdeen

This first book-length study of England’s northern borderlands in the fifteenth century addresses issues of conflict, kinship, lordship, law, justice, and governance. Examining the region at different social levels, this book expands our understanding of late medieval English political society, within its broader chronological and European context. • The first book-length study of England’s far north and the AngloScottish borderlands in the fifteenth century • Frames the region in a broad English, European and chronological context, c.1300–c.1600 • Integrates the study of conflict in late medieval England into the wider European historiography of feud, contrary to the view of England’s development as exceptional and distinct Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 118

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.414pp 978-1-108-47299-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Memory and the English Reformation Edited by Brian Cummings | University of York

The Reformation was a battleground over memory. This volume investigates the history and literature of early modern England to reveal how people remembered – and forgot – the religious past, and forged new ways of understanding the present and future. • Presents the Reformation as a complex arena within memory studies, involving ideas of construction, denial, repression, fiction and forgetting • Includes multidisciplinary accounts of the conflicts between Catholicism and Protestantism in Early Modern England • Offers new ways of understanding the cultural history of religion October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.425pp 978-1-108-82999-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Freedom, Civilisation and Liberalism in the Nineteenth-Century British Empire Alan Lester | University of Sussex

Provides a more balanced understanding of the British Empire and reveals how the men in charge of the most diverse empire in history enforced their ideas of freedom, civilization and liberalism around the world as they managed some of the greatest crises of the Victorian period. • Reassesses nineteenth-century colonial governance during a series of key moments in the development of the British Empire • Provides a more complete understanding of the diverse colonies under British rule • Develops a new perspective on governmentality and offers a new framework for understanding key episodes in British imperial history December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.510pp 978-1-108-42620-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-44489-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

England Re-Oriented How Central and South Asian Travelers Imagined the West, 1750–1857 Humberto Garcia | University of California, Merced

Examines how Central and South Asian travelers provincialized Britishness between 1750 and 1857 and how, by appropriating metropolitan media, they recalibrated Eurasian ways of behaving and knowing to counter a chauvinistic British imperialism with Indo-Persian masculine gentility. • Demonstrates how Persian knowledges and behaviours intersected with British culture, art, news media, and literature to give rise to British orientalism • Introduces a queer methodology based on examples of British-Asian sociability • Proposes alternatives to the West-East binary in Postcolonial theory and criticism Critical Perspectives on Empire

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.345pp 978-1-108-49564-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Rule of Manhood Tyranny, Gender, and Classical Republicanism in England, 1603–1660 Jamie A. Gianoutsos | Mount Saint Mary’s University

Exploring the connection between concepts of power and masculinity in seventeenth-century England, this study shows how stories of ancient tyranny were deployed in dialogues concerning monarchy and rule between 1603 and 1660, and the extent to which these shaped English classical republican thought. • Deepens our understanding of the influence of the classical, and particularly Roman, heritage on the seventeenth century • Attends to ideas of gender, and especially of masculinity, in political discourse before and after the English Revolution • Draws on extensive research in contemporary printed texts to show how classical stories of ancient tyranny were reimagined in dialogues around monarchy and classical republicanism between 1603 and 1660 Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-47883-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

History – British History / History – European History

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

De Valera and Roosevelt

Dublin’s Great Wars

Irish and American Diplomacy in Times of Crisis, 1932–1939 Bernadette Whelan | University of Limerick

The First World War, the Easter Rising and the Irish Revolution Richard S. Grayson | Goldsmiths, University of London

The first integrated history of the Dubliners who served in the British military and in republican forces during the First World War and Irish Revolution. Richard S. Grayson reveals the importance of First World War experiences to the Easter Rising as well as to the War of Independence and the Civil War. • The first study of Dubliners’ military service in the First World War • Puts a strong focus on the British army veterans who joined the IRA • Highlights the lost narrative of Dublin loyalism through the history of the 36th (Ulster) Division August 2018 228 x 152 mm 484pp 27 b/w illus. 13 maps 26 tables 978-1-107-02925-5 Hardback £20.00 / US$34.95 G

This first comprehensive history of American and Irish diplomacy during the 1930s examines how all aspects of formal and informal diplomacy operated between the administrations of Franklin D. Roosevelt and Éamon de Valera, focusing on the diplomats based in Washington DC and Dublin respectively. • Analyses formal and informal diplomatic life to revise our current understanding of the relationship between the American and Irish administrations • Details the many ways that Irish issues irritated State Department and White House officials, and the persistent British influence in official America’s views of and approaches to Ireland • Explains how diplomats worked on behalf of their governments to implement their foreign policies

Popular Conservatism and the Culture of National Government in Inter-War Britain

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-83017-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Geraint Thomas | Peterhouse, University of Cambridge

Edited by Joep Leerssen | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Exploring how British Conservatives adapted to the challenges of mass democracy after 1918, this is the first study to explain how and why, despite their suspicion of coalitions, the Conservatives championed the cross-party National Government of 1931–40. • Shows for the first time how the fortunes and character of popular Conservatism differed by region and locality, and explains how and why – despite their suspicion of coalitions – the Conservatives championed the cross-party National Government of 1931-40 • Places the work of government on domestic policy and economic management at the centre of inter-war popular politics and the study of political culture • Explores the contributions of important Conservative figures, including Neville Chamberlain, Walter Elliot, Oliver Stanley, and Kingsley Wood

Marked by names such as W. B. Yeats, James Joyce and Patrick Pearse, the decade 1910–1920 was a period of revolutionary change in Ireland. Leading experts in Irish history, literature and culture address Ireland’s entrance into modernity as a response to the lingering memory of the national leader Charles Stewart Parnell. • Examines the modernization of Ireland from a new perspective • Integrates literary, culture-historical, and political-historical perspectives, providing examples from different fields of how Ireland negotiated its entrance into modernity • Reassesses Parnell in terms of the void he left behind

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-48312-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Parnell and his Times

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49526-4 Hardback c. £31.99 / c. US$45.00

History – European History Cultivating the City in Early Medieval Italy

Women, Crime and Punishment in Ireland

Caroline Goodson | University of Cambridge

Life in the Nineteenth-Century Convict Prison Elaine Farrell | Queen’s University Belfast

Focusing on women’s relationships, lifecircumstances and agency, Elaine Farrell reveals the voices, emotions and decisions of incarcerated women and those affected by their imprisonment, offering an intimate insight into their experiences of the criminal justice system across urban and rural post-Famine Ireland. • Enriches our understanding of life in nineteenth-century Ireland with fascinating archival research • Offers a rare and intimate insight into women’s lives before, during and after imprisonment • Demonstrates how individual stories of diverse women at different stages of their lifecycles or criminal careers are revealing of the lives of inhabitants more generally October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.330pp 978-1-108-83950-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Concentrating on a period of social, economic, and political change in the Italian peninsula, Caroline Goodson demonstrates the centrality of food-growing gardens to the cultural lives and economic realities of early medieval cities, and shows how urban gardening transformed Roman ideas and economic structures into new, medieval values. • Challenges conventional ideas about the Fall of Rome • Offers a new way to see and analyse urban experience in early medieval cities • Unites textual and material evidence for urban horticulture November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.336pp 978-1-108-48911-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

History – European History

Latin and Greek Monasticism in the Crusader States

The Dutch Overseas Empire, 1600–1800

Bernard Hamilton | University of Nottingham

Pieter C. Emmer | Universiteit Leiden

Monasticism was the dominant form of religious life in the medieval West and in the Byzantine world. Latin and Greek Monasticism in the Crusader States explores the parallel histories of monasteries and monasticism in western and Byzantine traditions in the Near East during the Crusader period c.1050-1300. • A rigorously researched comprehensive survey of monasteries and monasticism in the Near East during the ‘Crusader’ period • Innovative approach enabling a new understanding of indigenous religious institutions and culture in the Crusader states • Examines Latin and Greek monasticism side by side

This pioneering history of the Dutch Empire provides a new comprehensive overview of Dutch colonial expansion from a comparative and global perspective. It also offers a fascinating window into the early modern societies of Asia, Africa and the Americas through their interactions. • Offers the first full survey of the Dutch overseas empire over two centuries – an important but neglected element of colonial and global history • Overturns a colonial approach by offering a comparative and indigenous perspective on Dutch overseas expansion • Uses regional histories to understand the process of Dutch overseas expansion and early modern globalisation

September 2020 244 x 170 mm 300pp 10 b/w illus. 978-0-521-83638-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Thinking about Animals in Thirteenth-Century Paris

P P

The Intellectual World of Sixteenth-Century Florence

Theologians on the Boundary Between Humans and Animals Ian P. Wei | University of Bristol

Exploring the diverse ways in which theologians at the University of Paris in the thirteenth century understood the differences and similarities between humans and animals, this book analyses key theological works to demonstrate how thinking about animals became a crucial tool for generating knowledge of God and the whole of creation. • Resonates with current debates about what defines humanity and how humans should relate to other creatures • Presents extended close reading of key texts, including by William of Auvergne, Bonaventure, Albert the Great and Thomas Aquinas • Demonstrates the crucial importance of animals for understanding medieval attitudes towards the whole of creation and the creator August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.330pp 978-1-108-83015-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-42837-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-44951-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Humanists and Culture in the Age of Cosimo I Ann E. Moyer | University of Pennsylvania

This study provides an overview of Florentine intellectual life and community in the late Renaissance. It shows how studies of language helped Florentines to develop their own story as a people distinct from ancient Greece or Rome. • Provides overview of intellectual life and community in 16th-c Florence • Shows how the studies of language, history, and art related and supported each other in later Renaissance • Helps locate the arguments about the nature of the Renaissance in the era of the Renaissance itself August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49547-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Protestant Empires Globalizing the Reformations Edited by Ulinka Rublack | University of Cambridge

Fighting Terror after Napoleon How Europe Became Secure after 1815 Beatrice de Graaf | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Europe was forged out of the ashes of the Napoleonic wars by means of a collective fight against revolutionary terror. The Allied Council created a culture of in- and exclusion, of people that were persecuted and those who were protected, using secret police, black lists, border controls and fortifications, and financed by European capital holders. • Helps us to understand how a unified Europe came to be constructed around the collective fight against terror after 1815 • Examines the Allied Council, and its history, on the basis of new archives • Uncovers the emergence of secret police, black lists, border control and fortifications, and financial securities, in and around Europe September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.440pp 978-1-108-84206-8 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Protestantism during the early modern period is predominantly presented as a European story. Through its wide geographical and chronological scope, this volume advances a new approach to understanding the Protestant Reformations, demonstrating the crucial role of global interactions, placing Protestant ideas and practices in a comparative context. • Replaces Euro-centric accounts of Protestantism for the early modern period • Connects the history of Protestant Europe with global history • Underlines the importance of the history of slavery and of the emotions for the history of Protestantism before 1800 September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-84161-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

History – European History

War and Citizenship

Sixties Europe

Enemy Aliens and National Belonging from the French Revolution to the First World War Daniela L. Caglioti | Università degli Studi di Napoli ‘Federico II’

Timothy Scott Brown | Northeastern University, Boston

Daniela L. Caglioti shows how states at war, when faced with real or alleged security threats, redrew the boundaries between members and non-members, thus redefining belonging and the path to citizenship. A key text for those interested in questions of citizenship, human rights, immigration, national borders, international law and security. • Combines global, comparative, transnational and trans-imperial approaches to help redefine citizenship and belonging • Provides a multi-disciplinary approach, connecting history with sociology, law and international relations • Considers the impact of war on a wide range of actors, including states and armies, but also diplomats, lawyers and ordinary people caught by war or changing national boundaries Human Rights in History

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.430pp 978-1-108-48942-3 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

August 2020 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-12238-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-107-55290-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P P

Memory Battles in Postwar France Philip Nord | Princeton University, New Jersey

Devin O. Pendas | Boston College, Massachusetts

Revising our understanding about how transitional justice works, this study analyses and compares Nazi trials in post-war East and West Germany from 1945 to 1950 to challenge assumptions about the political outcomes of prosecuting mass atrocities. • Examines the experience of transitional justice in West and East Germany between 1945 and 1950 • Shows how ‘bad trials’ have promoted democracy in West Germany, while ‘good trials’ helped legitimate a new dictatorship in East Germany • Shows that transitional justice trials can lead to both democracy and new dictatorships, challenging conventional wisdom C

160,000 people, a mix of résistants and Jews, were deported from France to camps in Central and Eastern Europe during the Second World War. Philip Nord addresses how the Deportation, and how it was remembered, became politicized against the backdrop of changing domestic and international contexts. • Focuses on both Jews and non-Jews who were deported from France in large numbers during the Second World War • Provides a fresh perspective on source materials, using politics, films and literature as key sources • Considers the religious dimension of post-war memorialization in France Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.450pp 978-1-108-47890-8 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

The Russian Conquest of Central Asia A Study in Imperial Expansion, 1814–1914 Alexander Morrison | New College, Oxford

Love between Enemies Western Prisoners of War and German Women in World War II Raffael Scheck | Colby College, Maine

Based on thousands of court cases, this innovative study explores the love stories between enemy prisoners of war and German women during the Second World War. It portrays an intimate picture of life in wartime Nazi Germany, from an international perspective, with a particular focus on German women’s experiences. • Offers an intimate perspective on the Second World War • Exposes the human drama of love in the midst of the most destructive war in world history • Explores how both parties came to terms with their forbidden relationships in the aftermath of war October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-84175-7 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

New Approaches to European History

After the Deportation

Democracy, Nazi Trials, and Transitional Justice in Germany, 1945–1950

September 2020 234 x 156 mm 230pp 978-0-521-87129-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A social, political and cultural history of left-wing social movements in 1960s Europe, Sixties Europe examines the border-crossing uprisings of the 1960s on both sides of the Iron Curtain, placing them in the broader context formed by Third World liberation struggles and Cold War geopolitics. • Offers a social, political and cultural history of Europe across a transformative decade • Treats 1968 in Europe as a whole, examining 1960s social movements in both the capitalist West and the state socialist East • Places European developments within a broader global and transnational context formed by Third World liberation struggles and Cold War geopolitics

Russia’s conquest of Central Asia was perhaps the nineteenth century’s most dramatic and successful example of European imperial expansion. Alexander Morrison provides a definitive diplomatic and military history, explaining how and why a vast region of steppe, desert, mountain and oasis, mainly populated by Muslims, came under Russian rule. • Provides multiple perspectives on the conquest, giving a voice and agency to Central Asian actors • Combines Russian and English-language archival sources with memoir literature and Persianate chronicles • Based on extensive research in Russia, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Georgia and India December 2020 228 x 152 mm 480pp 978-1-107-03030-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

History – other areas

Christianity and Human Rights Reconsidered

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Sarah Shortall | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

World War One The Global Revolution Second edition Lawrence Sondhaus | University of Indianapolis

This revised and updated interpretation of World War I highlights the revolutionary nature and legacy of the conflict of 1914–1919. It examines the political, economic, social and cultural history of the war at home as well as the war’s origins, ending and subsequent legacy. • Demonstrates the revolutionary global impact of World War I • Includes a range of pedagogical features including images, timelines, key documents from the war, online essays and guides to further reading • Contains a range of sources, including first-hand accounts of the war, to provide students with an understanding of the impact of the war on the lives of ordinary people Contents: Introduction; 1. The world in 1914 and the origins of the war; 2. The July Crisis, 1914; 3. The European war unfolds, August-December 1914; 4. The world war: East Asia, the Pacific, Africa; 5. The deepening stalemate: Europe, 1915; 6. The home fronts, 1914–16; 7. Raising the stakes: Europe, 1916; 8.The war at sea, 1915–18; 9. Wilson, Lenin, and visions for peace; 10. Upheaval and uncertainty: Europe, 1917; 11. The home fronts, 1916–18; 12. The world war: the Middle East and India; 13. Endgame: Europe, 1918; 14. The Paris Peace Conference; 15. Legacy; Conclusion. November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.495pp 49 b/w illus. 14 maps 978-1-108-49619-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 X 978-1-108-79163-2 Paperback £29.99 / US$38.99 X

Humanitarianism and Human Rights A World of Differences? Edited by Michael N. Barnett | George Washington University, Washington DC

Human rights and humanitarianism are two totems of global ethics and politics in today’s world, but they have a complicated relationship that is not always understood or appreciated. To capture that past, present, and future, this volume explores what each hopes to attain and how those ambitions converge or diverge. • Unpacks and interrogates the relationship between human rights and humanitarianism • Explores different notions of humanity and the tensions and conflicts that this can create • Provides a philosophical and practical consideration of global ethics Human Rights in History

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.340pp 978-1-108-83679-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-81920-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

This volume showcases the work of a new generation of scholars interested in the historical connection between religion and human rights in the twentieth century, offering a truly global perspective on the internal diversity, theological roots, and political implications of Christian human rights theory. • Highlights the global turn in the history of human rights • Showcases a range of interdisciplinary work on the relationship between religion and human rights • Transforms our understanding of both human rights theory and the history of Christianity Human Rights in History

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-42470-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Islanders and Empire Smuggling and Political Defiance in Hispaniola, 1580–1690 Juan José Ponce Vázquez | University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa

Islanders and Empire is a pioneering and comprehensive examination of the role smuggling played in the economic and socio-political transformation of Hispaniola from the late sixteenth to seventeenth centuries that will interest students and scholars of the Caribbean, colonial Latin American, and the Atlantic World. • Provides a rare, on-the-ground study of a Spanish Caribbean society in the seventeenth century, a previously understudied period and region • Discusses significant examples of colonial peripheries and borderlands in shaping overall imperial governance • Features a strong narrative style as a key feature of historical inquiry Cambridge Latin American Studies, 121

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-47765-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Modernity in Black and White Art and Image, Race and Identity in Brazil, 1890–1945 Rafael Cardoso | Freie Universität Berlin

Rafael Cardoso provides a groundbreaking account of artistic modernization in Brazil in his first single-authored English-language publication. He puts popular culture and racial tensions at the center, situating cultural debates within the broader currents of Brazilian life, such as the rise of favelas, carnival, mass media, and dictatorship. • A comprehensive and meticulously researched introduction to artistic modernization in Brazil • Analyzes the tension in Brazil between Western definitions of ‘the modern’ and Brazil’s largest African-descended population, from which popular cultural markers such as carnival dominate • Showcases a vast archive of images across a range of visual cultural production, including painting, graphic art, and photography Afro-Latin America

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.288pp 978-1-108-48190-8 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

History – other areas

A History of the Republic of Biafra

The Path to Genocide in Rwanda Security, Opportunity, and Authority in an Ethnocratic State Omar Shahabudin McDoom | London School of Economics and Political Science

Law, Crime, and the Nigerian Civil War Samuel Fury Childs Daly | Duke University, North Carolina

Based on research using an original archive of legal records and oral histories, this accessible study examines the history of the Nigerian Civil War and its aftermath from the perspective of the courtroom, demonstrating how the conditions of the Nigerian Civil War paved the way for the country’s long experience of crime that was to follow. • An accessible account of the Nigerian Civil War using previously unexamined legal records and oral histories • Examines the connection between warfare and crime, both in postcolonial Africa and within a global context • Demonstrates how the conditions of the Nigerian Civil War paved the way for the country’s long experience of crime that was to follow August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.300pp 10 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-84076-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

African Studies, 152

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49146-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Idea of Development in Africa

France’s Wars in Chad Military Intervention and Decolonization in Africa Nathaniel K. Powell | King’s College London

The first comprehensive narrative of French involvement in Chad’s civil wars in the first two decades of its independence between 1960 and 1982, this study explores France’s counterinsurgency efforts to protect the regime of François Tombalbaye and its contribution to the rise to power of Hissène Habré, one of Africa’s most notorious dictators. • The first comprehensive narrative of French involvement in Chad’s civil wars in the first two decades of its independence between 1960 and 1982 • Provides context for better understandings of ongoing military involvement in the Sahel • Of interest to students and scholars looking at the impact of foreign interventions in civil wars and the limits of counterinsurgency strategies in weak states African Studies, 150

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.336pp 978-1-108-48867-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Rwanda has become a touchstone case in genocide studies. This study evaluates the myriad theories behind the genocide. Combining original field data with some of the best existing evidence, it offers a rigorous and comprehensive explanation of how and why the genocide occurred, and how and why so many Rwandans participated in it. • A rigorous and comprehensive explanation of how and why the genocide in Rwanda occurred, and how and why so many Rwandans participated in it • Draws on extensive original field data, including interviews with over three hundred Rwandans, both killers and non-killers, and comparative case studies of violence in six local communities • Provides a broader engagement with key theoretical debates in the study of genocides and ethnic conflict

Islam, Ethnicity, and Conflict in Ethiopia

A History Corrie Decker | University of California, Davis

An innovative approach to examining the history and culture of development which has been an essential component of the ‘idea of Africa’ in western discourses since the early 1800s, this engaging coursebook provides detailed case study analysis to enhance understanding of key theoretical and historical concepts. • An accessible and engaging course book containing a balance between historical overview and analysis of case studies with each chapter providing at least one detailed case study to demonstrate key themes • Provides a refreshing take on the history and culture of development that begins with the foundations of the idea of development in nineteenth-century imperialism and colonialism • Offers important and useful historical context for students and scholars working in African development today New Approaches to African History

November 2020 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-10369-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-50322-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Bale Insurgency, 1963-1970 Terje Østebø | University of Florida

The ‘Early Medieval’ Origins of India

Discussing an armed insurgency in south-eastern Ethiopia from 1963-1970, a time when a range of liberation struggles emerged across the Horn of Africa, this in-depth study offers a new perspective for understanding relations between religion, interreligious relations, ethnicity, and ethno-nationalism during conflicts. • An in-depth study of armed insurgency in Ethiopia during the 1960s within the context of armed struggles in the broader Horn of Africa • New perspectives on how to understand the relationship between religion and ethnicity through the concept peoplehood • Resists talking about ethnic and religious groups as mutually exclusive categories, arguing for an integrated approach which recognizes the role of embodied experiences and emplaced realities in shaping ethnic and religious identities

This book posits that India as an idea is neither a colonial construct nor a phenomenon as old as the Vedas or the Harappan age, but a historical reality that had its beginnings in the ‘early medieval’ times. It is a mustread for anyone interested in the meaning of India’s past. • Provides a fresh assessment of the early medieval period and its point of departure from the early historical period • Expands the thematic scope of early medieval historiography by including aspects such as identities (caste, language, religion and territory) and ideas that governed science, literature and performative arts • Identifies the early medieval as the period when institutions, ideas and identities associated with India began to evolve

Manu V. Devadevan | Indian Institute of Technology, Mandi

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.420pp 978-1-108-49457-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-74851-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

African Studies, 151

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83968-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

History – other areas

A Hygienic City-Nation Space, Community, and Everyday Life in Colonial Calcutta Nabaparna Ghosh | Babson College, Wellesley, USA

This book offers the first comprehensive history of everyday urban spaces – that is, spaces planned by the people, and not the state – in a colonial South Asian city. It will interest students, researchers, and faculty of history, South Asian studies, empire and colonialism, nationalism, comparative cities, architecture, and city-planning. • This is the first academic monograph on the everyday spaces of colonial Calcutta’s neighbourhoods or paras • The book explains urbanization as a pedagogic process that targeted both spaces and bodies in the city • It points to the conflation of urbanism and nationalism in nationalist (Swarajist) discourses on public health and the city

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-48989-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Making of the Indo-Islamic World c.700–1800 CE André Wink | University of Wisconsin, Madison

André Wink offers a new interpretation of the long-term history of India and the Indian Ocean region from the perspective of world history and geography, situating the history of the Indianized territories of South Asia and Southeast Asia within the wider history of the Islamic world. • Provides a world-historical perspective on the history of South and Southeast Asia • Introduces an environmental and geographical dimension to Indian history • Situates the history of the Indianized territories of South Asia and Southeast Asia within the wider history of the Islamic world August 2020 228 x 152 mm 308pp 978-1-108-41774-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40565-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99

A Genealogy of Terrorism

P P

Colonial Law and the Origins of an Idea Joseph McQuade | University of Toronto

Using India as a case study, Joseph McQuade traces the genealogy of the political and legal category of terrorism. He demonstrates how the modern concept of terrorism was shaped by colonial emergency laws dating back into the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. • Traces the genealogy of counter-terrorism laws in colonial India • Shows how the idea of terrorism built on older criminal categories such as thugs and pirates • Demonstrates the role of violence in shaping the Indian nationalist movement and colonial responses November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84215-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Let there be Light Engineering, Entrepreneurship and Electricity in Colonial Bengal, 1880–1945 Suvobrata Sarkar | Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata

Let There Be Light focusses on the hitherto unexplored vernacular sources, and emphasizes that the history of technology in India is basically a history of India, and the history of its people, and not simply a history of the Indian techno-scientific tradition as proposed by the literature emerging from the West. • Brings back the use of vernacular sources to understand Indian appropriation of modern technoscience • Explores the uncharted terrain of electrification in a colonial context September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-83598-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Economics of World War II in Southeast Asia Economy and Society under Japanese Occupation Gregg Huff | University of Oxford

Gregg Huff presents the first comprehensive account of the economic and social impact of Japanese occupation on Southeast Asia during World War II. This is vital reading for anyone wishing to understand the history and economies of Southeast Asia before, during, and in the decades after the Pacific War. • Provides the first comprehensive study of Southeast Asian economy and society during the 1941-1945 Japanese occupation • Features an extraordinarily wide range of archive material drawn from 25 archives over three continents • Includes economic, social and historical analysis to assess the longterm impact of the Pacific War and Japanese occupation on Southeast Asia October 2020 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-09933-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Gender Politics at Home and Abroad Protestant Modernity in Colonial-Era Korea Hyaeweol Choi | University of Iowa

Arguing that religion cannot be separated from modernity, Choi demonstrates how twentiethcentury Korea exemplifies the role global Protestant networks played in shaping modern gender ideology, reforming domestic practices, instilling a sense of locality and the world, and claiming new space for women in the public sphere. • Considers the influence of multiple cultures in shaping modern gender relations in Korea • Illustrates how Protestant global networks played a significant role in shaping gendered modernity • Demonstrates colonial and postcolonial roots of gender norms and practices in modern Korea July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-48743-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

History – other areas

Disability in Contemporary China

Life after the Harem Female Palace Slaves, Patronage and the Imperial Ottoman Court Betül Ipsirli Argit | Marmara University, Istanbul

Citizenship, Identity and Culture Sarah Dauncey | University of Nottingham

Through innovative analysis of sources from film to literature and life writing, media and state documents, Dauncey explores disability and citizenship in China from 1949 to the present. She proposes a dynamic relationship of identity and belonging, encompassing both the perils of difference and the potential for empowerment. • Analyses a wide variety of Chinese cultural genres • Offers a dynamic and objective framework for understanding disability and citizenship in different societies • Reveals perspectives dependent upon closeness to the disability experience and highlights the gendered nature of disability

The first study exploring the lives of female slaves of the Ottoman imperial court, it demonstrates the diversity of experiences in nondynastic female-agency in the early-modern Ottoman world. It focuses particularly on the period following their manumission and transfer from the imperial palace. • The first study to explore the lives of female slaves of the Ottoman imperial court, including the period following their manumission and transfer from the imperial palace • Demonstrates the diversity of experiences and agency of non-dynastic female members of the imperial courts • Opens new horizons for those interested in the roles of palace women, the nature of patronage relationships, and personal and political dynamics in the Ottoman imperial court

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11853-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.304pp 5 b/w illus. 1 map 9 tables 978-1-108-48836-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

King Abdul Aziz: Diplomacy and Statecraft 1902–1953

The Making of Song Dynasty History

Diplomacy and Statecraft 1902–1953 Edited by A Burdett

Sources and Narratives, 960–1279 CE Charles Hartman | University at Albany, State University of New York

Charles Hartman undertakes a detailed revisionist analysis of the major sources that survive as vestiges of the official dynastic historiography of the Chinese Song dynasty (960–1279), deconstructing the master narratives that emerge from these sources as products of political discourse. • Presents a comprehensive introduction to the major sources for Song dynasty history • Offers the first analysis of the received narratives of Song history from a deconstructionist perspective • Provides a new governance model for middle period China October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-83483-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

August 2020 246 x 160 mm c.2000pp 978-1-78806-210-7 4 Volume Hardback Set

£1400.00 / US$1860.00 R

Port Cities of the Eastern Mediterranean

The Great Exodus from China Trauma, Memory, and Identity in Modern Taiwan Dominic Meng-Hsuan Yang | University of Missouri, Columbia

Urban Culture in the Late Ottoman Empire Malte Fuhrmann | Leibniz-Zentrum Moderner Orient (ZMO)

Yang uncovers the traumatic aftermath of the Chinese civil war by examining the lives of ordinary people who were displaced from China to Taiwan in 1949. He presents a trajectory of repeated traumatization and a search for home, belonging, and identity that reconsiders notions of trauma, memory, diaspora, and reconciliation. • Uncovers the painful aftermath of Chinese civil war from the perspective of those traumatized and displaced by it • Discusses conflicting cultural traumas/historical memories between Taiwan and China • Offers a powerful critique of the Eurocentric notions of trauma and memory September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-47812-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Library Editions reprints make available CAE originals in a new format. This collection of primary source documents evidences the methods, policies and diplomacy employed by Abdul Aziz Al Saud in extending and then consolidating the Saudi state. It traces his relations with Arab rulers, Britain, the United States and other European powers. • Contains collections of key documents from the India Office Library • Previously unknown or fragmented material is now available in a coherent collection • This title is one of a pair with ‘King Abdul Aziz: Political Correspondence 1904–1953’, which has a slightly different focus with many original Arabic documents. This title has no Arabic documents.

A fascinating history of nineteenth century Eastern Mediterranean port cities, which re-examines the European influence over the urban space, leisure practises, and the formation of class, gender and national identity, providing an alternative view of the relationship between the Islamic World and Europe. • A fascinating history of nineteenth century Eastern Mediterranean port cities including Constantinople, Smyrna, and Salonica • Provides new perspectives on the region by featuring lower class and subaltern perspectives • Examines urban space, leisure practises, and the formation of class, gender, and national identities for an alternate view on the relationship between the Islamic World and Europe November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.444pp 978-1-108-47737-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

History – other areas

Islamic Knowledge and the Making of Modern Egypt

Empire and the Making of Native Title

Hilary Kalmbach | University of Sussex

Sovereignty, Property and Indigenous People Bain Attwood | Monash University, Victoria

For 130 years, tensions have raged over the place of Islamic ideas and practices within modern Egypt. This history focuses on a pivotal yet understudied school, Dar al-Ulum, whose alumni became authoritative arbiters of how to be modern and authentic within a Muslim-majority community, including by founding the Muslim Brotherhood. • A ground-breaking study of a pivotal, yet understudied school, Dar al-‘Ulum, an institution that has not been published on for thirty-five years • Demonstrates the importance of Arabic and Islamic knowledge to performances of authority, belonging, and authenticity within a modernising Muslim-majority community • Establishes a 130-year history for tensions over the place of Islamic ideas and practices within modernized public spheres, tensions that were central to the outcomes of the 2011 Arab Uprisings August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.288pp 978-1-108-42347-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Bain Attwood re-examines the historical treatment of indigenous peoples’ sovereignty and property rights in Australia and New Zealand, demonstrating that it was primarily the outcome of political struggles between multiple players at the metropolitan centre and the peripheries of empire, rather than the workings of abstract norms. • Sheds new light on the ways an imperial power treated the sovereignty and property rights of indigenous peoples • Pays careful attention to historical context and historical circumstances to reveal why native title was made in some colonies but not others • Challenges accounts that emphasise the importance of abstract norms by paying careful attention to legal politics at the centre of empire and forces on the ground July 2020 228 x 152 mm 454pp 978-1-108-47829-8 Hardback £34.99 / US$44.99

C TEXTBOOK

Persian Historiography across Empires

A Concise History of Australia

The Ottomans, Safavids, and Mughals Sholeh A. Quinn | University of California, Merced

Fifth edition Stuart Macintyre | University of Melbourne

The first comparative study of Persian historiography of the early modern Islamic empires, the Ottomans, Safavids and Mughals, presenting in-depth case analyses alongside a wide array of primary sources to illustrate the extensive universe of literary-historical writing that Persian historiography can be found within. • This first comparative study of Persian historiography from the 16th17th centuries • Presents in-depth case analyses alongside a wide array of primary sources written under the Ottomans, Safavids, Mughals • Draws attention to the importance of placing these historical chronicles within their previously neglected historiographical context

The fifth edition of A Concise History of Australia brings together the long narrative of Australia’s First Nations’ peoples; the arrival of Europeans and the era of colonies, convicts, gold and free settlers; the foundation of a nation state; and the social, cultural, political and economic developments that created a modern Australia. • Written by one of Australia’s most respected historians • A lively and clear narrative history accessible to general readers • The fifth edition explores contemporary Australia, and recent scholarship in the fields of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander histories

January 2021 229 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-84221-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Records of Yemen 1798–1960 Edited by Doreen Ingrams

Library Editions reprints make available CAE originals in a new format. The important historical material in this work, including privileged access to ancient and fragile archives now closed to public view provides scholars with an extensive and importance repertoire of primary documents reflecting the history of the Yemen. • This publication provides a uniquely curated collection of historical primary source documents from British archive sources • Having lived in Yemen as part of the British governmental apparatus, and being permitted access to fragile papers now closed, the two editors were uniquely positioned to create a work of unusually high status August 2020 246 x 160 mm c.12000pp 978-1-78806-548-1 16 Volume Hardback Set

£5600.00 / US$7440.00 R

Contents: 1. Beginnings, c. 50,000 years before the present–c. 1600; 2. Newcomers, c. 1600–1792; 3. Coercion, 1793–1821; 4. Conquest, 1822–1850; 5. Progress, 1851–1888; 6. Reconstruction, 1889–1913; 7. Sacrifice, 1914–1945; 8. Golden age, 1946–1975; 9. Rectification, 1976–1996; 10. Outcomes, 1997–2019. Cambridge Concise Histories

October 2020 216 x 138 mm c.420pp 48 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-108-72848-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.95 G

Arabian Boundaries New Documents 1966–1975 Edited by Richard Schofield

Library Editions reprints make available CAE originals in a new format. This collection of illuminating Foreign and Commonwealth Office documents chronicle the most critical decade in the territorial evolution of the Arabian Peninsula and Gulf region, a wholly unique area in geopolitical terms. • This title is part of an unofficial series with three sets: Arabian Boundaries 1853-1960; Arabian Boundaries New Documents 19611965; Arabian Boundaries New Documents 1966-1975 • Provides a unique tie-in of historical primary source documents and representative contemporary maps • Provides a uniquely curated collection of historical primary source documents from British archive sources August 2020 246 x 160 mm c.11000pp 978-1-78806-896-3 18 Volume Hardback Set

£6300.00 / US$8370.00 R

History – cross discipline

Women in the British Armed Forces during the Second World War Jeremy A. Crang | University of Edinburgh

The Science of Useful Nature in Central America Landscapes, Networks and Practical Enlightenment, 1784–1838 Sophie Brockmann | De Montfort University, Leicester

Following material practices and scientific exchanges through local and global networks, Sophie Brockmann demonstrates how interactions with landscape and environment played a key role in constructing ideas of patriotism and nation in Enlightenment Central America. • Combines intellectual history and the history of science with historical geography and environmental history • Traces the impact of Enlightenment ideas and late-colonial reformers’ projects on the independent nations of Central America • Situates the global history of Enlightenment in a place usually considered ‘peripheral’ in world history and even within the Spanish empire September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-42123-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

A Singular Remedy Cinchona Across the Atlantic World, 1751–1820 Stefanie Gänger | Universität Heidelberg

Stefanie Gänger explores how medical knowledge was shared across diverse societies tied to the Atlantic World between 1751 and 1820. Centred on Peruvian bark or cinchona, from which quinine is derived, she provides fresh perspectives on knowledge exchange and connections in the realm of medicine between the Atlantic empires and beyond. • Provides fresh perspectives on knowledge exchange, expertise and therapeutic connections in the Atlantic empires and beyond • Revises assumptions about non-elite participants in the history of medicine • Provides a valuable window into the realm of medicine at the turn of the nineteenth century Science in History

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84216-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Unknown Enemy Counterinsurgency and the Illusion of Control Christian Tripodi | King’s College London

Western counterinsurgency doctrine proposes that improved socio-cultural understanding enables a greater chance of success in counterinsurgency warfare. Tripodi illustrates that in fact it often leads to the reverse. The Unknown Enemy illustrates how the drive for such knowledge results not in better outcomes but in a costly illusion of control. • Considers how attempts to better understand the sociocultural surrounds of the operating environment can influence counterinsurgency and stabilisation operations • Utilizes a mixture of historical and theoretical analysis to examine why certain types of military operation fail • Draws upon a range of in-depth case studies from different eras of warfare to highlight recurring behaviours and outcomes across time November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-42460-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-44071-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Sisters in Arms

During the Second World War many thousands of women joined the women’s auxiliary services to perform important military tasks for the RAF, army and Royal Navy. This book traces the wartime history of these auxiliary services and the integration of women into the British armed forces. • Covers all three women’s auxiliary services: the WAAF, ATS and WRNS • Combines an organisational history of the women’s auxiliary services with the personal experiences of servicewomen • Explores both the gender advances – and the limits of those advances – as represented by the women’s auxiliary services

Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-01347-6 Hardback £25.00 / US$34.95

The Cambridge History of War Volume 2: War and the Medieval World Anne Curry | University of Southampton

An expert account of war in the medieval period world-wide, showing how war is ubiquitous yet ever changing across space and time. Each chapter is written by a recognised expert in the field and demonstrates the place of war in society as well as examining how it was fought. • Each chapter is written by experts in the field to provide up-to-date scholarship across a wide range of topics and a large number of geographical areas • Takes war in its broadest definition to offer informative synthesis as well as much fascinating detail • Readers can trace the relationships between strategy, tactics, weapons technology, logistics, military institutions and financing, social structures, and cultural influences Cambridge History of War

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 650pp 22 b/w illus. 16 maps 978-0-521-87715-2 Hardback £120.00 / US$156.00 R

Britain and Italy in the Era of the First World War Defending and Forging Empires Stefano Marcuzzi | University College Dublin

Drawing on a broad range of new archival material, Stefano Marcuzzi analyses the British strategy of imperial defence and the Italian strategy of imperial expansion within the context of World War I, the Peace Conference and the Fiume crisis. • Provides an original account of World War I by using Anglo-Italian bilateral relations as a lens through which to analyse Allied grand strategy • Includes examinations of both the war and the peace conference to highlight how war strategy and peace-making were intertwined • Reassesses Italian foreign policy and military and naval efficiency Cambridge Military Histories

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.348pp 978-1-108-83129-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

History – cross discipline

The Great War in History

Radical Conduct

Debates and Controversies, 1914 to the Present Second edition Jay Winter | Yale University, Connecticut

Politics, Sociability and Equality in London 1789-1815 Mark Philp | University of Warwick

This revised and updated edition provides the first survey of historical interpretations of the Great War from 1914 to 2020. It demonstrates how the history of the Great War has now gone global, and how the internet revolution has affected the way we understand the conflict. • The first up-to-date and fully global account of historical interpretations of the Great War from 1914 to 2020 • Charts the positive and negative effects of the digital revolution on the writing of the history of the Great War • Surveys how history and memory overlap, informing professional history, history in museums, in films, on stage, and in re-enactments

Radical Conduct reinterprets literary and political radicalism in London at the time of the French Revolution. It explores the tensions between the world people took for granted and their aspirations for change, exploring language, sociability, gender relations, music and dance. • Presents the period in a new way that sheds new light on major figures of English radicalism and feminism, questioning common assumptions about the literary and political world of the 1790s • Knits together social and cultural history with intellectual history through a fresh interpretation of literary sources • Illuminates the tensions between the world that the radicals imagined and sought to bring into being, and the social conventions and norms of their time that undercut their ambitions

Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84316-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-82396-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

P P

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.290pp 978-1-108-84218-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Refugee Crises, 1945-2000 Political and Societal Responses in International Comparison Edited by Jan Jansen | German Historical Institute, Washington DC

This timely study examines responses to mass refugee movements by a range of actors from local communities to supranational organizations. Bringing together ten case studies from around the world, it pays particular attention to receiving societies in the Global South and to the long-term consequences of ‘refugee crises’. • Examines the ways receiving societies have handled the sudden inflow of large numbers of refugees between 1945 and 2000 • Includes cases studies from Asia, Africa and the Middle East, emphasizing that ‘refugee crises’ are not confined to affluent Western nations • A timely study published during a period of intense public debate surrounding Europe’s ‘refugee crises’ and the challenges posed for EU member states

The English Republican Exiles in Europe during the Restoration Gaby Mahlberg | University of Warwick

Offers a transnational perspective on 17th-century English republicanism through an intimate portrait of the lives of three English republicans – Edmund Ludlow, Henry Neville, and Algernon Sidney – who went into exile in Europe after the Restoration. • Vividly connects English political thought with the European experience • Offers an accessible history of seventeenth-century English republicanism with a study of the exiles’ lived experience • Draws on previously unpublished primary sources from a broad range of English and continental European archives Ideas in Context

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84162-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Publications of the German Historical Institute

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-83513-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Jewish Internationalism and Human Rights after the Holocaust Nathan A. Kurz | Birkbeck College, University of London

Nathan A. Kurz examines the separation between Jewish advocacy organizations and international human rights after Israel’s creation. A key text for those interested in the global politics of Israel, international advocacy of non-governmental organizations, political relations between diasporas and homelands, and the recent history of human rights. • Weaves together Jewish and international history • Provides a case-study of non-governmental organizations in action • Covers a broad geographical range to enable the reader to draw connections between regions and locales Human Rights in History

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83492-6 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Newborn Imitation The Stakes of a Controversy Ruth Leys | The Johns Hopkins University, Maryland

Newborn imitation has recently become the focus of a major controversy in the human sciences. New studies have reexamined the evidence and found it wanting. This Element offers a critical assessment of the theories of newborn imitation and the stakes involved. Elements in Histories of Emotions and the Senses

July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-82673-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

History – cross discipline / Literature – American Literature

Scholastic Affect

The Cambridge History of Native American Literature

Gender, Maternity and the History of Emotions Clare Monagle | Macquarie University, Sydney

Volume 1 Edited by Melanie Benson Taylor | Dartmouth College, New Hampshire

The history of the Virgin Mary in medieval theology is one of an ideologically useful vision of womanhood. This Element deploys the intellectual history of medieval thought to map the moves made in codifying Mary’s perfection. It then uses contemporary gender and affect theory, mapping the emotional regimes of the medieval past upon the present.

This book is intended for scholars and students of Native American literature, US & Canadian literature, comparative literature, literary theory, multi-ethnic studies, cultural studies, and American studies. Expert commentaries represent a variety of disciplines and come from the US, Canada, England, and Europe. • Advances a provocative narrative about Native American literature as uniquely sited and constructed within US settler space and economies • Assembles a collection of authoritative perspectives from within and outside of the field • Offers important perspectives from individuals within the publishing industry and creative process

Elements in Histories of Emotions and the Senses

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81426-3 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Literature – American Literature

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 562pp 978-1-108-48205-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

The New Hemingway Studies

A History of American Puritan Literature

Edited by Suzanne del Gizzo | Chestnut College

Edited by Kristina Bross | Washington University, St Louis

This book captures and the reconfigures understanding of puritan literature and its history. It offers a sense of where puritan studies stands with pointers toward where they might go next – an account of American puritan literature accessible and useful to a broad range of students, teachers, scholars, and readers. • Resituates puritan New England in in the context of a much more interconnected Atlantic and global world • Introduces readers to the changed understanding of American exceptionalism and puritan origin stories • Captures the renaissance in puritan studies and presents the reconfigured understanding to readers at multiple levels of expertise September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.375pp 978-1-108-84003-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Hemingway continues to command attention in popular culture and in literary studies. The New Hemingway Studies outlines Hemingway’s continued relevance for the twenty-first century scholars and readers, highlights the latest critical trends, and indicates the paths yet to be taken. • Provides an overview of recent scholarly trends in Hemingway studies • Re-imagines Hemingway studies in new contexts • Demonstrates gaps in current scholarship and adumbrates possible paths for future inquiry Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.318pp 978-1-108-49484-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00

Apocalypse in American Literature and Culture

A History of American Literature and Culture of the First World War Edited by Tim Dayton | Kansas State University

The collection explores the various, often conflicting representations of the war offered by US writers, artists, intellectuals, and political figures. This multidisciplinary study, a collaboration of premier scholars, serves readers and students interested in American literature, history, and politics as well as specialists in these subjects. • Presents the latest research on US literature and culture of the First World War by premier scholars • Covers multiple genres and media: poetry, fiction, film, drama, memoir, journalism, music, architecture, and visual art • Reconsiders the longstanding assumption of American disillusionment with the war November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-47532-7 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$120.00

Edited by John Hay | University of Nevada, Las Vegas

This book is for students and instructors of American literature and culture. It features two dozen scholarly essays on different aspects of the theme of apocalypse in America, from the colonial era to the present. Imagining the end of the world has always been a popular pastime, especially in America. • Specifically addresses many key texts and periods commonly covered in undergraduate survey courses • Organized according both to key aspects of Apocalypse and to notable periods in American literary history • Offers twenty-five essays on many different periods and aspects of American literary history Cambridge Themes in American Literature and Culture

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-49384-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Literature – American Literature / Literature – English Literature

War and American Literature

The New Feminist Literary Studies

Edited by Jennifer Haytock | State University College, Brockport, New York

Edited by Jennifer Cooke | Loughborough University

War and American Literature examines representations of war throughout American literary history, providing a firm grounding in established criticism and opening up new lines of inquiry. Readers will find accessible yet sophisticated essays that lay out key questions and scholarship in the field. • Makes connections among literature about all major US wars • Introduces new lines of inquiry, explaining five of the latest theoretical approaches and how these approaches can illuminate the subject of war in American literature • Provides grounding in literature and scholarship of major US wars

This book presents sixteen essays by feminists of theory and literature. It is useful to academics and students of feminism, gender studies, queer theory, and contemporary literature. Its essays both account for the current state of the field and sub-disciplines they tackle as well as making fresh critical interventions. • Intervenes in feminist debates and the subfields with which it intersects • Organized into useful sections – Frontiers, Fields, and Forms – making it easy to use and to find relevant essays easily • Presents both established and emerging feminist voices

Cambridge Themes in American Literature and Culture

Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.375pp 978-1-108-49680-3 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00

Literature – English Literature

Rock Art and Landscape in the Altai Mountains of Mongolia Esther Jacobson-Tepfer | University of Oregon

Culture, Theory and Criticism in the 21st Century Edited by Sherryl Vint | University of California, Riverside

After the Human documents the emergence of posthumanist ideas in the fractures within traditional disciplines, examines the new objects of analysis that thus came into prominence, and theorizes new interdisciplinary methods of study that followed. • Contextualizes the shifting terminology that shapes this area of study, and clarifies a history of various terms, from antihumanism to posthumanism, transhumanism, critical posthumanism and beyond • Demonstrates that there are a certain shared set of premises across a range of posthumanist thinkers, but also points to areas of tension or omission among them • Describes a trajectory of how scholarly enquiry has been changed in both its objects of analysis and its methods of theorization via the emergence of a diverse set of philosophical perspectives, situated analyses, and ethical frameworks loosely categorized as posthumanism After Series, 6

P P

Analysis of Petroglyphic rock art in three valleys of Mongolia’s Altai Mountains begins to explain the rhythm of cultural manifestations: where rock art appears, when it disappears, and why. The material and this remote arena offer an ideal laboratory to study the intersection of prehistoric culture and paleoenvironment. Elements in Environmental Humanities

March 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 50 b/w illus. 978-1-108-79008-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Can We Be Wrong? The Problem of Textual Evidence in a Time of Data Andrew Piper | McGill University, Montréal

This Element combines a machine learning-based approach to detect the prevalence and nature of generalization across tens of thousands of sentences from different disciplines alongside a robust discussion of potential solutions to the problem of the generalizability of textual evidence. Elements in Digital Literary Studies

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-108-92620-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Beyond the Anthropological Difference

The Environmental Humanities and the Ancient World

Matthew Calarco | California State University, Fullerton

This Element provides a novel framework for understanding the nature of violence against animals. The author argues that the search for human uniqueness (an ‘anthropological difference’) is at the heart of this violence and should be replaced by a way of life based on the notion of human and animals being indistinct.

Questions and Perspectives Christopher Schliephake | Universität Augsburg

Elements in Environmental Humanities

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79737-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

The Anatomy of Deep Time

After the Human

December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-83666-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-81916-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-47193-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

This Element aims to show why the ancient tradition still matters in the Anthropocene. Revisiting ancient materials alongside central concepts of contemporary environmental theory, Schliephake offers new perspectives and argues that classical ecological knowledge is a powerful resource for creating alternative world views. Elements in Environmental Humanities

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-74904-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Literature – English Literature

TEXTBOOK

The Cambridge Companion to Queer Studies

The Tragedy of King Lear

Edited by Siobhan B. Somerville | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

This Companion provides a guide to queer inquiry in literary and cultural studies. The essays gathered here represent work in queer studies in the vital present, suggesting new and emerging areas, including transgender studies. It will appeal to undergraduates, tutors, and lecturers studying and teaching Queer Studies. • Reflects the newest areas of queer studies scholarship, including queer of color critique, indigenous studies, disability studies, and transgender studies • Emphasizes queer literary and cultural studies, with essays on topics such as poetics, narrative, popular culture, performance studies, and digital culture • Familiarizes readers with the history of queer literary and cultural studies, as well as the most current debates Cambridge Companions to Literature

June 2020 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-108-48204-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-74189-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P G

The Edited Collection Pasts, Present and Futures Peter Webster | Webster Research Consulting

Contents: Introduction; Textual Analysis; Preface by Brian Gibbons; Textual Analysis, Part 1; A Note on the Text; List of Characters; The Play; Textual Analysis, Part 2; Appendix: Passages Unique to the First Quarto; Reading List. The New Cambridge Shakespeare

May 2020 228 x 152 mm 312pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19586-8 Hardback £49.99 / US$61.99 978-1-316-64697-7 Paperback £8.99 / US$11.95

X G

Texts, Artefacts and Beliefs Andrew Wallace | Carleton University, Ottawa

Elements in Publishing and Book Culture

All the Sonnets of Shakespeare William Shakespeare Edited by Paul Edmondson | The Shakespeare Birthplace Trust

Intended for all readers of Shakespeare, this beautiful and ground-breaking book arranges Shakespeare’s sonnets printed in 1609 in chronological order and intersperses the sonnets from the plays among them. A lively introduction provides essential background, while explanatory notes and modern English paraphrases illuminate the sonnets’ meanings. • A breath of fresh air which encourages readers to engage anew with Shakespeare as a writer in sonnet form • Encourages new insights into the relationship between Shakespeare’s life and work • Significantly enhances comprehension of these often difficult poems through easily intelligible summaries and paraphrases September 2020 216 x 138 mm 306pp 978-1-108-49039-9 Hardback £12.99 / US$17.95

For this updated critical edition of King Lear, Lois Potter has written a completely new introduction, taking account of recent productions and reinterpretations of the play, with a particular emphasis on its afterlife in global performance and adaptation. • A completely fresh introduction equips students to analyse the language and staging of the play for themselves • Provides a guide to key critical interpretations of the play, including philosophical, political, feminist and ecocritical readings • Equips students to think about the play in performance and adaptation around the world

The Presence of Rome in Medieval and Early Modern Britain

Edited collections are widely supposed to contain lesser work than scholarly journals. After examining the origins of this critique, this Element explores the modern history of the edited collection and the particular roles it has played as a model of collaboration, trust and mutual obligation. June 2020 178 x 127 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-73937-5 Paperback £9.99 / US$12.99

Third edition William Shakespeare Introduction by Lois Potter | University of Delaware, Emeritus

This study will appeal to students and scholars of literature, history, and culture who are interested in Rome’s persistence in medieval and early modern Britain. • Provides a nuanced and multi-disciplinary account of the persistence of Rome in Britain • Puts the persistence of Rome in Britain in an extremely wide historicalcultural frame of reference, keeping texts written in Britain in dialogue with continental texts ranging from antiquity to the early modern period • Places medieval texts in a range of languages (Latin, medieval Welsh, Old English, Old French) in conversation with texts written in early modern English and humanistic Latin September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49610-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Literature – English Literature

Paper in Medieval England

The Afterlife of St Cuthbert

From Pulp to Fictions Orietta Da Rold | University of Cambridge

Place, Texts and Ascetic Tradition, 690–1500 Christiania Whitehead | Universities of Warwick and Lausanne

Detailed analysis of the coming of paper to medieval England, and its influence on the literary and non-literary culture of the period. In this analysis, book production is one of the elements of a wider story. The book considers a wider matrix of historical, economic, social and cultural interrelations and people’s networks. • Gives the most expert advice and information on how to approach the study of medieval paper, providing a step-by-step approach • Provides a multi-disciplinary analysis on the use of paper in medieval manuscript production including multilingual examples of how disciplines must interact to understand the complex affordances of paper • Demonstrates the importance of the study of paper for manuscript in historical and literary studies

Introduces readers interested in insular spirituality and hagiography to the major texts associated with the cult of the great northern English saint, Cuthbert. The first sustained analysis of this textual tradition from 690-1500, emphasizing his ascetic evolution, and association with changing perceptions of northernness and nationhood. • The first book to tell the entire story of the textual tradition of St Cuthbert’s cult, from the seventh to the fifteenth centuries • Gives the reader insight into northern eremiticism over an expansive time scale, exploring how the distinctive characteristics of Cuthbert’s eremitic lifestyle and spirituality change in visibility and value • Explores environmental contexts: Cuthbert’s connections with a series of northern spaces, including the landscape, the monastery, the diocese, the eremitic island, and the Anglo-Scottish border

Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 112

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-84057-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49035-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Ben Jonson and Posterity Reception, Reputation, Legacy Edited by Martin Butler | University of Leeds

Imagining the Medieval Afterlife Edited by Richard Matthew Pollard | Université du Québec à Montréal

This first comprehensive study in English of the many and variegated ways the afterlife was envisioned in the Middle Ages presents exciting new interpretations that will interest literary scholars, (art) historians, and theologians. • Offers the first comprehensive treatment in English of how the afterlife was envisioned, from Antiquity to the end of the Middle Ages • Includes the most up to date scholarship on the medieval afterlife, with fresh perspectives that push the field in new directions • Features a range of perspectives from leading historians, art historians, literary scholars, classicists and theologians to afford a crossdisciplinary perspective Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 114

November 2020 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-17791-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-84268-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Shakespeare and Emotion

The Cambridge Companion to Medieval British Manuscripts

Edited by Katharine Craik | Oxford Brookes University

Edited by Orietta Da Rold | University of Cambridge

This book orientates students in the complex, multidisciplinary study of medieval book production and contemporary display of manuscripts. It illustrates the major methodologies and explains why skills in understanding early book production are so critical for reading, editing, and accessing a rich cultural heritage. • Chapters by leading specialists in the specific area of manuscript studies • Interdisciplinary scholars take readers through the how and why of working with manuscripts from Britain, c.600–1500 • Extensive in coverage and clearly written, including all aspects of what manuscript studies can achieve for practitioners Cambridge Companions to Literature

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-10246-0 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.95 978-1-107-50014-3 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$24.95

Bringing together leading scholars and multiple critical perspectives, this collection provides new insights into Jonson’s reception and legacy over four centuries, benefitting students and scholars of Jonson and early modern literary studies, as well as all those interested in intertextuality and reception from the Renaissance to the present. • Aligns leading scholars who have contributed to major editions and studies of Jonson in the past decade • Explores questions regarding Jonson’s reputation and reception over four centuries • Cross-examines the history of Jonson’s reputation and what it reveals about our relationship with the early modern past

P P

These twenty-three new essays by an international team of experts will be essential reading for students and scholars working on Shakespeare, the history of the body and emotions, and performance theory or practice. It brings the current surge of interest in affective life into conversation with current debates in Shakespeare studies. • Explores emotional experience as a central feature of Shakespeare’s works, offering innovative approaches to the plays and poems • Forges new insights into the vibrant field of the early modern history of the emotions • Builds on Shakespeare’s enduring legacy to make links between past and present emotional experience, considering the real-world benefit of Shakespeare’s creativity for today’s geo-political realities October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-41616-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

Literature – English Literature

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Taste and Knowledge in Early Modern England

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea

Elizabeth L. Swann | Durham University

This book will be of use to students, postgraduates, and scholars with interests in the history of the senses and in Renaissance and early modern literature and culture. It offers new readings of influential texts by authors including Shakespeare, Ben Jonson, Amelia Lanyer, and Robert Boyle. • Offers the first full and detailed account of the sense of taste in early modern England • Draws on texts from a vast spectrum of genres in order to offer a wideranging, interdisciplinary account of taste • Makes use of, and engages critically with, the influential approach known as ‘historical phenomenology,’ reframing this as a methodological tool

Anne Finch Edited by Jennifer Keith | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

Scholars and students of women’s writing, poetry, and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature have long called for a complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus and commentary for all known works by this important writer. • The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of all Finch’s poems, plays, and letters, organized by their appearance in Finch’s authorized collections • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes and thorough textual commentary September 2020 216 x 138 mm 1400pp 978-0-521-19622-2 2 Volume Hardback Set

£200.00 / US$260.00

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-48765-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Sarah Lewis | King’s College London

Lewis examines cultural and theatrical intersections between early modern temporal concepts and early modern gendered identities. Through close readings of the works of Shakespeare, Middleton, Dekker, Heywood and others, she shows how temporal tropes are used to delineate masculinity and femininity on the early modern stage. • Sheds new light on Shakespeare by reading his works alongside less well-known plays • Explores how culturally constructed ideas of time and gender are connected in early modern drama and society • Focuses on the performance of gender and of temporality through the framework of three key concepts: patience, prodigality, and revenge C

Shakespeare and Senecan Tragedy Curtis Perry | University of Illinois

A new approach to understanding the relationship between Shakespearean tragedy and Senecan tragedy, this book has implications for our understanding Shakespeare’s major tragedies, for our understanding of tragedy as a genre, and for our understanding of early modern classical reception. • Brings recent advances in understanding Senecan drama from Classics into Shakespeare Studies • Combines philology with up-to-date theoretical sophistication about classical reception, political theory, early modern race-making, and the history of the self • Rethinks Shakespeare and periodization by remapping the intersecting reception histories of Senecan and Shakespearean tragedy October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49617-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Shakespeare, Blackface and Race Different Perspectives Coen Heijes | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

Through several case studies the author analyses the interaction between blackface and (institutional) racism in Dutch society and theatre and how Othello has become an active player in this debate.

Time and Gender on the Shakespearean Stage

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-84219-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Elements in Shakespeare Performance

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-82782-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

The Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare on Screen Russell Jackson | University of Birmingham

The Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare on Screen offers critical introductions by a team of distinguished scholars on a diverse range of screen adaptations of Shakespeare from around the world. The volume provides crucial contexts for undergraduate and graduate students of Shakespeare and media. • Chapters encompass diverse critical and historical approaches to topics, providing a valuable introduction for non-specialist readers to different critical strategies • Featuring lively and engaging chapters on the history of cinema, television adaptations, major directors, world cinema and ‘live’ Shakespeare broadcast • Up-to-date analysis of recent films and digital adaptations of Shakespeare with a broad range of productions released in the last ten years Cambridge Companions to Literature

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-42116-4 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$74.99 978-1-108-43155-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$24.99

P P

About Shakespeare Bodies, Spaces and Texts Robert Shaughnessy | University of Surrey

Drawing upon the work of the Royal Shakespeare Company, Shakespeare’s Globe and the Schaubühne Berlin, About Shakespeare examines theatrical bodies, the spaces inhabited by actors and audiences, and the texts that circulate around and between them. Elements in Shakespeare Performance

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-72548-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Literature – English Literature

Romantic Cartographies

Physical Disability in British Romantic Literature

Mapping, Literature, Culture, 1789–1832 Edited by Sally Bushell | Lancaster University

Romantic Cartographies is the first collection to fully explore the reach and significance of cartographic practice in Romantic-period culture. Revealing the diverse ways in which the period mapped itself, the volume also considers our contemporary engagements with Romanticism from the perspective of our own spatialised culture. • Provides a range of interdisciplinary approaches and perspectives on the practice and cultural significance of cartographic work in the romantic period • Interrogates and opens up a deeper understanding of the concept of the map, including its place in wider cultural networks and its relation to other texts and bodies of knowledge • Clearly structured around three perspectives: historical, material and present day – including digital and other technologies October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 29 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47238-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Essaka Joshua | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book is for Romantic era scholars/students interested in revising their view on major Romantic texts by reading with sensitivity to ideas and concepts around disability; and for literary disability studies’ scholars and students wishing to extend their understanding of the eighteenth or nineteenth centuries. • Provides an overview of scholarship in the field of critical disability studies; and an overview of literary criticism on disability, making a disability studies approach accessible to Romanticists • Uses a series of case studies of single authors, groups of writers, and single texts allowing readers insight into how a disability studies reading might work in a range of contexts • Eschews anachronistic terminology and concepts, providing new period-appropriate terminology for ‘disability’ and period-appropriate concepts of disability Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 130

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-83670-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Romanticism: 100 Poems

Edited by Michael Ferber | University of New Hampshire

Choosing one hundred poems from what many consider to be the greatest era of poetry is no small feat. Michael Ferber’s refreshing collection includes seminal Romantic poems alongside lesser-known gems. Embodying the urgent international contexts of the Romantic movement, this transatlantic anthology features poetry translated from six languages. • A uniquely international anthology of romantic poetry spanning many languages and nations across Europe • Includes helpful notes with engaging headnotes for poets and a concise, accessible introduction to orient general readers in the history, context, and meanings of ‘Romantic’ poetry • Uniquely concise, attractive, and affordable anthology of Romantic poems that will serve general readers as an engaging entry point or as an enriching supplementary text for secondary and university literature students October 2020 198 x 129 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-49105-1 Hardback c. £12.99 / c. US$16.99

Rethinking the Secular Origins of the Novel The Bible in English Fiction 1678–1767 Kevin Seidel | Eastern Mennonite University, Virginia

Crises of Identification Marisa Palacios Knox | University of Texas Rio Grande Valley

This book explores how Victorian women readers strategically identified with literature to defy stereotypes and inspire their action and creativity. Engaging with nineteenth-century English literature and culture, the book engages with theories and histories of reading that appeal to literary scholars and educators. • Clarifies the complex concept of literary identification, providing a history of its feminization and depreciation as a reading practice despite its ubiquity as a reading experience • Illuminates examples of deliberate reading by Victorian women that inspired public and professional action, countering prevalent stereotypes about women’s reading • Includes a chapter on the pedagogical and critical applications of identification, connecting critical analysis and history of nineteenthcentury literature to current teaching praxis Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture

Unsettling the usual ways we think about the relationship between religion and secularism, and focusing on scenes where the Bible shows up as a physical object in eighteenth-century English fiction, this book powerfully argues that the English novel rose with the Bible, not after it. • Takes up recent, interdisciplinary discourse on secularism and applies it to literary studies, providing new ways to think about secularity in literature • Productively connects histories of the novel and histories of the Bible • Explores the Bible as a material object, not just a text, to understand its plural and varied authority within the novel and among various social practices connected to the Bible October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-49103-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Victorian Women and Wayward Reading

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-49616-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Victorian Cult of Shakespeare Bardology in the Nineteenth Century Charles LaPorte | University of Washington

This book will interest anyone who is curious about how Shakespeare became the presiding deity of English literature. It describes the Victorians’ quasi-Biblical culture surrounding Shakespeare’s work and discusses why Victorian devotion had an enduring impact upon English studies in the Western world. • Demonstrates the religious dimensions of Victorian Shakespeare criticism • Places Victorian reverence for Shakespeare in the light of nineteenthcentury Biblical criticism • Presents in clear and non-specialist language the implications of modern biblical criticism Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-49615-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Literature – English Literature

Tragedy and the Modernist Novel

Postcognitivist Beckett Olga Beloborodova | Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium

Manya Lempert | University of Arizona

This book brings together the study of modern fiction, tragedy, chance, and the natural world. It will appeal to graduate students and researchers interested in British and European modernism, philosophy, science and literature, and classical reception studies. It will also interest scholars studying the novel or tragedy more generally. • Explains how modern novelists thought about ancient and modern tragedy • Unveils the similarities between Greek tragedy and Darwinian evolution • Explores modernist authors’ depictions of nihilism, suicide, and political violence and apathy as cautionary tales for readers today, showing how fiction can endorse and condemn different ethical and political positions September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.290pp 978-1-108-49602-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Modernism and the Idea of the Crowd Judith Paltin | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

This book argues that literary modernists engaged creatively with modernity’s expanding forms of collective experience and performative identities; their work clarifies how popular subjectivity evolves from a nineteenth-century liberal citizenry to the contemporary sense of a range of political multitudes struggling with conditions of oppression. • Examines and analyzes crowds, political agency, and group performativity across a set of canonical and lesser known modernist works • Offers a comprehensive anatomy of the social mind as theorized from within modernist studies, democracy studies, and literary studies • Engages with a variety of period archives including fiction, drama, poetry, music, painting, newspapers, police and government records, published correspondence, manifestos, private writings, and exhibitions November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.290pp 978-1-108-84223-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A reassessment of Beckett’s alleged Cartesianism using the theoretical framework of extended cognition. The argument defended here is that Beckett’s fictional minds are not isolated ‘skullscapes’: they are grounded in interaction with their fictional storyworlds, however impoverished those may have become in the later part of his writing career. Elements in Beckett Studies

June 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70861-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Experimental Beckett

Contemporary Performance Practices Nicholas E. Johnson | Trinity College Dublin

How do twenty-first century theatre practitioners negotiate the dynamics of tradition and innovation across the works of Samuel Beckett? Reading recent performances for creative uses of embodiment, environment, and technology reveals the increasingly interdisciplinary, international, and intermedial character of contemporary Beckettian practice. Elements in Beckett Studies

April 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-73779-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

The New Modernist Studies Edited by Douglas Mao | The Johns Hopkins University

This is the first book devoted to the history and prospects of the new modernist studies. It will be a key resource for readers seeking an authoritative account of the field’s early years and for those seeking out new directions in modernist scholarship. • Includes detailed accounts of intellectual milieu into which the new modernist studies emerged as well as a rich institutional history of the early years of the field • Explores new directions in modernist studies and offers readers a sense of where the new modernist studies may be headed in the near future • Chapters provide an enthusiastic, informed take on a continuously evolving field Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

Modernism in the Metrocolony

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-48706-1 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-73214-7 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

Urban Cultures of Empire in Twentieth-Century Literature Caitlin Vandertop | University of the South Pacific

P P

This book considers the place of the British colonial city in modernist fiction. While modernism is often linked to the cultural transformations of the Euro-American metropolis, Modernism in the Metrocolony shows how writers responded to empire’s urban legacies, tracing an alternative, peripheral history of the modernist city. • Provides examples of interdisciplinary approaches to modernist literature, postcolonial studies and urban history • Produces an innovative theoretical overview outlining the significance of peripheral urbanism to modernism, drawing primarily on theorists from the global South • Intervenes in debates over the cultural, political and ecological legacies of colonial urbanism November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-83562-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Literature – English Literature

The Cambridge Companion to Nineteen Eighty-Four

Decadence A Literary History Edited by Alex Murray | Queen’s University Belfast

Edited by Nathan Waddell | University of Birmingham

The Cambridge Companion to Nineteen EightyFour is aimed at undergraduates, postgraduates, and academics. Situating the novel in multiple frameworks, including contextual considerations and literary histories, the book asks new questions about the novel’s significance in an age in which authoritarianism finds itself freshly empowered. • Provides analyses of Nineteen Eighty-Four across multiple media, including literature, film and television, radio, songs, dance, comics, and video games • The book is structured around four key emphases: contexts, histories, questions, and media • Situates Nineteen Eighty-Four not only in new conceptual and literaryhistorical contexts, but also in relation to the rest of his writing

This book will appeal to undergraduates, postgraduates, and faculty who work across Victorian Studies and twentieth-century literature. A comprehensive overview of Decadence, it also expands the methodological, geographical, and temporal coordinates of the movement, with a renewed focus on the role played by women writers. • Offers a new history of Decadence • Provides a focus on translation and transnationalism • Corrects the historical neglect of female authors, returning them at the centre of the movement • Speaks to scholars working in modernism and post-1945 literary studies

Cambridge Companions to Literature

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-42629-9 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-84109-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-81471-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

C G

The Value of Poetry Eric Falci | University of California, Berkeley

Jacob’s Room Virginia Woolf Edited by Stuart N. Clarke | Virginia Woolf Society of Great Britain

This edition is for students and academics of Woolf’s works. It aims to be as comprehensive as possible in providing an authoritative text, hundreds of explanatory notes and an extensive introduction describing the composition of the novel and its critical reception 1922–41. • Provides hundreds of explanatory notes, helping readers understand the historical and literary resonances of objects, phrases, and scenes • The introduction gives a detailed account of the composition of the novel, together with a separate timeline • Details the critical reception of the novel from publication to Woolf’s death (1922–41)

The Value of Poetry shows how and why poetry matters in the contemporary world and demonstrates what poems can offer to twentyfirst century readers. It argues that poems are vital spaces in which the complexities of thought, feeling, and memory are shaped and displayed, and that poems offer unique and crucial forms of readerly experience. • Provides a concise but rich account of the major critical and theoretical work that has shaped poetry and poetry criticism • Offers detailed and lively readings of significant contemporary poems that consider all major matters of form, style, and genre • Provides an original presentation of the importance of poetry in the twenty-first century The Value of

October 2020 216 x 140 mm c.170pp 978-1-108-42955-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 978-1-108-45447-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

P P

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Virginia Woolf

September 2020 216 x 138 mm 500pp 978-0-521-84674-5 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

Volume 1: Gothic in the Long Eighteenth Century Volume 1: Gothic in the Long Eighteenth Century Edited by Angela Wright | University of Sheffield

Book, Text, Medium Cross-Sectional Reading for a Digital Age Garrett Stewart | University of Iowa

This book assess the transformative arc between medieval books and today’s e-books. It will appeal to graduates and researchers working in the 21st century literary studies generally, in the relationships between the book and the digital age specifically. • Brings together book studies and the history of book arts with textual readings, literary theory, and the philosophy of language • Makes direct connections between art history, including painting and conceptual sculpture, and the nuances of literary process in an age of digital poetics • Develops an interdisciplinary concept of medium that challenges or augments many leading contemporary theories in the field Cambridge Studies in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Culture

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-83459-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$105.00

The Cambridge History of the Gothic

This volume offers a comprehensive account of the Gothic in Western civilisation, from the Gothic sacking of Rome in 410 AD, through seventeenthcentury Gothic politics, and up to the end of the long eighteenth century. Interdisciplinary in its focus, it includes essays on literature, architecture, politics and fine art. • Provides a thorough and comprehensive historical overview of the Gothic, from antiquity to the end of the long eighteenth century, exploring new areas of criticism • Explores the Gothic in a range of different interdisciplinary contexts, tracking its imbrication in literature, architecture, fine art and politics • Shows the extent to which Gothic both responds to, and is an active participant in, some of the most important historical events in Western civilisation The Cambridge History of the Gothic

August 2020 228 x 152 mm 516pp 978-1-108-47270-8 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Literature – English Literature / Literature – European and World Literature

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge History of the Gothic

The New Irish Studies Edited by Paige Reynolds | College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts

Volume 2: Gothic in the Nineteenth Century Edited by Dale Townshend | Manchester Metropolitan University

Comprising twenty-one essays by leading international scholars, this volume offers a comprehensive account of Gothic culture in Britain, America and Continental Europe in the nineteenth century. Interdisciplinary in its focus, it includes chapters on literature, architecture, science, theatre, historiography and popular entertainment. • Provides a thorough and comprehensive historical overview of the Gothic in British, American and European culture in the nineteenth century • Explores the Gothic in a range of different interdisciplinary contexts, from literature and architecture to science and popular entertainment • Shows the extent to which Gothic both responds to, and is an active participant in, some of the most important historical events in Western civilisation in the period 1800–1900 The Cambridge History of the Gothic

August 2020 228 x 152 mm 558pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47271-5 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Literature – European and World Literature The City of Poetry Imagining the Civic Role of the Poet in Fourteenth-Century Italy David Lummus | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book is for students and scholars of medieval literature and for readers interested in the public intellectuals of the past. It provides new accounts of major authors like Dante, Petrarch, and Boccaccio, and invites readers to make comparisons with current debates about the public humanities. • Unites the major authors of the medieval Italian literary canon in a single analytical frame that includes both canonical and oftenoverlooked texts • Clarifies key aspects of medieval literary culture that have been obfuscated by national literary histories and by Romantic notions of poetry and the poet • Makes difficult and often-obscure texts accessible to readers interested in the history of the public intellectual November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83945-7 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-47399-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature

This book offers a pioneering critical account of twenty-first-century Irish literature and culture, underscoring the crucial role that contemporary writing plays in representing and influencing rapidly changing conditions in Ireland and Northern Ireland. It unsettles presumptions about what constitutes an Irish classic. • Gives an authoritative overview of contemporary Irish literature in chapters that focus on texts, performances, institutions, historical conditions, and practices • Traces contemporary Irish literature from a range of perspectives and different critical approaches, including age studies, feminism, biodigital poetics, queer theory, neoliberalism, and globalism • Highlights the engagement and activism of contemporary Irish writers and considers the function of Irish writing in reflecting and influencing rapidly changing contemporary cultural conditions

The Cambridge Companion to Rabindranath Tagore Edited by Sukanta Chaudhuri | Jadavpur University, Kolkata

This is the first one-volume guide in English, or indeed in Bengali, to the full spectrum of Tagore’s multi-faceted genius. It will cater to students and scholars of Indian and world literature, even those who know Bengali; also of Indian history, culture, philosophy, music, art, and South Asia studies. • All of Tagore’s fields of creation and activity covered and related to each other in a single volume • Takes into account the whole range of Tagore’s works, in Bengali and English. Most English studies of Tagore confine themselves, in practice if not declaredly, only to material available in English • Draws on the best scholarship in the field, including Bengali experts who do not often write for English publications but might have the greatest expertise on Tagore • Presents this material in a contemporary international critical idiom • Brings together specialists in other fields where appropriate – historians, social scientists, artists, environmentalists, scientists etc. Cambridge Companions to Literature

June 2020 228 x 152 mm c.515pp 978-1-108-48994-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-74773-8 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

P P

Insurgent Imaginations World Literature and the Periphery Auritro Majumder | University of Houston

This book redefines the non-Western roots of world literature. A humanist imagination negotiated the struggles of groups outside the West. A wide range of aesthetic forms resisted nationalism: tracing the notion of peripheral internationalism across a range of cultural forms connecting India, Soviet Union, China, Africa, and the Americas. • Provides a situated account of non-Western literary cultures and intellectual histories of world literature • Illuminates connections between India/South Asia and other regions such as China, Latin America and Africa • Broadens the existing scope of scholarship on modernism, realism, and globalization in culture with a wide array of lesser-known sources December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-47757-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Music

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Fauré Studies Edited by Carlo Caballero | University of Colorado Boulder

The Cambridge Companion to Wagner’s Der Ring des Nibelungen Edited by Mark Berry | Royal Holloway, University of London

An essential Companion for those both familiar and unfamiliar with Der Ring des Nibelungen. It provides a concise introduction to both the composer and the work. Subsequent chapters focus on musical topics such as ‘leitmotif’ and ‘structure’, as well as popular culture, Nazism, notable stage productions and critical analysis of the work. • Opening with a concise introduction to Wagner as a cultural figure, this Companion provides a thorough overview of the Ring before analysing key aspects of the work • Includes a history of notable stage productions from the world premiere in 1876 to the most recent stagings in Bayreuth and elsewhere • Offers new approaches to interpretation, exploring themes such as gender, anti-Semitism, and environmentalism Cambridge Companions to Music

September 2020 247 x 174 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus. 30 music examples 978-1-107-10851-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-107-51947-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 G

Music and Musicians at the Collegiate Church of St Omer Crucible of Song, 1350–1550 Andrew Kirkman | University of Birmingham

Northern France and the Low Countries formed the crucible of Europe’s most sophisticated music in the later Middle Ages. That music and its makers were sought from France to Italy and Bohemia. Focusing on the rich musical institution of one wealthy medieval church, this book reveals the values and social structures that shaped its cultivation. • The first in-depth study of a leading late-medieval song school whose alumni were employed at major institutions throughout Europe • Reveals the detailed ritual and social workings of a large late medieval church, and the ways it articulated larger political forces as well as theological concerns relating to death and remembrance • Shows how and why music was made in a late medieval church’s musical establishment, and how this music was able to achieve a high state of sophistication and international influence September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.320pp 16 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-83972-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Showcases new research by leading scholars on the life and music of Gabriel Fauré, contemporary of Monet and Mallarmé and one of the most influential of all French composers. This book encompasses hermeneutics, musical analysis, aesthetic theory, critical theory, and social history. • Showcases the latest research on Gabriel Fauré, representing a new surge of scholarly interest in this influential French composer of the fin de siècle • Includes a wide range of scholarly approaches from music theory to aesthetics • Provides a valuable insight and evaluation of Fauré research from the composer’s lifetime to the present day Cambridge Composer Studies

May 2020 247 x 174 mm c.320pp 8 b/w illus. 4 tables 37 music examples 978-1-108-42919-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Stravinsky Encyclopedia Edited by Edward Campbell | University of Aberdeen

Details the life, works, writings and aesthetic relationships of Igor Stravinsky, whose music epitomises the stylistic crisis of twentiethcentury music. His Russian, neo-classical and serial periods along with his writings and wide-ranging creative engagements are presented in over 430 entries by more than fifty international contributors. • Includes over 430 concise but detailed entries on Stravinsky’s work and creative and personal relationships • Provides comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of Stravinsky’s musical works, writings and creative collaboration from a range of international perspectives • Explores Stravinsky’s inter-disciplinary work and engagements with other musicians, writers, visual artists, dancers and impresarios December 2020 228 x 152 mm 580pp 2 tables 19 music examples 978-1-107-14087-5 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 R

Stravinsky in Context Edited by Graham Griffiths | City, University of London

Igor Stravinsky’s strikingly original compositions continue to fascinate scholars and music-lovers across the globe. This volume brings together a collection of 35 short, specially commissioned essays that illuminate the varied contexts from which emerged Stravinsky’s impressive catalogue of innovative and richly creative music. • Thirty-five specially commissioned short essays explore the varied and eventful life-tapestry from which Stravinsky’s compositions emerged • Offers a range of perspectives on this supremely cosmopolitan composer, revealing the impact upon Stravinsky’s creativity of his association with many of the 20th century’s leading artistic figures • Each essay is followed by an ‘Author’s Recommendation’ that highlights a particularly relevant Stravinsky work as the ideal complement to the experience of reading the chapter Composers in Context

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42219-2 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00

Music / Philosophy

A Huge Revolution of Theatrical Commerce

Epistemology and Methodology in Ethics

Walter Mocchi and the Italian Musical Theatre Business in South America Matteo Paoletti | Università degli Studi di Genova

Tristram McPherson | Ohio State University

In the early twentieth century, South America became the most important market for European opera and musical theatre and this Element explores Walter Mocchi’s transoceanic role in this revolution. He staged world premieres of works by Italian superstars in Argentina, offering an early example of what Stephen Greenblatt calls ‘cultural mobility’. Elements in Musical Theatre

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79048-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Topics include skeptical challenges in ethics, epistemic arguments in metaethics, what (if anything) is epistemically distinctive of the ethical. Also considered are methodological questions in ethics, including questions about which ethical concepts we should investigate, and what our goals should be in ethical inquiry. Elements in Ethics

June 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-71340-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Moore’s Ethics William H. Shaw

Philosophy

A critical survey of the full range of G. E. Moore’s ethical thought, including his rejection of naturalism in favor of the view that ‘good’ designates a simple indefinable property, his understanding of intrinsic value, his doctrine of organic wholes, and his critique of egoism and subjectivism.

The Ethics of Social Punishment

Elements in Ethics

The Enforcement of Morality in Everyday Life Linda Radzik | Texas A & M University

This book extends philosophical discussions of punishment to a new topic: the ways ordinary people enforce morality in everyday life. Readers interested in moral, legal and social issues will find tools for critically evaluating contemporary practices, including calling wrongdoers out, boycotting, and public shaming on social media. • Examines the overlooked moral phenomenon of social punishment in everyday life • Develops a distinctive account of desert that can be applied to topics beyond social punishment, including legal punishment • Extends the existing philosophy of punishment to contemporary phenomena such as ‘call-out culture’ and public shaming on social media October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-83606-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-79929-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

P P

Thomas Reid on the Ethical Life Terence Cuneo | University of Vermont

Presenting Thomas Reid’s agency-centered ethical theory. This means, one according to which agency intersects with the subject matter of ethics in a sufficiently wide range of important ways that we cannot satisfactorily engage in ethical theorizing without committing ourselves to and, ultimately developing, particular understandings of agency. Elements in Ethics

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70689-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70654-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Ethical Subjectivism and Expressivism Neil Sinclair | University of Nottingham

Ethical subjectivists hold that moral judgements are descriptions of our attitudes. Expressivists hold that they are expressions of our attitudes. Can these views accommodate three central features of moral practice: practicality of moral judgements, phenomenon of moral disagreement, and mind-independence of some moral truths? Elements in Ethics

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70651-3 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Ethics and the Media An Introduction Second edition Stephen J. A. Ward | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Now revised and containing several new chapters, this book provides comprehensive ethical principles and methods of reasoning for digital, global media. It describes the turbulent state of media ethics in ordinary language and through clear examples, addressing crucial issues like social media racism, intolerant groups, and global disinformation. • Provides a rich overall perspective on the issues of digital media today and why there is a need to reform how media ethics is practiced • Proposes a set of moral principles and a step-by-step method of reasoning about media in the digital age • Suggests practical guidelines for reporting on specific and urgent issues such as social media racism, extremism, demagogic leaders and fake news Cambridge Applied Ethics

October 2020 244 x 170 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48976-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-74750-9 Paperback £20.99 / US$26.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Philosophy

Ars Erotica

Inheritance Systems and the Extended Synthesis

Sex and Somaesthetics in the Classical Arts of Love Richard Shusterman | Florida Atlantic University

Eva Jablonka | Tel-Aviv University

This book is for students and researchers in the fields of philosophy, sexuality and gender studies, aesthetics, and comparative culture and religious studies. It examines erotic theory in the major pre-modern cultural and religious traditions that shaped our modern views of love and lovemaking. • Presents detailed analysis of the classical erotic theories of the major world cultural traditions (from antiquity through the Renaissance) by situating them in their philosophical, historical, and social background • Provides multidisciplinary and transdisciplinary accessible narrative and non-technical analysis using the tools of philosophy, history, literary criticism, cultural theory, religion research, sex and gender studies, and somaesthetics • Contains insights on lovemaking from multiple ancient cultures November 2020 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-107-00476-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-0-521-18120-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Current knowledge of the genetic, epigenetic, behavioural and symbolic systems of inheritance challenges the gene-based, ‘Modern Synthesis’ version of Darwin’s evolutionary theory. The implications of a broad view of heredity are discussed and its theoretical and philosophical ramifications are examined. Elements in the Philosophy of Biology

June 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-71602-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Reduction and Mechanism Alex Rosenberg | Duke University, North Carolina

Reductionism is a methodology, a metaphysical and an epistemological claim. This volume expound the philosophical debate surrounding reductionism and its transformation into one about mechanism. Elements in the Philosophy of Biology

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

June 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-74231-3 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00 P

The Cambridge Heidegger Lexicon Edited by Mark A. Wrathall | University of Oxford

This is the largest, most comprehensive lexicon of Heidegger’s work in existence. Each entry clearly and concisely defines a key term, and then explores in depth the meaning of each concept and explains how it fits into Heidegger’s wider philosophical thought. The volume will be indispensable for all Heidegger scholars. • The largest and most comprehensive lexicon of Heidegger’s terminology in existence, containing over 220 entries • Each entry begins with a concise definition before exploring concepts and debates in greater depth • Specific terms are cross-referenced with any alternative translations, and there is a German-English glossary of key words October 2020 228 x 152 mm 900pp 978-1-107-00274-6 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00

Lotteries, Knowledge, and Rational Belief Essays on the Lottery Paradox Edited by Igor Douven | Université Paris-Sorbonne

A book for readers interested in the latest theories about knowledge and rational belief, with an emphasis on how outright belief relates to degrees of certainty. The most straightforward connection between those has given rise to a paradox, which is central to all of the essays in this volume. • Covers various approaches to the lottery paradox • Includes contributions from mainstream as well as formal epistemologists • Provides an excellent overview of research on the lottery paradox from the last three decades December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.311pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42191-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

How to Study Animal Minds

Kristin Andrews | York University, Toronto

Attempts to avoid bias in comparative psychology have harmed the science by limiting research topics and minimising animal consciousness. We can advance by treating animals as sentient research participants, and through a greater integration of the subdisciplines of comparative psychology, such as field and lab approaches to chimpanzee cognition.

The Transmission of Knowledge John Greco | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Elements in the Philosophy of Biology

June 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-72746-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

This book examines the interpersonal relations and social structures which enable and inhibit the sharing of knowledge within and across epistemic communities, drawing on resources from moral theory, the philosophy of language, action theory and the cognitive sciences. It will interest students and scholars of social epistemology. • Examines the interpersonal relations and social structures that enable and inhibit the sharing of knowledge • Throws new light on existing problems in social epistemology and the epistemology of testimony • Investigates issues in social epistemology by using resources from ethics, philosophy of language, action theory and cognitive sciences August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-47262-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Philosophy

TEXTBOOK

Free Will and the Rebel Angels in Medieval Philosophy

An Introduction to the Theory of Knowledge

Tobias Hoffmann | The Catholic University of America, Washington DC

Second edition Noah Lemos | College of William and Mary, Virginia

Now revised and containing three new chapters, this book provides an accessible introduction to the fundamental problems in the theory of knowledge. Written primarily for students taking a first course in epistemology, it will be of interest to anyone wanting to know more about this important area of philosophy. • Introduces a wide array of problems in contemporary epistemology and considers their attempted solutions clearly and systematically • Includes in-depth discussion of the Gettier problem, theories of justification, skepticism, a priori knowledge and naturalized epistemology • Contains three new chapters on externalism and internalism, epistemic circularity and testimony and disagreement Contents: Preface to the second edition; 1. Knowledge, truth, and justification; 2. The traditional analysis and the Gettier problem; 3. Foundationalism; 4. The coherence theory of justification; 5. Reliabilism and virtue epistemology; 6. Internalism and externalism about justification; 7. Epistemic circularity; 8. Skepticism; 9. The problem of the criterion; 10. The a priori; 11. Naturalized epistemology; 12. Testimony and disagreement. Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy

November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.290pp 978-1-108-49867-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72440-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$38.99

X X

An Introduction to Latin American Philosophy Susana Nuccetelli | St Cloud State University, Minnesota

This introduction provides a comprehensive and accessible overview of the central topics in Latin American philosophy. It explores not only the unique insights offered by Latin American thinkers into pre-established fields of Western philosophy, but also the many ‘isms’ developed as a direct result of Latin American thought. • Focuses on the issues and arguments of Latin American philosophy, rather than simply on philosophy in Latin America • Features chapters of balanced length, pedagogical aids, suggestions for further reading and a glossary of terms • Shows readers what distinguishes Latin American philosophy from other branches of philosophy Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy

October 2020 247 x 174 mm 212pp 978-1-107-06764-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-66718-1 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

This is the first book in English investigating the medieval debate about free will, one of the central themes in medieval philosophy. It sheds new light particularly on how medieval thinkers dealt with the most difficult test case for free will: the possibility of angels – i.e., ideal agents – choosing evil. • Provides a comprehensive overview of the free will debate by Christian medieval thinkers, and considers its theoretical presuppositions as proposed by Aristotle and Augustine • Discusses a wide range of authors, including not only well-known thinkers such as Thomas Aquinas, Duns Scotus and William of Ockham but also numerous authors whose contributions to the free will debate deserve to be rediscovered today • Pays special attention to some of the most difficult problems faced by medieval philosophers and theologians: the origin of evil, and the possibility of rational agents who enjoy optimal psychological conditions doing evil October 2020 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-15538-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

John Locke’s Christianity Diego Lucci | American University in Bulgaria

In this book, Diego Lucci offers a thorough analysis and reassessment of Locke’s unique, heterodox, internally coherent version of Protestant Christianity. Critically examining all of the main aspects of his unorthodox theological ideas, Lucci calls attention to Locke’s influences and explores in depth the reception of his work. • Provides a comprehensive examination of Locke’s religious thought • Examines and clarifies Locke’s religious ideas by taking into account his influences, motivations, and legacy • Elucidates the originality, heterodoxy and internal coherence of Locke’s version of Christianity October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-83691-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Kant’s Reform of Metaphysics The Critique of Pure Reason Reconsidered Karin de Boer | University of Leuven

This is the first book-length study to interpret the Critique of Pure Reason in view of Kant’s sustained efforts to turn Wolffian metaphysics into a science. It not only sheds new light on key chapters of Kant’s work, but also reconstructs the outline of his projected ‘system of pure reason’. • Offers fresh and in-depth analyses of Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason • Situates the Critique within the context of eighteenth-century German metaphysics • Reconstructs the main features of the system of pure reason that Kant announced repeatedly, but never published September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.310pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-84217-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Philosophy

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

A Centenary Celebration

Kant’s Critique of Taste The Feeling of Life Katalin Makkai | Bard College, Berlin

This book offers a new interpretation of Kant’s aesthetics in the Critique of Judgment that shows its relevance to contemporary debates. It is aimed at philosophers, primarily those interested in Kant or in aesthetics, but it will also interest scholars of art theory, criticism, and cultural theory. • Offers an in-depth study that pays close attention to Kant’s texts, including their original German • Shows the relevance of Kant’s work for contemporary aesthetics and art theory • Engages with both the continental and the analytic philosophical traditions June 2020 228 x 152 mm c.210pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49779-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Anscombe, Foot, Midgley, Murdoch Volume 87 Edited by Anthony O’Hear | Royal Institute of Philosophy, London

This volume celebrates the centenary of the birth of Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley and Iris Murdoch, demonstrating the ways they individually and collectively changed the direction of philosophy in the English speaking world in the mid-twentieth-century and how they continue to influence it one hundred years after their birth. • This volume is a celebration of the centenary of the birth of Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley and Iris Murdoch • Papers in this book are all by prominent philosophers who spoke at the Royal Institute of Philosophy’s annual lecture series from 2018-9 • This volume covers the philosophical careers of Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley and Iris Murdoch, highlighting areas of philosophy to which they made notable and distinctive contributions Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements, 87

July 2020 228 x 152 mm 290pp 978-1-108-92827-4 Paperback £23.99 / US$39.00

Hegel’s Ontology of Power The Structure of Social Domination in Capitalism Arash Abazari | Sharif University of Technology

Wittgenstein on Aspect Perception

Mobilizing ideas from Marx and Adorno, this book develops a genuinely critical theory of capitalism based on Hegel’s Science of Logic. It will appeal to a wide audience: those interested in Hegel, or Marx, or critical theory, and more generally anyone who wants to understand capitalism. • The first systematic study of Hegel’s ontological conception of power in English • Uses Hegel’s logic to develop a genuinely critical theory of capitalism • Draws upon ideas from Marx and Adorno to make sense of Hegel’s seemingly impenetrable ‘logic of essence’ July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-83486-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

On Philosophy and Philosophers

This Element begins with a grammatical and phenomenological characterization of Wittgensteinian ‘aspects.’ It concludes by proposing that aspect perception reveals the distinction between the world as perceived and the world as objectively construed, and the role we play in the constitution of the former. Elements in the Philosophy of Ludwig Wittgenstein

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81315-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Wittgenstein’s Heirs and Editors Christian Erbacher | Universität Siegen, Germany

Unpublished Papers, 1960–2000 Richard Rorty

On Philosophy and Philosophers is a volume of unpublished papers by Richard Rorty, a central figure in late-twentieth-century philosophy and a primary force behind the resurgence of American pragmatism. These previously unseen papers advance novel views on metaphysics, ethics, epistemology, philosophical semantics and the social role of philosophy. • Contains unpublished papers by Richard Rorty on topics ranging from ethics to metaphysics • Includes an introduction from the editors, outlining the papers’ novel approaches to contemporary philosophical debates • Of interest both to specialists and generalists, containing both technical essays and popular lectures September 2020 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-48845-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-72636-8 Paperback £17.99 / US$23.99

Avner Baz | Tufts University, Massachusetts

P G

Ludwig Wittgenstein is one of the most widely read philosophers of the twentieth century. But, with one exception, the books in which his philosophy was published were posthumously edited from the writings he left to posterity. This Element explores how his 20,000 pages of philosophical writing became published volumes. Elements in the Philosophy of Ludwig Wittgenstein

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81320-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Religion

Law and the Rule of God A Christian Engagement with Shari’a Joshua Ralston | University of Edinburgh

Eucharist and Receptive Ecumenism From Thanksgiving to Communion Kimberly Hope Belcher | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Discussions between Christians from different traditions often focus on doctrine, but for many Christians, differences in practice and worship are much more central and important. By looking at the eucharist as thanksgiving, this book bridges Catholic and Protestant practice and theology and shows a new approach to Christian unity. • Receptive ecumenism is a relatively new approach to dialogue between Christians from different denominations.; this book is both an exercise in the method and a demonstration of scholarly humility in action • The historical context of theological development, especially what Christians were doing and what they thought they ought to be doing, is used to contextualize contentious doctrines and debates like transubstantiation and sacrifice • The author’s approach both expands our understanding of the eucharist and illuminates the role of thanksgiving in our daily and spiritual life September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83956-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Aspects of Truth A New Religious Metaphysics Catherine Pickstock | University of Cambridge

This bold new work offers a discussion of the topic of truth from simultaneously philosophical and theological perspectives. It argues for the value of a metaphysical approach to truth. This approach defends the notion that truth cannot be separated from what the author calls ‘the reality of the thinking soul’. • Advances a daring and original new argument about truth that unites philosophy and theology as well as premodern and postmodern perspectives • The author, an originator of the controversial Radical Orthodoxy movement, is one of the most creative and best known theological thinkers at work today • Moves towards a notion of truth that gets beyond the limitations of epistemological argument, and as such will be of great interest to theologians and philosophers alike October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-84032-3 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Ambrose, Augustine, and the Pursuit of Greatness J. Warren Smith | Duke University, North Carolina

Two important theologians of early Christianity were Ambrose of Milan and Augustine of Hippo. Both were intellectually formed by philosophers, such as Cicero, who taught that virtue was the way to greatness. Yet they saw contradictions between Roman and Christian ethical ideals. Could these competing visions of greatness be reconciled? • Examines the Classical and Hellenistic cultural backgrounds for the development of Christian theology and ethics in late antiquity • Examines how two major Latin theologians, Ambrose and Augustine, used the language of greatness to distinguish Christian virtue from pagan virtue • Provides an account of the development of the idea of greatness and the ideal of the great-souled man after Aristotle October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49074-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

This book presents a new comparative approach to the relationship between law, politics, secularism, and religion in Christianity and Islam. Academics and students in theology, Islamic Studies, religion and politics, and law will benefit from this study of how sharī’a and Christian theology have been debated across the centuries. • This is the first book length academic study of sharī’a and law in Christian-Muslim dialogue • Proposes a new method of comparative political theology to engage Christian, Muslim, and secular debates on law, religion, and politics • Advances a theological account of public law that is both particular to the Christian tradition and open to dialogue with Islamic political theology Current Issues in Theology, 15

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-48982-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Human Anguish and God’s Power David Kelsey | Yale University, Connecticut

This book is for seminary and doctrinal students in theology, theologically reflective clergy, and anyone else who is troubled by the suggestion that because God is unrestricted power, God must be the explanation of ‘why’ horrendous suffering happens. • Uses traditional Christian Trinitarian terms to characterize God’s power • Addresses the suggestion that because God is unrestricted power, God must be the explanation of ‘why’ horrendous suffering happens • Opens up space to legitimize an avowed ‘faithful agnosticism’ about ‘why’ we experience both profound suffering and the Triune God’s grace Current Issues in Theology, 16

November 2020 216 x 138 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-83697-5 Hardback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99

The Origins of Early Christian Literature Contextualizing the New Testament within Greco-Roman Literary Culture Robyn Faith Walsh | University of Miami, Coral Gables

Conventional approaches to the Synoptic gospels argue that the gospel authors acted as literate spokespersons for religious communities, akin to the Romantic poet speaking for the common folk. This book argues that they were written by educated elites in dialogue with Greco-Roman literature, not exclusively by and for Christian communities. • Offers an interdisciplinary approach to the Synoptic gospels using methods from classics and literary theory, as well as religious studies • Demonstrates how the field of New Testament studies remains indebted to methods practiced since the era of German Romanticism • Offers novel readings of the Synoptic gospels, comparing them with allied Greek and Latin literature November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-83530-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Religion

An Apostolic Gospel

Salafism and Traditionalism

The ‘Epistula Apostolorum’ in Literary Context Francis Watson | University of Durham

Scholarly Authority in Modern Islam Emad Hamdeh | Embry-Riddle University

This book is intended for scholars and students of the New Testament and early Christianity, and highlights the significance of an early gospellike text that has been neglected owing to the inadequacy of previous translations. A new translation is provided, and links with other early Christian literature are explored. • Provides a new translation of the Epistula Apostolorum, drawn from the Coptic, Ethiopic, and fragmentary Latin manuscripts, with a textual apparatus in English listing textual variants • Includes in-depth studies of key theological themes, locating them in their wider early Christian literary context • Includes extensive additional notes on issues of text, translation and exegesis, keyed to the translation

This book highlights the heated debates between Muslim scholars in the Modern Muslim world, especially between Salafis and Traditionalists. It covers the emergence of modern reform movements, the role of print and the internet, Islamic education, the production of scholarly authority, and the different approaches to Islamic scripture and law. • The first book that focuses exclusively on the debates that took place between Muhammad Nasir al-Din al-Albānī, the 20th century’s most influential Salafi, and his Traditionalists critics • Contextualizes the history of Islamic scholarship and scholarly authority in the 20th century • Provides a detailed analysis on the debate surrounding the authority of the Muslim schools of law (madhhabs). In other words, does one understand scripture on its own or through scholarly tradition?

Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 179

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-84041-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$105.00

December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.256pp 978-1-108-48535-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Clement of Alexandria and the Shaping of Christian Literary Practice

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

War, Memory, and National Identity in the Hebrew Bible

Miscellany and the Transformation of GrecoRoman Writing J. M. F. Heath | University of Durham

Jacob L. Wright | Emory University, Atlanta

For readers of Patristics, Classics, and Early Christian Studies, this book offers the fullest treatment of Clement of Alexandria’s literary form and its relationship to his theology since the 1960s, and is the only one that draws much on comparative evidence from Roman imperial authors. • Compares Clement as a Christian miscellanist with particular examples from Classical tradition • Contextualises Clement’s Stromateis within his larger literary project, as the third work in a sequence that begins with the Protrepticus and Paedagogus • Combines literary, theological, and cultural historical approaches December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-84342-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Drawing on the intriguing interdisciplinary research on war commemoration, the book shows that war pervades the pages of the Bible because its authors were engaged in an effort to forge a corporate identity for Israel, one that can both transcend deep divisions within the population and withstand military conquest by imperial armies. • Demonstrates how the biblical authors worked in the framework of a common narrative to create a new political identity • Includes inter-disciplinary and comparative perspectives, including ‘war commemoration’ and brings the biblical narratives into conversation with political theory and political theology • Highlights distinctive features of the biblical corpus, and reflects on persisting concerns for political communities including kinship, marginalized others, volunteerism, and conflict resolution July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-48089-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Church and the Law Volume 56 Edited by Rosamond McKitterick | University of Cambridge

This volume explores the legal issues and legal consequences underlying relations between secular and religious authorities in the context of the Christian Church, deepening our understanding of interactions between the churches and the legal systems in which they existed in the past and continue to exist now. • Explores the long and complex history of the relationship between the Church and the law, from the emergence of the Christian Church within Roman Palestine through to the present day • Features a wide range of leading scholars in the field • Contains contributions on a diverse range of historical and regional contexts, including the Anglican Church in nineteenth-century South China; excommunications in twelfth-century England, and the Slavic Nomocanon in the thirteenth century Studies in Church History

July 2020 228 x 138 mm 544pp 978-1-108-83963-1 Hardback £65.00 / US$105.00

The Theology of the Books of Haggai and Zechariah Robert Foster | University of Georgia

This book serves readers interested in an academic analysis of the theological message of the Books of Haggai and Zechariah. Those interested in an in-depth discussion of key theological themes and the ethical message of the prophets of the Old Testament, especially the minor prophets, will benefit from this book. • Provides a focused and thorough discussion of the key theological teachings of the books of Haggai and Zechariah • Offers a summary of theological ethics of each major section of the books of Haggai and Zechariah, as well as how these interact with the theological ethics of the books of the Old Testament • Discusses the theology of the Book of Zechariah in terms of its final form, to help the reader see its unified message while acknowledging its development across time Old Testament Theology

October 2020 216 x 140 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-47550-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-46858-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Religion

Divine Aggression in Psalms and Inscriptions

Life, Land, and Elijah in the Book of Kings

Vengeful Gods and Loyal Kings Collin Cornell | University of the South, Sewanee, Tennessee

Daniel J. D. Stulac | Duke University, North Carolina

Students of theology, the Bible, and the Ancient Near East know that the biblical god acted destructively against his own client king and country. This book rereads familiar biblical psalms within their ancient contexts to determine if this theological vision was unique – or if other gods were just as vengeful. • Provides a sustained comparison between royal biblical psalms and ancient inscriptions • Demonstrates the distinctive features of the biblical god, especially in terms of his aggression against his own client king and country • Argues for the loyalty of kings to their specific patron god Society for Old Testament Study Monographs

October 2020 216 x 140 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-84267-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Addresses a key question in biblical studies: the Elijah narratives’ contribution to the theological vision of the book of Kings. Using a canonical-agrarian approach, this book challenges longstanding assumptions to offer a new concept of the narratives’ rhetorical and theological contribution and insights into Elijah’s iconographical character. • Provides a simple description of and rationale for both a ‘canonical approach’ to the Bible (often misunderstood) and an ‘agrarian hermeneutic’, an emerging lens on biblical literature • Offers a cogent description of the narrative rhetoric and theological vision of the Elijah narratives (1 Kings 17-2 Kings 2) • Reveals a coherent interpretation of the Elijah narratives that bears directly on theological and social issues such as care for the earth Society for Old Testament Study Monographs

January 2021 216 x 140 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-84374-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Royal Illness and Kingship Ideology in the Hebrew Bible Isabel Cranz | University of Pennsylvania

Royal illness as portrayed in the Hebrew Bible anticipates the failure of kingship resulting in the destruction of Israel and Judah. This is the first systematic study of royal illness in this context. It will be of interest to students and scholars of history in the ancient Near East, biblical studies, medical humanities, and disability studies. • Presents a comprehensive study of royal illness in the Books of Samuel, Kings and Chronicles • Applies a diachronic approach in combination with medical humanities and disability studies • Demonstrates how the motif of the sick king functions both symbolically and pragmatically, while being adapted to different ideological frameworks Society for Old Testament Study Monographs

October 2020 216 x 140 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-83049-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

New Perspectives on Texts, Artifacts, and Culture Brett E. Maiden | Emory University, Atlanta

Integrating the Biblical and Philosophical Traditions Arthur Jan Keefer | Eton College

In giving undivided attention to biblical virtue, this book opens the way for new avenues of study in biblical ethics, including law, narrative, and other aspects of biblical instruction and wisdom. It will be of interest to researchers and scholars within both biblical and philosophical disciplines. • Offers a new interpretation of the book of Proverbs from the standpoint of virtue ethics • Uses an innovative method to compare biblical and philosophical texts, explaining the moral theories of each within their respective sociohistorical contexts • Provides an in-depth and contextual reading of the ethics of the book of Proverbs C

Gender and Christian Ethics Adrian Thatcher | University of Exeter

Recent tools and findings from the cognitive sciences illuminate religious thought and behaviour in ancient Israel and the Bible. Primarily intended for scholars of the Bible and religion, it is also relevant to cognitive scientists, researchers, and graduate students interested in the intersection of cognition and culture. • Offers an accessible introduction to the current state of the cognitive study of religion, especially for biblical scholars and historians of religion • Provides theoretical discussion and concrete examples, in the form of case studies, of interdisciplinary scholarship in action • Examines different interrelated topics in the study Israelite religion, including theoretical, artistic, and textual Society for Old Testament Study Monographs

October 2020 216 x 138 mm c.300pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48778-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Book of Proverbs and Virtue Ethics

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-83977-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Cognitive Science and Ancient Israelite Religion

This book is for students of theology, Christian ethics, and religious and gender studies; and everyone longing for the full acceptance of women and LGBTIQ people in the churches and beyond. It exposes the roots of prejudice against women and sexual minorities, and offers constructive proposals for gender justice. • Analyses gender as the relations between women and men, as a symbolic system, and as personal identity • Exposes the inadequacy of binary models of gender and challenges notions of ‘complementarity’ and the ‘war on gender’ in contemporary Christian thought • Offers a non-binary model of gender based on core Christian doctrines New Studies in Christian Ethics

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83948-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Religion

Heidegger and His Jewish Reception Daniel M. Herskowitz | University of Oxford

Offering a breadth unmatched by any other study to date, this book deals with the intense Jewish engagement with Martin Heidegger’s philosophy. It demonstrates that while his anti-Semitism made his Jewish reception inevitably fraught, no other philosopher has impacted and fomented twentieth century Jewish European thought more than Heidegger. • Demonstrates the centrality of Heidegger’s philosophy for twentieth century European Jewish thought • Sets the Jewish encounter with Heidegger alongside other twentieth century philosophical and religious strands • Brings together leading Jewish philosophers alongside many lessknown figures, from a number of different geographical locations, over an extended period of time, and introduces new materials October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84046-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Antichrist

Aquinas, Bonaventure, and the Scholastic Culture of Medieval Paris Preaching, Prologues, and Biblical Commentary Randall Smith | University of St Thomas, Houston

Employing an in-depth study of the prologues and preaching skills of Thomas Aquinas and Bonaventure, this book will spur a fundamental reconsideration of the scholastic culture of the High Middle Ages and of the educational culture that informed their impressive body of work whose influence is still widespread today. • Reveals the ‘protreptic’ character of thirteenth century prologues, both in terms of the artistry of its style and its theological significance • Provides the reader with the knowledge and resources to read medieval sermons through an in-depth analysis of the development in the skill of preaching of Aquinas and Bonaventure • Provides the reader with the knowledge and resources to read Bonaventure’s notoriously difficult Collations with greater ease and understanding December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-84115-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A New Biography Philip C. Almond | University of Queensland

Tibetan Demonology

This is the first full history of the Antichrist in twenty-five years. Written for the general reader, it tells of the history of the Antichrist in both Eastern and Western Christianity from his beginnings in the New Testament through to the present. • The first full treatment for 25 years of a subject that continues to generate enormous interest • Offers new interpretations of the continuing significance of the Antichrist in popular culture • The author’s earlier book on the Devil (IB Tauris) was a widely reviewed academic bestseller

This Element discusses the rich taxonomy of gods and demons encountered in Tibet. These spirits are often exhorted for diverse violent and wrathful activities. The author explores the role of divinities and demons in oracular possession, illness, astrology, ritual calendars, the landscape and as protectors of religious and political institutions.

September 2020 216 x 138 mm 354pp 16 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 978-1-108-47965-3 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99 P

Christopher Bell | Stetson University, Florida

Elements in Religion and Violence

July 2020 178 x 127 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-71267-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Hindu Monotheism Gavin Dennis Flood | Yale University, Connecticut

From the Material to the Mystical in Late Medieval Piety The Vernacular Transmission of Gertrude of Helfta’s Visions Racha Kirakosian | Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg, Germany

Challenging the long-standing idea that translations do not bear the same literary or historical weight as the supposed originals upon which they are based, this book shows that vernacular manuscripts tell us a great deal about medieval culture, especially as textiles and other material objects came to infuse devotional piety. • Provides examples of textiles which have influenced devotional culture • Discusses collective writing over long periods of time and in a manuscript culture • Makes the point that the transmission history of texts encompasses redactions which are as valuable as the text sources upon which they are modelled January 2021 253 x 177 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-84123-8 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$105.00

If by monotheism we mean the idea of a single transcendent God who creates the universe out of nothing, then that is not found in the history of Hinduism. But if we mean a supreme, transcendent deity who impels the universe, an ultimate source of all other gods who are her or his emanations, then this can be found in Hinduism. Elements in Religion and Monotheism

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-73114-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Religious Terrorism Heather Gregg | Naval Postgraduate School

How can the world’s religions, which propagate peace and love, promote violence and the killing of innocent civilians through terrorist acts? This Element aims to provide insights into this puzzle by reviewing current debates, terrorist resources gained through religion, examples of cross-faith terrorism and a synopsis of deradicalization programs. Elements in Religion and Violence

July 2020 178 x 127 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-73089-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Religion / Anthropology / Economics, business studies

Anthropology

The Bahá’í Faith, Violence, and Non-Violence Robert H. Stockman | Wilmette Institute

Godroads

Both violence and non-violence are important themes in the Bahá’í Faith, but their relationship is not simple. The Bahá’í sacred writings see violence in the world as being a consequence of the immature state of human civilization. This Element explores how Bahá’í scriptures provide a blueprint for building a new culture where violence is rare.

Modalities of Conversion in India Edited by Peter Berger | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

Elements in Religion and Violence

August 2020 178 x 127 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70627-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Monotheism and Religious Diversity Roger Trigg | University of Oxford

If there is one God, why are there so many religions? This Element argues that monotheism provides the basis for a belief in objective truth. Human understanding is fallible and partial, without the idea of one God, there is no foundation for a belief in one reality or a common human nature. The shadow of monotheism lies over everything. Elements in Religion and Monotheism

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-71445-7 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Monotheism and Hope in God William J. Wainwright | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

This Element examines aspects of monotheism and hope. Distinguishing monotheism from nontheistic religions, it explores how God transcends terms used to describe the religious ultimate. Wainwright examines the loves prized in Islam, Christianity and theistic Hinduism, and defends the sort of love valorized by them against some charges against it.

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-49050-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Simultaneous Identities Language, Education, and the Nepali Nation Uma Pradhan | University of Oxford

This book illustrates that social actors in minority language education in Nepal made simultaneous claims to more than one social identity by discursively positioning ‘ethnic identity’ as ‘national identity’. By arguing for an analytical necessity to adopt relational approach, it aims to complicate the neat compartmentalisation of identities. • Helps the reader to rethink existing theories on ethnicity and nationalism • Provides methodological insights and details on the ethnography of schools and education in Nepal • Gives a bottom-up perspective on the social changes in Nepal South Asia in the Social Sciences, 12

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48992-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Economics, business studies

Elements in Religion and Monotheism

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70809-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

This book is especially relevant as it offers various case studies dealing with conversion within, between and across religious traditions, provides a thorough theoretical discussion of the topic, is multi-disciplinary and contextualizes the Indian situation comparatively. • Offers insights into the dynamics of religious change beyond the restricting confines of particular religious traditions • Discusses relevant theories and analytical tools that can inspire and help researchers in their study of conversion and cultural change • Includes different disciplines and thus provides each scholar concerned with the questions of conversion insights into questions of neighboring disciplines

The European Monetary Union Europe at the Crossroads Nicola Acocella | Sapienza Università di Roma

Divine Ideas Thomas M. Ward | Baylor University, Texas

This Element defends a version of the classical theory of divine ideas; the containment exemplarist theory. This holds that God’s own nature is the examplar of all possible creation, so God’s ideas are ideas of himself. Containment exemplarism offers a montheism fit for metaphysics, as it is coherent, simple and explanatorily powerful. Elements in Religion and Monotheism

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81969-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

The book illustrates the historical roots of the institutions and policies at the core of the European Union, which are largely based on the operation of free markets and a common monetary policy. It analyzes the imbalances caused by both these institutions and reemerging populism, suggesting possibilities for future conditions and reforms. • Deals with current, ongoing issues such problems facing the Euro, the European recession, and the reemergence of populism • Examines the historical roots of the disintegration of the EU’s institutions in order to protect and improve future conditions • Suggests detailed macroeconomic and microeconomic policies to amend existing institutions in a way that avoids less desirable prospects and existing conflicts August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84087-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 978-1-108-74410-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Economics, business studies

The Behavioral Economics of Inflation Expectations

After the Accord

Macroeconomics Meets Psychology Tobias F. Rötheli | Universität Erfurt, Germany

This book offers a modern behavioral economics analysis of macroeconomic expectations, using cognitive psychology and a bottom-up approach to economic expectations. It gives students and researchers a quantitative model for analyzing inflation, interest rates and business cycle phenomena for any country or historical period. • Proposes a novel behavioral economics approach to expectations • Findings help clarify macroeconomic debates on various issues in a wide range of countries • This data can be used to interpret events such as the great recession of the USA August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.243pp 31 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48285-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44706-5 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Public Spending and the Role of the State

Studies in Macroeconomic History

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.388pp 978-1-108-83989-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Federico Revelli | Università degli Studi di Torino, Italy

This book presents a holistic, comprehensive discussion of a highly relevant topic in economics: public expenditure, its history, value for money, related risks and remedies. It discusses the arguments and facts in a non-technical manner, with many tables and charts, for students, professionals and the interested public alike. • Provides a current international, historical overview and comparison of public expenditure, expenditure efficiency, fiscal risks and remedies • Synthesises contemporary scholarship to create a panoramic, conceptual, empirical and policy-oriented view of public expenditure and the role of the state • Discusses a key policy topic of our time placing emphasis on a longterm ‘bigger picture’ approach P P

Central Banks as Fiscal Players The Drivers of Fiscal and Monetary Policy Space Willem Buiter | Citigroup

The book develops a unified framework to address a number of key issues in monetary economics and public finance, including how helicopter money works, when modern monetary theory makes sense, why the Eurosystem has a potentially fatal design flaw, why the fiscal theory of the price level is a fallacy and how to escape from the zero lower bound. • Offers both rigorous and narrative approaches to all key issues • Puts the political back in political economy • Readers encounter both the consequences of monetary and fiscal policy and the socio-political drivers of monetary and fiscal policy Federico Caffè Lectures

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-84282-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-82276-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Following the end of World War II and the resumption of peacetime economic activity, the Federal Reserve and the US Treasury had to rebuild the machinery of monetary and debt management operations. This book explains their initial thinking and explores how they reacted to subsequent challenges. • Provides a thorough chronology of the appearance and subsequent evolution of monetary policy instruments • Offers a history of the origins and evolution of the primary dealer system • Detailed analysis of post-war Treasury debt management, with emphasis on the development of regular and predictable auction sales

Empirical Fiscal Federalism

History, Performance, Risk and Remedies Ludger Schuknecht | Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.260pp 978-1-108-49623-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-79170-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

A History of Federal Reserve Open Market Operations, the US Government Securities Market, and Treasury Debt Management from 1951 to 1979 Kenneth D. Garbade | Federal Reserve Bank of New York

P P

The enduring economic crisis proved that understanding the results of alternative fiscal arrangements in multi-tiered government structures is crucial for designing effective decentralization policies. This Element discusses approaches and methods used in recent empirical fiscal federalism literature, and identifies key areas for further research. Elements in Public Economics

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-92700-0 Paperback c. £15.00 / c. US$20.00

Constitutional Economics A Primer Stefan Voigt | Universität Hamburg

This concise survey of the questions, methods, and empirical findings central to constitutional political economy fills a gap in the literature of political economy. Voigt, a pioneer of the field, demonstrates how constitutional rules affect political economy, appealing to both scholars of the field and readers with no familiarity of the topic. • Accessible to readers without any prior familiarity of the topic • Fills a gap in the literature of political economy by providing an overview of an up-and-coming, increasingly relevant field • Forthcoming about gaps and weaknesses in the field, which will help those searching for their own research topics to easily identify topics to explore June 2020 228 x 152 mm 150pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-48688-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-70839-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P P

Economics, business studies

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Rethinking Markets in Modern India

Private Health Insurance History, Politics and Performance Edited by Sarah Thomson | WHO Barcelona Office for Health Systems Strengthening

Embedded Exchange and Contested Jurisdiction Edited by Ajay Gandhi | Universiteit Leiden

A collection of comparative case studies analysing the history, politics and performance of private health insurance globally and its implications for universal health coverage. This is essential reading for graduate students, scholars and policy makers working on health systems financing worldwide. • Uses a case study approach to examine the origins of markets for private health insurance (history) and consider their development in the light of stakeholder interests (politics) • Gives a systematic analysis of the impact of private health insurance on health system performance • Each case study follows the same format for ease of comparison European Observatory on Health Systems and Policies

October 2020 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-0-521-12582-6 Paperback £35.00 / US$45.00

The Cambridge Handbook of the Capability Approach

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48678-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Edited by Enrica Chiappero-Martinetti | University of Pavia

This landmark handbook collects in a single volume the current state of cutting-edge research on the capability approach. It includes a comprehensive introduction to the approach as well as new research from the leading scholars in this multi-disciplinary field, including the pioneers of capability research, Martha C. Nussbaum and Amartya Sen. • Brings together in a single volume most of the diverse areas/strands of research within the large field of capability research • Provides surveys of specific sub-fields and offers new contributions that extend the existing literature in important ways • Includes contributions by leading scholars working on the Capability Approach, including the pioneers of the field, Martha C. Nussbaum and Amartya Sen November 2020 247 x 174 mm 750pp 978-1-107-11528-6 Hardback £125.00 / US$160.00

Planning in the 20th Century and Beyond India’s Planning Commission and the NITI Aayog Edited by Santosh Mehrotra | Jawaharlal Nehru University

This book proposes to look backward, examining the history of the idea of planning and the history and experience of planning in India. This book addresses three leading questions: why plan economic development? How to plan? And what exactly can/should be planned? • Brings together researchers and experts who have a practical experience of planning • Both theoretical and policy-oriented • Offers historical depth on the idea of economic planning September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.374pp 978-1-108-49462-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Urban Headway and Upward Mobility in India

Reform and the Structure of the Indian Economy

Arup Mitra | Institute of Economic Growth, New Delhi

Output-Value Added Symbiosis Madhusudan Datta | Kalyani University, India

As the growth rate of the economy accelerated, economists observed that growth of value added came mostly from the service sector. Can the service sector maintain the momentum if manufacturing fails to get charged up in spite of all reforms aimed at this objective? The book studies this question in depth. • Offers specialised material on input output tables and national account statistics • Develops the important methodological aspect of measurement of sectoral contributions to overall growth in GDP • Examines the hypothesis of Baumol’s disease in the Indian context September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.220pp 978-1-108-49637-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This book provides a valuable non-western perspective on global capitalism. Based on rich historical and ethnographic studies, it shows the actual workings of Indian markets. It demonstrates their dynamic and contested nature, offering a useful framework for understanding commercial exchange throughout the global south. • This volume proposes a fresh approach to the study of social embeddedness in economic activity, stressing the importance of market pliability and contested jurisdiction in the unfolding of everyday commerce • Established scholars of modern South Asia put forward a multidimensional historical and contemporary approach to socio-economic relations in the region, which enriches an understanding of the unfolding of Indian capitalism • Contributors provide an innovative set of conceptual rubrics that not only deepen the understanding of Indian markets, but prompt scholars of western commerce to revisit their own approaches, and aid the understanding of market exchange elsewhere in the global south

This book focuses on various aspects of urbanisation in India and its impact on socio-economic variables. It brings to the forefront the resilience of the social system that can be mitigated through significant interventions into some of the economic variables. Policy implications of the evidence based research are discussed. • Studies the effects of urbanisation on the work force participation rate of women • Examines the impact of urbanisation in both rural and urban areas at the district level • Analyses demographic and economic characteristics in relation to the deprivation index and city size September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.180pp 978-1-108-49636-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Economics, business studies

Contours of Value Capture

Making the Financial System Sustainable

India’s Neoliberal Path of Industrial Development Satyaki Roy | Institute for Studies in Industrial Development

It aims to study the process of industrialisation at a conceptual level and articulate and contest the evolving debates and discourses. It provides insights into the complexities of the process and growth of industrialisation as it has played out in contemporary India. • Extends the rich tradition of class focused analyses of post-colonial India’s industrial trajectory to contemporary times • Problematises existing binaries within the discourse on industrialisation, foregrounding class process as one of the cardinal elements in the analyses of industrial growth September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.239pp 978-1-108-48691-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Progress through Regression The Life Story of the Empirical Cobb-Douglas Production Function Jeff E. Biddle | Michigan State University

Using the empirical Cobb-Douglas production function as case study, the general phenomenon of the diffusion of new research tools in economics is addressed, and the intersection of this history with that of several important empirical research programs will appeal to historians of twentieth century economics and other social sciences. • Intersects the history of the Cobb-Douglas regression with the history of many previously under-studied empirical research programmes in twentieth century economics • Comprehensive discussion of Cobb-Douglas regression in non-technical language • Provides a fine-grained account of the actual research process in twentieth century empirical economics Historical Perspectives on Modern Economics

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49226-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Edited by Paul G. Fisher | University of Cambridge

This volume of essays is a must-read for anyone working in connection with financial sector policy and sustainability. Acting as a bridge between policy and academia, this volume brings leading experts of the HLEG together to discuss how the financial system can be reformed to promote sustainability. • Offers readers further analysis into the 2017 HLEG from some of the main thought leaders on sustainable finance – people who have helped shape the current agenda and who have strong views on how it should develop • Covers the policy ground, from a high-level systems view to detailed regulatory issues, from technical issues such as risk analysis or use of benchmarks, through to the involvement of citizens – there is something important in here for everyone connected with the financial sector • The authors include academics, financial professionals and NGOs; the book is also written for politicians, civil servants, journalists and students, and will appeal to a wide range of people across fields and disciplines October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84229-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Corporate Finance Theory and Practice in Emerging Economies Sunil Mahajan | International Institute of Information Technology, Pune

The book introduces corporate finance to first year students in business schools. It examines the practice of finance without diluting theory and conceptual knowledge. • Grounded in fundamental concepts • Application oriented, with global, real-world examples • Contains corporate snippets and insights aiding understanding of concepts September 2020 248 x 172 mm c.410pp 978-1-108-48696-5 Hardback £94.99 / US$130.00 978-1-108-73202-4 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

Seeking Virtue in Finance

P P

Contributing to Society in a Conflicted Industry JC de Swaan | Princeton University, New Jersey

Drawing from inspiring individuals, JC de Swaan proposes a framework for pursuing a viable career in finance while benefiting society and upholding humanistic values. In doing so, he challenges traditional concepts of success in the industry. This will also engage readers outside of finance who are concerned about the industry’s impact on society. • Challenges traditional concepts of success in finance and business more broadly • Counters the narrative of badly behaving, self-serving finance professionals by shining a light on inspiring individuals in the industry • Will appeal to those who either contemplate working in the finance industry or currently work in it and are concerned about being corrupted by the industry • Suggests a path to help improve finance from within and restore its focus on serving society September 2020 228 x 152 mm 246pp 978-1-108-47313-2 Hardback £22.99 / US$29.99

Advances in Retirement Investing Lionel Martellini | EDHEC-Risk Institute

To supplement replacement income provided by Social Security and employer-sponsored pension plans, individuals rely on their saving and investment choices during accumulation. Once retired, they must decide which rate to spend their savings. This Element explains how financial engineering and risk management techniques can help in these decisions. Elements in Quantitative Finance

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-92662-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Economics, business studies

TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to International Economics New Perspectives on the World Economy Second edition Kenneth A. Reinert | George Mason University, Virginia

Ideal for a one-semester course in international economics, this book assumes a minimal background in economics and mathematics, making international economics accessible to wide audiences. The author addresses international trade, international production (including migration), and international finance in an integrated manner. • Includes chapters on the World Trade Organization and the International Monetary fund, placing theories of international economics within the larger context in which they operate • Can be used in international relations, development policy, and international business programs, making it accessible to a large audience across disciplines • Accessible to non-traditional students and students who have not had intermediate-level theory Contents: Preface; Acronyms; List of symbols; 1. Introduction; Part I. International Trade: 2. Absolute advantage; 3. Ricardian model of comparative advantage; 4. Heckscher-Ohlin model of comparative advantage; 5. Intra-industry trade; 6. The political economy of trade; 7. Trade policy analysis; 8. The World Trade Organization; 9. Preferential trade agreements; Part II. International Production: 10. Multinational enterprises and foreign direct investment; 11. Global value chains; 12. Engaging international production; 13. Migration; Part III. International Finance: 14. Accounting frameworks; 15. Global capital flows; 16. Exchange rates and purchasing power parity; 17. Flexible exchange rates; 18. Fixed exchange rates; 19. The international monetary system; 20. Crises and responses; 21. Monetary unions; 22. Growth in the open economy; Glossary; Index. August 2020 246 x 189 mm 276pp 120 b/w illus. 46 tables 978-1-108-47005-6 Hardback £150.00 / US$200.00 X 978-1-108-45516-9 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99 X

A Handbook of Primary Commodities in the Global Economy Third edition Marian Radetzki | Luleå University of Technology

A guide to the ins and outs of the primary commodity universe. Examines issues surrounding international commodity markets such as the global geography of raw materials, price formation, price trends, commodity exchanges, the threat of depletion, cartel action, state ownership, the emerging commodity nationalism and much more. • Accessible to anyone with a basic understanding of economics; the authors use standard economic theory and logic while avoiding technical jargon and algebra • Offers a comprehensive, up-to-date exposé of the commodity world in international markets • Appeals to those who want to understand the ins and out of primary commodity markets November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 20 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-108-84154-2 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 P

Global Energy Fundamentals Economics, Politics, and Technology Simone Tagliapietra | Bruegel, Brussels and Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore, Milan

This book provides a rigorous and accessible portrayal of global energy fundamentals. The author uses a multi-disciplinary approach to present each component of the global energy system (oil, gas, coal, nuclear energy, hydropower, solar and wind energy), as well as issues of climate change and energy access in developing countries. • Fills a gap in the literature as one of the first books able to provide a clear and concise overview of global energy fundamentals • Makes global energy trends accessible to university students, professionals and policy makers, as well as readers without prior experience in the field • Provides an inter-disciplinary perspective, encompassing economics, geopolitics, and basic technology August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 52 b/w illus. 2 maps 17 tables 978-1-108-49521-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 P 978-1-108-81770-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 P

The Invisible Hand in Virtual Worlds The Economic Order of Video Games Edited by Matthew McCaffrey | University of Manchester

Studies how games provide a unique space to study economic behavior. It combines theory with gaming practice to look at the economics of virtual worlds and the game industry. Long-established ideas about the benefits of the division of labor and trade and new work on the evolution of social institutions and governance are explored. • Explains crucial economic foundations of games and gameplay • Explains the implications of government regulation in virtual worlds • Provides game developers and publishers with a framework to use to think about how to craft their products November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.270pp 978-1-108-83971-6 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$120.00

Defense, Peace, and War Economics Christopher J. Coyne | George Mason University, Virginia

This Element surveys the field of defense, peace, and war economics with particular emphasis on the contributions made by Austrian economists. I review treatments of defense, peace, and war by the classical economists and discuss the rise of a distinct and systematic defense, peace, and war economics field of study. Elements in Austrian Economics

April 2020 229 x 152 mm c.86pp 978-1-108-72403-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Defence Economics Achievements and Challenges Keith Hartley | University of York

This Element introduces defence economics. It presents the recent history of the subject and its range of coverage. Traditional topics covered include models of arms races, alliances, procurement and contracting, personnel polices, industrial policies and disarmament. Newer areas covered include terrorism and the economics of war and conflict. Elements in Defence Economics

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81485-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Economics, business studies / Education

Education

Cross-Border Interbank Contagion Risk Analysis

TEXTBOOK

Evidence from Selected Emerging and LessDeveloped Economies in the Asia-Pacific Region Roman Matousek | Queen Mary University of London

This Element provides a detailed overview of the structural changes in the Asia-Pacific region from the early 2000s onwards. It analyses cross-border interbank claims and liabilities, and evaluates the contagion risk to the individual countries spreading from the financial centres in Hong Kong, Singapore, Tokyo, New York and London. Elements in the Economics of Emerging Markets

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79477-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

46 Exchange Rates in South America’s Emerging Markets Luis Molinas Sosa | Central Bank of Paraguay

Compares structural and Bayesian models to the random walk benchmark in forecasting exchange rates between South American currencies and the US Dollar, and between the Paraguayan Guarani, Brazilian Real and Argentinian Peso. Forecasts are evaluated using the criteria of Root Mean Square Error, Direction of Change, and the Diebold-Mariano statistic. Elements in the Economics of Emerging Markets

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81013-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Latin America Global Insertion, Energy Transition, and Sustainable Development Leonardo E. Stanley | Centre for the Study of State and Society (CEDES)

This Element focuses on Latin American fossil fuel producer countries and how they are dealing with the transition towards a greener energy matrix. The challenges involved are multiple and ethical in substance. To tackle all these problems, this Element profits from contributions of different disciplines. Elements in the Economics of Emerging Markets

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-80998-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Third edition Edited by Susanne Garvis | Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden

Health and Wellbeing in Childhood provides readers with a comprehensive introduction to a wide range of topics and issues in health and wellbeing education, including child safety, bullying and social emotional wellbeing, resilience, physical education, communication development and friendships. • Highly comprehensive introduction to health and wellbeing in childhood • Written by a team of experts and leading researchers in the field • Each chapter is supported by a range of pedagogical features, including case studies with questions, pause and reflect boxes, definitions of key terms, and end of chapter questions Contents: Part I. Context: 1. The importance of health and wellbeing; 2. Classifying health and wellbeing: applying the international classification of functioning, disability and health to early years learners; Part II. Dimensions of Health and Wellbeing: 3. Social determinants of health and wellbeing; 4. Physically educated: developing children’s health and wellbeing through learning in the physical dimension; 5. Body image and young children: seeing ‘self’ or seeing ‘other’; 6. Food for thought: the role of teachers and parents in children’s food choices; 7. Child safety; 8. Communication development; 9. Education for the prevention of sexual abuse in the early years; 10. Loose parts on the school playground: a playful approach to promoting health and wellbeing for children of all abilities; 11. Bullying and social emotional wellbeing in children; 12. Strengthening social and emotional learning in young children with special needs; 13. Teachers understanding and supporting of resilience in early years classrooms; 14. Friendships; Part III. Social and Emotional Wellbeing: 15. Teaching for social and emotional learning in the early years classroom; 16. Strengths-based, community-led approaches to physical and wellbeing with educationally disadvantaged children; 17. Talking circles; 18. Partnering with families for child’s health and wellbeing; 19. Using contemplative practices to enhance teaching, leadership and wellbeing. August 2020 255 x 190 mm c.452pp 52 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-71387-0 Paperback £59.99 / US$89.99 X TEXTBOOK

Secondary English P

Subject and Method Rod Quin

Secondary English is a comprehensive introduction to the theory and practice of teaching English in secondary schools for pre-service teachers. Written by highly accomplished English teachers, the book’s practical approach to language, literacy and literature, fosters the skills of assessment, unit planning and teaching strategies. • Written by experienced English teachers • Comprehensive coverage of language, literacy and literature • Full of lesson plans and other classroom resources

Cultural Considerations within Austrian Economics Virgil Storr | George Mason University, Virginia

We consider three important differences of Austrian approaches to economics compared to non-Austrian: focus on culture as meaning rather than as norms, beliefs, or attitudes; emphasis on culture as an interpretative lens rather than a tool of capital; and insistence that cultural analysis be a qualitative exercise rather than a quantitative one. Elements in Austrian Economics

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70816-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Health and Wellbeing in Childhood

Contents: 1. The early development of English teaching: sixth to eighteenth centuries; 2. The later development of English teaching: nineteenth and twentieth centuries; 3. Language; 4. Literature; 5. Literacy; 6. Understanding reading; 7. Teaching strategies; 8. Learning activities; 9. Course planning; 10. Unit and lesson planning; 11. Assessment; 12. Writing; 13. Spelling, punctuation and grammar; 14. Oral language; 15. Reading: from comprehension to interpretation; 16. Prose; 17. Poetry; 18. Drama; 19. Visual language and visual texts; 20. Continuing your professional development. November 2020 255 x 190 mm c.292pp 978-1-108-74693-9 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.95

Education / Geography, the enviroment / Language and Linguistics

Geography, the enviroment

TEXTBOOK

Case Learning for Teachers Strategic Knowledge for Professional Experience Al Strangeways | Charles Darwin University, Darwin

Historic Maps of Bahrain 1817–1970

Case Learning for Teachers: Strategic Knowledge for Professional Experience is a unique resource for Australian pre-service educators, using a case stories approach to support pre-service teachers in developing the skills of observation and reflective practice necessary for professional experience placements and the transition to the classroom. • Unique approach informed by both research and classroom experience • Useful tools to develop pre-service teachers’ skill sets • Companion website offering student resources Contents: Introduction: How best to use this book; Part I. Approaching the case-stories; 1. Why cases for learning; 2. How best to interpret cases; 3. How best to write cases; Part II. The Case-stories; 4. What does it mean to know your learner?; 5. What does it mean to know your content?; 6. What does planning for learning involve?; 7. What does managing behaviour involve?; 8. What approaches meet the needs of diverse learners?; 9. What does meaningful assessment look like?; 10. What is necessary to build effective professional relationships? August 2020 255 x 190 mm c.260pp 46 b/w illus. 58 tables 978-1-108-74694-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$56.99 X

Library Editions reprints make available CAE originals in a new format. The editor has compiled a comprehensive list, from particularly diverse sources, of all the British surveyed maps of Bahrain, from the earliest survey of Bahrain and Arad islands in 1817 to the last maps just prior to Independence in 1971. • A unique diversity of sources. This collection has been gathered together from the following: Ministry of Housing, Municipalities and Environment, Bahrain; Hydrographic Office, Taunton, UK; Ministry of Defence, Military Surveys, Directorate of Geographic Information, Tolworth, UK; British Library: Map room and Oriental and India Office collections, London, UK • The editor has compiled a comprehensive list of all the British surveyed maps of Bahrain, from the earliest survey of Bahrain and Arad islands in 1817 to the last maps just prior to Independence in 1971. Each ‘first time’ map represents a new perception of Bahrain: in the early days, in terms of geographic accuracy; in recent years, in terms of features depicted and of the maps as a record of civic development August 2020 c.56pp 978-1-78806-079-0 3 Volumes Hardback Set

£1050.00 / US$1395.00 R

Language and Linguistics

TEXTBOOK

Managing with Mindfulness Connecting with Students in the 21st Century Tony Yeigh | Southern Cross University, Australia

This book draws on educational psychology, duty-of-care principles and mindfulness practices to introduce the Control/Connect continuum as a model designed to foster inclusive classroom practices for the contemporary classroom. It addresses topics such as communication, positive relationships, emotional literacy, and classroom behaviours. • Provides a mindfulness and duty-of-care approach to inclusive classroom practice • Engages with positive psychology in education context • Framed by the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers Contents: Introduction. Developing a mindfulness approach to classroom and behaviour management; 1. Introduction to educational management: Historical context and positioning; 2. Shifting the goal posts: Setting the foundations for a mindful management approach; 3. Using mindfulness to support duty of care as a core management imperative; 4. Using positive motivation to engage all students; 5. Behavioural methods of management: Whole school to individual; 6. Mapping the control/connect continuum: Using differentiation to position your management style; 7. Managing bullying from a duty-of-care approach; 8. Inner connection: How to develop a personal philosophy; 9. Proactive management: Finalising the big picture. November 2020 255 x 190 mm c.312pp 978-1-108-72473-9 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

Edited by R Jarman

The Oscillatory Nature of Language Elliot Murphy | University College London

This book contains a state-of-the-art review of current topics in neurolinguistics and provides the first full-length treatment of the relationship between language and neural oscillations. It develops an innovative framework for capturing neural behaviour. It will interest students and researchers concerned with how the brain processes language. • Presents a clear and novel neurobiological theory of language • Offers a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of the neurobiological basis of language • Provides a critical assessment and appraisal of major studies in the field November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.285pp 978-1-108-83631-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Words Matter Meaning and Power Sally McConnell-Ginet | Cornell University, New York

Featuring current and historical concrete examples and minimising technical vocabulary, Words Matter is for all interested in examining ideas about language and its connections to social conflict and change. Accessible to general readers, the book will also be useful in linguistics, philosophy, anthropology, or other classes featuring language. • Keeps technical terminology and jargon to a minimum, making it accessible to a wide range of readers • Uses many concrete and current examples, helping readers relate discussion to their own lives • Avoids dogmatic prescriptions about what to say or not to say, allowing readers with different perspectives to engage with the book August 2020 216 x 140 mm c.275pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42721-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-44590-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$23.99

P G

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Language and Linguistics

Speech Acts in English

Language in the Trump Era

From Research to Instruction and Textbook Development Lorena Pérez-Hernández | University of Rioja, Spain

Scandals and Emergencies Edited by Janet McIntosh | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

This book develops a corpus-based, constructional model of speech acts, and shows how it can be implemented in teaching practice. Its critical review of current illocutionary theories and the varied range of practical activities that it offers will be invaluable for both EFL professionals and students or researchers in linguistics. • Provides an accessible, reader-friendly review of the strengths and weaknesses of current and traditional theories of illocution, and builds up a new, comprehensive, and psychologically-valid model of illocutionary production and understanding • Includes a cognitive pedagogical grammar of directive speech acts and a wide range of activities to show how it can be implemented in actual teaching practice • Offers a corpus-based assessment of current EFL textbooks in relation to the teaching of directive speech acts

Trump has used words to fragment and scandalize the world. This accessible book offers a fascinating insight into Trump’s presidency, by investigating and illuminating various distinctive features of his discourse. Using many real-life examples, it is an ideal introduction to the interplay of language and politics for non-specialists. • Includes many detailed examples of Trump’s language behavior, giving the reader sufficient facts to make up their own mind • Provides examples of Trump’s verbal engagements with other nations, highlighting the international impact of his use of language • Uses expertly chosen examples of Trump’s speech to introduce linguistic theory, making it accessible for readers with no background in linguistics

Studies in English Language

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.285pp 978-1-108-47632-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84114-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-74503-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

P G

How We Talk about Language Exploring Citizen Sociolinguistics Betsy Rymes | University of Pennsylvania

Language in Dementia Louise Cummings | The Hong Kong Polytechnic University

This book examines language and communication in clients with cognitive impairment and dementia and the treatment of these clients by speechlanguage pathologists, using real examples of language from individuals with neurodegenerative disorders. It is written for all medical and health professionals involved in the clinical management of dementia. • Provides extensive language data from individuals with neurodegenerative disorders much of it collected by the author • Contains end-of-chapter exercises with answers that encourage students to develop a wide array of skills needed for language analysis • Provides both foundational knowledge and addresses issues in the clinical management of clients October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.375pp 54 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-108-47631-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 M 978-1-108-70018-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 M

Drawing on examples of conversation, social media and daily news, Rymes illustrates how knowledge about language and its social value spreads through everyday language debates. A lively account of how we talk about language, it will be an invaluable resource for graduate students and researchers in sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology. • Provides a readable account of the social and intellectual import of everyday talk about language • Includes explicit descriptions of how people enter into conversations about language – and the feedback loops that result • Provides clear stepping-stones for readers to begin to partake in their own research on everyday conversations about language September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-48831-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-72596-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P P

Intercultural Politeness African American Language

Managing Relations across Cultures Helen Spencer-Oatey | University of Warwick

Language development from Infancy to Adulthood Mary Kohn | Kansas State University

A pioneering longitudinal study of sixty-seven African American children, this book examines language development through childhood. It provides a unique glimpse into what it means to mature from a linguistic perspective and will be a key work for advanced students and researchers in sociolinguistics. • Illustrates the importance of longitudinal data for uncovering patterns of language change over time • Provides innovative research methods for conducting panel studies • Creates an interdisciplinary conversation across multiple branches of scholarship regarding development and change across childhood and adulthood November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-83594-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-79898-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

By taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book explores the process of managing relations across cultures. With research-based examples and student friendly features, it provides a groundbreaking analytic framework for understanding intercultural relations, and offers important new insights for researchers, students and practitioners. • Draws together concepts and theories in politeness theory and intercultural communication/ psychology • Designed with reader-friendly features, such as detailed concept boxes, experiential examples, and exercises • Provides a robust framework for analysing intercultural interaction to help readers to understand the various factors affecting intercultural encounters, and to apply the insights to personal experiences without stereotyping December 2020 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17622-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Language and Linguistics

On the Offensive Prejudice in Language Past and Present Karen Stollznow | Griffith University, Queensland

Why are certain words and phrases deemed offensive? How can language reveal prejudice and discrimination, even if not intended? Through identifying and analyzing offensive language, from explicit insults to more hidden discriminatory terms, this book uncovers the reasons behind how and why words can offend. • Covering racism to ageism, gender bias to religious intolerance, the book provides an overview of discriminatory language both past and present • Uses highly topical and thought-provoking examples, to analyze how and why language can offend • Enables the reader to evaluate and engage with their own language use, suggesting ways in which we can be more inclusive in the terms we choose to use September 2020 216 x 140 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-79178-6 Paperback £11.99 / US$15.95

Intercultural Communication and Language Pedagogy

Methods and Design Alison Mackey | Georgetown University, Washington DC

With discipline-specific examples and clear stepby-step guides used throughout, this book makes second language research methodology accessible for novice researchers, and serves as a resource for more experienced researchers working in the areas of second language interaction and feedback and in task based language teaching and learning. • Introduces design and methodological principles step-by-step, providing explanations, suggestions for reading, short activities and memory aids • Provides examples from interaction, feedback and task studies to illustrate methodological principles • Written in a highly accessible style with boxed-inset studies for further reading and an A-Z glossary for easy reference August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49963-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-73102-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Language Change

From Theory To Practice Zsuzsanna I. Abrams | University of California, Santa Cruz

By connecting interdisciplinary research on intercultural communication to practical teaching activities, this book demonstrates how theory can be implemented in the language classroom, helping to build essential 21st century skills. The diverse language examples used make the theory accessible for language teachers at all levels of experience. • Connects research in the social sciences and foreign/second language pedagogy, presenting an interdisciplinary approach to teaching intercultural communicative competence • Introduces the theory clearly and understandably, using examples from numerous languages to illustrate key concepts in intercultural communication • Provides practical teaching activities on key aspects of intercultural communication that are readily implementable in the classroom, connecting theoretical concepts explicitly to practice August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-49015-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-74823-0 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

Interaction, Feedback and Task Research in Second Language Learning

P P

The Impact of English as a Lingua Franca Edited by Anna Mauranen | University of Helsinki

Through integrating different perspectives on language change, this book explores the enormous on-going linguistic upheavals in the wake of the global dominance of English. Combining empirical research with theoretical approaches, it will appeal to researchers and graduate students of English, and also of other languages studying language change. • Brings together and integrates different perspectives on language change and the impact of ELF, with chapters written by leading scholars in a range of linguistic fields • Includes chapters providing empirical evidence of ELF use from a diverse variety of contexts worldwide • Gives a multi-faceted view on theoretical approaches to and explanations of understanding language change November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49285-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72981-9 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Is English an Asian Language? Andy Kirkpatrick | Griffith University, Queensland

Asian multilingual speakers are continuously adapting and reshaping English to reflect their varying needs. This book describes how new Asian varieties of English develop, how these reflect the cultural values of users and the types of topics Asian speakers talk about and the communicative strategies they adopt when using English. • Informs readers of new developments in how English is being used by Asian multilinguals to help them in cross cultural communication with each other • Includes examples of several different varieties of Asian English • Proposes a way of teaching English to help promote indigenous languages as languages of education alongside English November 2020 229 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-13468-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Language and Linguistics

Grammar

Language as Symbolic Power

A Linguists’ Guide for Language Teachers Tom Rankin | Johannes Kepler University Linz

Claire Kramsch | University of California, Berkeley

Using engaging examples from a wide variety of languages, this book provides an accessible overview of linguistic theory and language acquisition research. It has been developed especially for readers with a background in education and teacher training, and no prior formal linguistic training. • Introduces linguistic theory and language acquisition with an eye to educational applications, making research accessible to readers without specialist knowledge of the field • Uses examples from wide range of languages, developing the expertise of language teachers about languages beyond the one(s) that they know/teach • Provides accessible step-by-step linguistic training, offering a databased approach that readers will be able to apply to their own teaching contexts September 2020 216 x 138 mm c.280pp 1 table 978-1-108-48602-6 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-73695-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Cambridge Applied Linguistics

This Element defines implicit language aptitude, examines tasks that can be used to measure implicit language aptitude, and provides an overview of relevant research in this area. Elements in Second Language Acquisition

August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-71440-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00 P

P P

Bert Le Bruyn | UIL-OTS, Utrecht University

Drawing on methodological approaches and developments in pedagogy, Berry introduces key theories of English grammar and shows how they can be applied in practice. Illustrated with four detailed case studies, this book will be of interest to all professionals for whom English grammar is a major concern. • Uses a multidisciplinary approach, linking theory and methodology to classroom practice • Gives case studies of important grammatical areas to clearly illustrate the general points made in earlier chapters • Each chapter is followed by an activity, to allow readers to engage with the material

Gisela Granena | Universitat Oberta de Catalunya

October 2020 216 x 138 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83586-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-79889-1 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Learner Corpus Research Meets Second Language Acquisition

Theory, Description and Practice Roger Berry | Lingnan University, Hong Kong

Implicit Language Aptitude

Key Topics in Applied Linguistics

P P

Doing English Grammar

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-41999-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 978-1-108-41281-0 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Bringing together insights from linguistics, anthropology and sociology, this book provides a lively introduction to the symbolic power of language. It has been written for language teachers and learners, as well as researchers in applied linguistics and anyone interested in the use of language in everyday life. • Introduces a new way of looking at language as symbolic representation, symbolic action, and the symbolic construction of social reality • Introduces readers to post-structuralist perspectives on language and language use • Includes historical, cultural and transdisciplinary perspectives on the digital revolution of our age and the power of its symbolic systems

P P

Through contributions from leading experts, this volume explores the usefulness and relevance of recent advances in Learner Corpus Research (LCR) for key topics in Second Language Acquisition (SLA). The innovative, collaborative approach will be of value to both researchers and students interested in SLA and LCR. • Provides an up-to-date overview of advances in Learner Corpus Research that have allowed it to grow closer to Second Language Acquisition • Covers key topics in Second Language Acquisition, making it relevant for researchers with different foci and from different theoretical backgrounds • Includes commentary chapters from eminent scholars, one from the SLA side and one from the LCR side, to provide a built-in reflection from both perspectives Cambridge Applied Linguistics

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-42540-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-44229-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Generative Second Language Acquisition Roumyana Slabakova | University of Southampton

This Element investigates the human capacity to learn additional languages later in life, analysing diverse learner data to explore the connections between first and second language acquisition. Elements in Second Language Acquisition

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70822-7 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Language and Linguistics

Second Language Speech Fluency

Narratives of Domestic Violence

From Research to Practice Parvaneh Tavakoli | University of Reading

Policing, Identity, and Indexicality Jennifer Andrus | University of Utah

Presenting an innovative multidisciplinary perspective on L2 fluency research, this book provides applied linguistics researchers and students with an up-to-date comprehensive review of how fluency in a second language develops. Language educators and assessment professionals will also benefit from the accessible approach to theories and methods. • Provides an overarching and detailed discussion of L2 fluency research, its theoretical and methodological advancements • First volume to offer a multidisciplinary approach to conceptualizing L2 fluency • Offers a practical and hands-on approach to using fluency research across a range of different language-related professions, e.g. language testing and teacher education

Using empirical examples of domestic violence, this book applies critical discourse analysis to interactions between victims and police officers. It will be of interest to researchers and students of discourse analysis, applied linguistics and forensic linguistics and those wishing to know how power and ideology are circulated in discourse. • Applies critical discourse analysis to interactions between domestic violence victims and police officers • Provides real language data regarding experiences of domestic violence • Includes narratives about domestic violence in the words of victim/ survivors

Cambridge Applied Linguistics

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-49961-3 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-73091-4 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$33.99

P P

Multimodal News Analysis across Cultures Helen Caple | University of New South Wales, Sydney

English Language Teaching and Teacher Education in East Asia Global Challenges and Local Responses Edited by Amy Bik May Tsui | The University of Hong Kong

Written by local specialists, this book covers the impact of globalization on language policy, English language teaching and teacher education in ten Asian jurisdictions. It will be an invaluable resource for students, teachers and researchers interested in English language education, teacher education, language policy and sociolinguistics. • Covers ten countries/jurisdictions with markedly different sociopolitical, cultural and historical backgrounds and at different stages of economic development • Includes an introductory chapter which frames the discussions of the global challenges and local responses in the chapters from two major perspectives on globalization • All chapter authors have engaged in English language education and teacher education in their respective jurisdictions, providing insiders’ perspectives on their governments’ policies and the realities of the implementation Cambridge Education Research

December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-47971-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-83952-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This Element applies the new approach of corpusassisted multimodal discourse analysis in relation to how news values are discursively constructed through language and photographs. Using case studies of news from China and Australia, the Element presents a cross-linguistic comparison of news values in national day reporting. Elements in Corpus Linguistics

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81407-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

The Cambridge Handbook of Discourse Studies Edited by Anna De Fina | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Aimed at equipping a new generation of scholars and students with the essential tools for analyzing discourse, this handbook provides an overview of key research fields and an introduction to the various methodologies, concepts and areas of investigation in discourse. • New state-of-the-field survey of conceptual and methodological work in Discourse Studies • Organized by concepts and areas, making it easier to see how Discourse Studies are evolving in new directions that defy received boundaries • Brings together comprehensive yet accessible introductions to the most important topics within the field Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.700pp 21 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-42514-8 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Language and Linguistics

TEXTBOOK

English Dialect Dictionary Online

Introducción a la lingüística hispánica

A New Departure in English Dialectology Manfred Markus | University of Innsbruck, Austria

Third edition José Ignacio Hualde | University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign

This introduction to Spanish linguistics covers every basic concept required to study the structural aspects of the Spanish language, as well as the history of Spanish, its dialects and linguistic variation. This edition features a new chapter on the teaching and learning of Spanish. Numerous exercises help students master concepts in the text. • An introduction to Spanish linguistics that is more comprehensive than that found in most introductory texts, but is written in a clear and accessible manner • Assumes no previous knowledge of linguistic theory • Written in simple Spanish, allowing non-native Spanish speakers to comprehend the material while improving their Spanish reading skills • Many updated exercises allow students to reflect on the subject matter and consolidate their knowledge. Some new exercises in this edition are presented as problems to solve, helping students gain a more complete mastery of the analytical concepts at hand • This third edition contains a new chapter on the teaching and learning of Spanish as a second language • This edition also offers expanded discussion of syntax and coverage of semantics and pragmatics as they apply to Spanish Contents: Índice; Prefacio; 1. La lingüística: Ciencia cognitiva; 2. Los sonidos de la lengua: Fonética y fonología; 3. La estructura de las palabras: Morfología; 4. La estructura de la oración: Sintaxis; 5. Historia de la lengua española; 6. El estudio del significado: Semántica y pragmática; 7. Variación lingüística en español; 8. El español en los Estados Unidos; 9. Enseñanza y aprendizaje del español; Glosario; Bibliografia. August 2020 247 x 174 mm 612pp 78 b/w illus. 10 maps 69 tables 978-1-108-48835-8 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 X

Advances in Historical Orthography, c. 1500–1800 Edited by Marco Condorelli | University of Central Lancashire, Preston

Introducing a range of empirical approaches, this book traces the development of historical orthographies across a number of European languages. It will be of interest to historical linguists, students of Germanic, Romance and Slavic languages, and those interested in language documentation and description, and lexicography. • Traces the development of orthographies across a wide range of European languages • Includes inter-disciplinary and multi-disciplinary perspectives, showing how scholars of different languages can learn from each other’s empirical approaches • Introduces new methods for the study of orthography and closely interacts with traditional approaches November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.285pp 978-1-108-47180-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Joseph Wright’s English Dialect Dictionary, the most comprehensive dialect dictionary ever published, is now freely available digitally, as EDD Online. With easy-to-follow instructions and screenshots, this detailed user guide shows how to get the most out of this unparalleled resource. It will be invaluable to a wide range of linguistic fields. • Any user of EDD Online will profit from the manual, given the complexity of the Dictionary’s substantial information on 4.700 pages • Includes clear, step-by-step instructions on how to run searches and is illustrated with screenshots • Gives context on various dialectological issues, opening the database to a wide range of fields January 2021 228 x 152 mm c.220pp 978-1-108-84065-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Revitalizing Endangered Languages A Practical Guide Edited by Justyna Olko | Uniwersytet Warszawski, Poland

Written by leading international scholars and activists with a wealth of practical experience, this guidebook provides ideas and strategies to support effective language revitalization. It is written in a clear, accessible style, making it suitable for non-specialists, as well as researchers and students interested in language revitalization. • The first practical guide to revitalizing endangered languages • Aimed at a general audience and written in a clear, accessible style, avoiding academic jargon • Written by contributors with a wealth of practical and theoretical knowledge, allowing readers to learn from others’ experience and success stories • Each chapter includes a range of examples from a specific language community or of a specific type of activity • Avoids a ‘one size fits all’ approach by presenting concrete examples and providing readers with tools to make their own decisions • This book is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core January 2021 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48575-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Complex Words Advances in Morphology Edited by Lívia Körtvélyessy | P. J. &Scaron;afárik University, Kosice, Slovakia

Presenting the latest ideas in the study of wordformation and linguistic typology, this volume represents the state-of-the-art in methodological and theoretical approaches to linguistic complexity. It brings together research by leading international morphologists to explore multiple aspects of complex words, across a wide range of languages. • Includes papers by leading international morphologists, representing various theoretical frameworks, to provide state-of-the-art research in various areas of word-formation • Covers word-formation in a wide range of languages • Includes both theoretical and empirical research October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 22 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-108-49029-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

Language and Linguistics / Law

TEXTBOOK

Gender in World Englishes

Introducing Linguistics

Edited by Tobias Bernaisch | Justus-Liebig-Universität Giessen, Germany

Theoretical and Applied Approaches Edited by Joyce Bruhn de Garavito | University of Western Ontario

Everything we do involves language. Assuming no prior knowledge, this book offers students a contemporary introduction to the study of language. Each thought-provoking and engaging chapter is accessible to readers from a variety of fields, with three additional brief chapters available on the book’s companion website. • An up-to-date, thought-provoking introduction to linguistics that is accessible to all learners • ‘Linguistics Tidbits’ and ‘Eyes on World Languages’ boxes provide colourful accents, giving real language data from around the world and making complex theories more accessible to students from non-Science backgrounds • Incorporates accessible discourse about prominent theories and application to linguistics along with practice problems that solidify knowledge of such approaches Contents: Contents; Preface; Part I. Introduction: 1. Introducing linguistics; Part II. Sound: 2. Phonetics: sound articulation and acoustics; 3. Phonology: sound patterns and contrasts; Part III. Structure And Meaning: 4. Morphology: word structure; 5. Syntax: phrase and sentence structure; 6. Semantics: language and meaning; Part IV. Language Typologies And Change: 7. The classification of languages; 8. Historical linguistics; Part V. Language And Social Aspects: 9. Sociolinguistics: language in society; 10. Pragmatics and discourse analysis; 11. Writing systems; Part VI. Language Acquisition: 12. First language acquisition; 13. Second language acquisition; Part VII. Language, Cognition, And The Brain: 14. Psycholinguistics: language processing; 15. Neurolinguistics: language and the brain; Part VIII. Brief Chapters On Companion Website and in eBook: 16. Animal communication and language; 17. Computational linguistics; 18. English varieties outside of North America. January 2021 246 x 189 mm c.550pp 978-1-108-48255-4 Hardback £125.00 / US$162.00 978-1-108-71065-7 Paperback £41.99 / US$54.99

X X

TEXTBOOK

Languages of the World An Introduction Third edition Asya Pereltsvaig

Designed for students with no prior experience in linguistics, this is an engaging guide to the rich variety and typology of world languages. This third edition has been updated with new problem sets, an updated glossary and index, and a new section on linguistic cartography. • All terminology introduced in the book is defined in the text and in the updated glossary at the end of the book • A new section on linguistic cartography is included in this edition to help students who are unable to place a language geographically or genealogically • Each chapter contains several problem sets designed to teach students with no background in linguistics to analyze data from unfamiliar languages, with numerous new sets added to this edition Contents: Preface; 1. Introduction; 2. Languages of Europe; 3. Languages of Iran and South Asia; 4. Languages of Northern Eurasia; 5. Languages of the Caucasus; 6. Languages of the Greater Middle East; 7. Languages of sub-Saharan Africa; 8. Languages of eastern Asia; 9. Languages of the South Sea Islands; 10. Aboriginal languages of New Guinea and Australia; 11. Native languages of the Americas; 12. Remaining issues: macro families, sign languages, and constructed languages; Glossary; Index of languages; Index of terms; Bibliography.

Based on authentic English-language material, and backed by the latest statistical methods, this book explores the impact of gender on linguistic choices in English-speaking countries worldwide, considering local social realities. It is essential reading for researchers and advanced students with an interest in language, gender and World Englishes. • Examines gender in World Englishes from Africa, America, Asia, Britain and the Caribbean • Roots its results in large databases of authentic language use by speakers from different parts of the world • Guarantees that results are empirically reliable by employing multifactorial statistical methods Studies in English Language

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-48254-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law A General Right to Conscientious Exemption Beyond Religious Privilege John Adenitire | Queen Mary University of London

The book argues that there is a general right to conscientiously object to any legal obligation whatsoever on the basis of religious or nonreligious conscientious beliefs in US, Canadian and UK law. The book provides a liberal and valuepluralist defence of the general right. • The first monograph to provide a legal and theoretical analysis of the practice of conscientious exemptions in the US, Canada and UK • Provides in depth and up to date analysis of all the relevant case law making readers aware of the most recent legal developments • Provides a sustained argument as to the existence of the general right and as to its availability to non-religious objectors July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.344pp 978-1-108-47845-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Statutory Interpretation Pragmatics and Argumentation Douglas Walton | University of Windsor, Ontario

Drawing on linguistics, legal theory, computing, and dialectics, this book analyzes statutory interpretation in terms of arguments used in everyday reasoning. The authors illustrate complex, crucial legal cases with diagrams and summarize them in schemes, making the methodology accessible to scholars, professionals, and students across disciplines. • Approaches the complex problem of statutory interpretation with an interdisciplinary perspective • Provides argumentation maps that help readers without a background in law understand the legal reasoning tools proposed • Uses numerous legal cases to summarize, classify, and illustrate the proposed analytical methods November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-42934-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

September 2020 244 x 170 mm 500pp 23 b/w illus. 40 tables 978-1-108-47932-5 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 X 978-1-108-74812-4 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 X

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

The Cambridge Companion to the Philosophy of Law

Justifying Injustice Legal Theory in Nazi Germany Herlinde Pauer-Studer | University of Vienna

Edited by John Tasioulas | King’s College London

The book provides an accessible, comprehensive, and high quality introduction to the major themes of legal philosophy, written by a stellar international cast of contributors. The volume is an exceptional teaching tool, covering themes such as law’s nature, the values it should serve, and issues within specific areas of law from crime to contract. • Provides comprehensive coverage of the main topics in legal philosophy, for use as a primary reference by students • Offers high quality and reliable discussion, featuring new thoughts by leading figures in the field • Features a strong emphasis on the philosophy of specific areas of law, such as tort, contract and criminal law Cambridge Companions to Law

July 2020 228 x 152 mm 434pp 978-1-107-08796-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-107-45822-2 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Public Finance and Parliamentary Constitutionalism

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-15930-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Measuring Accountability in Public Governance Regimes

Will Bateman | Australian National University, Canberra

This is the first book to analyse constitutionalism and public finance in parliamentary systems of government. It provides an historical and contemporary account of the interaction of law and the financial behaviour of Anglophone parliamentary systems of government: focusing on taxation, public expenditure, sovereign borrowing and monetary finance. • Provides the first constitutional analysis of public finance law and practice in UK and Commonwealth jurisdictions • Provides an historical treatment of legal and constitutional dimensions of public finance in British and Commonwealth jurisdictions • Accessibly explains how government, law and economic conditions interact before, during and after moments of economic crisis, using the UK and Australia as examples September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.224pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47811-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

Examining how crucial parts of the distorted normative order of the Third Reich evolved and were justified by regime-loyal legal theorists, this book explains how law can bend to a political ideology and fail to keep state power from transgressing elementary standards of humanity and the rule of law. • Provides a detailed account of the distortions of law in the Nazi era and insight into the working of Nazi ideology, showing how criminal law and police law can turn into instruments of dictatorial control • By discussing the interaction between ministerial bureaucracy and Nazi organizations (the Nazi Party and the SS) in the persecution and ultimately mass murder of Jews, this book offers a better understanding of the legal subtext of the Nazi regime’s escalating violence • Explains the theoretical foundations of Nazi legal thinking and its philosophical context

Ellen Rock | University of Technology, Sydney

This book brings a new dimension to discussions of government accountability, offering a framework for the study and exploration of accountability deficits (gaps) and overloads (overlaps). It will be of interest to academics and public policy analysts across fields of law, politics and management. • Provides an easy entry point for readers new to the accountability literature to come to grips with current debates and theories without the need for specialised disciplinary knowledge • Highlights for readers the gap in the existing accountability literature and offers a framework that can be built on in future work in this area • Provides interesting real-life examples of the potential operation of an accountability deficit and overload framework October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.256pp 1 table 978-1-108-84048-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Free Speech in the Balance

Judicial Review Process, Powers, and Problems (Essays in Honour of Upendra Baxi) Edited by Salman Khurshid | Supreme Court of India

Alexander Tsesis | Loyola University, Chicago

This collection of scholarly essays demonstrate the different facets of judicial review based on the vast area of comparative constitutional law. It honours the body of work of Upendra Baxi, legal scholar and author, whose contributions have shaped our understanding of legal jurisprudence and expanded the scope of social transformation in India. • Offers a great source of information and knowledge about the judicial review system in India • Studies different aspects of judicial review, power, process, and problems

This book provides a comprehensive study of proportional analysis in free speech theory. It should be read by students and scholars of free speech theory and anyone interested in learning more about the history of existing law, the issues of current importance, and trends in expressive significance. • Provides a deep and comprehensive study of free speech • Establishes an original theory that is robust enough for understanding, analyzing, and developing comprehensive analysis of complex free speech issues • Critiques and analyzes U.S. free speech doctrine

June 2020 228 x 152 mm c.460pp 978-1-108-83603-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.225pp 978-1-108-42400-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

Proportionality in Asia

Towering Judges

Edited by Po Jen Yap | The University of Hong Kong

A Comparative Study of Constitutional Judges Edited by Iddo Porat | College of Law and Business (Israel)

This book is for lawyers, political scientists, and students of law and political science who seek to understand how proportionality analysis – a legal transplant from the West – is blossoming and, in some cases, flourishing in Asia. • Provides an overview of how proportionality analysis is applied by courts across Asia, with an enhanced understanding of how proportionality analysis operates beyond Western states • Explains how the judicial application of proportionality analysis varies according to the regime type of the jurisdiction and how politics shape judicial behaviour • Identifies and analyses the key constitutional case law in various Asian jurisdictions August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-49575-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Best Candidate Presidential Nomination in Polarized Times Edited by Eugene D. Mazo | Rutgers University, New Jersey

A Legal Turn of Mind Mark D. Walters | Queen’s University, Ontario

This book will appeal to lawyers, legal historians, politicians, historians of legal thought, legal philosophers, but also anyone curious about intellectual biography and the life and times of a leading Victorian legal and political writer, Albert Venn Dicey. • Explores how a leading constitutional scholar, A.V. Dicey, struggled to reconcile two constitutional principles: legislative sovereignty and the rule of law • Explores constitutional values through an examination of their historical development in legal literature • Explores the difference between the constitution as extraordinary law and the constitution as ordinary law Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law

With chapters penned by leading election law scholars from across the political spectrum, this volume illuminates the law behind the presidential nomination process in the United States. Offering realistic solutions for reforming this process, the work should be read by anyone who cares about the occupant of the Oval Office. • Presents a range of ideological perspectives on the mechanics of the nomination system, while providing readers with an informed sense of the options that voters face • Fills a gap in the legal literature by offering the first, comprehensive explanation of the law driving the nomination process in the United States • Helps readers navigate the complex, intricate nature of American election law September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.414pp 978-1-108-83539-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-79332-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Redrafting Constitutions in Democratic Regimes Theoretical and Comparative Perspectives Edited by Gabriel L. Negretto | Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Chile

Many contemporary democracies face popular pressure to profoundly transform or replace their constitutions. This book shows how redrafting constitutions in democratic regimes may contribute to the improvement or erosion of democracy. Its interdisciplinary and comparative perspective makes it a valuable resource to scholars of law and politics. • Explores the relationship between representative and participatory channels of citizen involvement in democratic constitutional rewrites • Links constitutional change to current problems of democratization • Offers a conceptual roadmap to help scholars and general readers understand the main features and challenges of democratic constitutional replacements Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.264pp 978-1-108-83984-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-84021-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A.V. Dicey and the Common Law Constitutional Tradition

October 2020 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02847-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This volume is the first to explore how the influence of judicial personas has brought about constitutional change. Chapters convey the personal history of these judges, their lively debates, and the turbulent context in which many of them operated. The book is for scholars of law, political science, and history. • Explains judicial tactics and judicial leadership with a comparative, interdisciplinary perspective • Introduces readers to leading judges from jurisdictions around the world, such as the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, India, Nepal, and Chile • Categorizes judges along different dimensions of ‘toweringness’, modes of operation, and political and historical contexts

P G

The Human Rights Accountability Mechanisms of International Organizations Stian Øby Johansen | Universitetet i Oslo

International organizations are becoming increasingly powerful. Consequently, they are now more capable than ever of violating the rights of individuals. This book establishes a framework for analyzing and assessing the human rights accountability mechanisms of international organizations, and applies it to three case studies. • Establishes a framework for analyzing and assessing accountability mechanisms of international organizations that can be used to study the accountability mechanisms of any international organization • Contains three in-depth cases studies of situations where international organizations wield significant powers over individuals, providing readers with detailed knowledge of understudied accountability mechanisms • Shines light on the fact that international organizations may be human rights violators and the difficulties in holding them to account July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-49567-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Limits of Supranational Justice

The Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Justice and Sustainable Development

The European Court of Human Rights and Turkey’s Kurdish Conflict Dilek Kurban | The Hertie School

This book tells the dramatic story of how ordinary Kurds and their lawyers tried to mobilize the European Court of Human Rights against state violence in Turkey. It meticulously documents the reasons behind their successes and failures, providing sobering conclusions on the limitations of supranational courts in dealing with authoritarian regimes. • A path-breaking account of the European Court of Human Rights’ impact in Turkey • Compellingly demonstrates the failure of supranational courts where they are most needed: protecting minorities against state violence in ethno-political conflicts • This bottom-up account of Kurdish lawyers’ experience with the European Court of Human Rights is a much-needed contribution to research on legal mobilization in authoritarian settings October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48932-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Exploring the often-neglected social dimension of sustainability and its relationship to human rights and environmental justice, this book is a resource for scholars, students and practitioners. It examines intersecting forms of oppression that produce environmental injustice, including subordination based on gender, race, poverty, and indigeneity. • Introduces diverse, multidisciplinary theoretical frameworks for understanding the relationship between environmental justice and the social pillar of sustainable development • Provides legal scholars and practitioners with a deeper understanding of the strategies and challenges for overcoming environmental injustice • Illustrates practical applications of intersectional analyses of environmental injustice October 2020 253 x 177 mm c.500pp 978-1-108-47000-1 Hardback £150.00 / US$195.00

The Evolution of Humanitarian Protection in European Law and Practice

Due Diligence Obligations in International Human Rights Law

Liv Feijen

Maria Monnheimer | Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich

Introducing an analytical framework for international due diligence obligations and testing it against several practical examples, this book is of relevance to both scholars and students of public international law as well as to practitioners and political decision-makers in the field of human rights protection. • Introduces human rights due diligence obligations of States to address gaps in human rights protection in relation to non-State actors • Provides for a systematic and in-depth analysis of due diligence obligations in international law and introduces a general framework that makes their vague character more approachable • Includes several examples of how extraterritorial human rights due diligence obligations operate in practice November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-84173-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Edited by Sumudu A. Atapattu | University of Wisconsin School of Law

What role do humanitarian considerations play in immigration control? Can it be argued that certain categories of non-nationals who are particularly vulnerable have a right to stay in a country because of their vulnerabilities? Is it an act of charity or an obligation of states not to return them? • Combines law, philosophy, sociology and political science in the area of immigration control • The cross-disciplinary approach benefits a wide range of readers who normally would not be exposed to the other disciplines • Explains the relationship between humanitarian considerations and immigration control Cambridge Asylum and Migration Studies

December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48348-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Health as a Human Right The Politics and Judicialisation of Health in Brazil Octávio Luiz Motta Ferraz | King’s College London

Transnational Corporations and Human Rights Overcoming Barriers to Judicial Remedy Gwynne L. Skinner | Willamette University College of Law

Documenting the recent rise of transnational corporations, Skinner details the business-related human rights and environmental law violations inflicted on local communities – along with the barriers victims face when seeking remedies. This book will interest scholars, policymakers, and anyone concerned about the role of corporations in our increasingly globalized society. • Discusses policy recommendations for legislators, advocates, and campaigners • Examines the barriers victims face in specific, key jurisdictions while also drawing lessons from issues common to all jurisdictions • Provides an in-depth analysis of the legal doctrines of the United States, including the Alien Tort Statute August 2020 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-19931-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64880-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

This book will appeal to people interested in the effects that recognising health as a human right in law can have on the health conditions of the population. It tells the story of how, against all odds, health became a right in Brazil in 1988 and its effects since then. • Explores the effects of the right to health in Brazil in the past 30 years and provides a comprehensive analysis of this complex and controversial topic • Presents and analyses a wealth of empirical data on the topic rarely found in the legal literature, allowing readers to see how far the theoretical debates reflect the reality on the ground • Focusses in great detail on Brazil and features a detailed case study which readers will be able to use to compare other places experiencing the same issues Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 56 b/w illus. 6 maps 7 tables 978-1-108-48364-3 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00 C

Law

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

A Magna Carta for Children? Rethinking Children’s Rights Michael Freeman | University College London

Are the rights we currently afford to children enough? This book restates the importance of law, policy and rights in improving children’s lives. This book will appeal to an interdisciplinary audience who are interested in children’s rights, children’s studies, the history of childhood, international human rights, and comparative family law. • Provides a detailed examination of the development of children’s rights before the Convention on the Rights of the Child, including key legal and philosophical perspectives • Includes an in-depth critique of the Convention and its principles • Explores multiple facets of children’s rights and childhood, appealing to a broad audience of legal, sociological, psychological and social work scholars The Hamlyn Lectures

September 2020 216 x 138 mm 580pp 978-1-107-15282-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-60667-4 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

A Philosophical Introduction to Human Rights Thomas Mertens | Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen

Everybody has heard of human rights. But what are human rights, where do they originate and what do they mean? This book answers these questions, offering a multifaceted introduction to legal philosophy. The 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights provides the frame for engaging with western legal philosophy across the ages. • Discusses ten central human rights in ten chapters, which can be read independently • Valuable both for beginners and those more advanced • Where most introductions in legal philosophy are based on contemporary literature, this book relies heavily on classical authors, most notably Kant • Suitable as an introductory text for both legal philosophy and human rights Law in Context

September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-41631-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40282-8 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Publicity in International Lawmaking

The Jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court over Nationals of Non-States Parties Monique Cormier | University of New England, Australia

This book is for scholars, students and practitioners of international criminal law. It focuses on legal questions relating to the jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court where the State of nationality has not consented to prosecution. This is a controversial and topical issue before the Court. • Provides a comprehensive and systematic examination of the legal basis for the International Criminal Court’s jurisdiction over nationals of non-States Parties • Explains and applies the concept of delegated jurisdiction as a legal basis for the ICC’s jurisdiction over nationals of non-States Parties • Uses actual examples of situations considered by the Court to explore the legal basis possibilities, and applies and critiques relevant ICC decisions, providing a useful resource for legal practitioners and academic commentators August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-49930-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Social Institutions and International Human Rights Law Implementation Every Organ of Society Julie Fraser | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

This book critiques the traditional State-centric and legalistic approach to implementing human rights, and advocates more culturally sensitive measures involving social institutions. Through a multi-disciplinary case study, the book demonstrates the power of social institutions like religion to promote rights compliant positions and behaviours. • Provides an inter-disciplinary and qualitative case study on implementing human rights with concrete examples of human rights in practice and the factors impacting their adoption or rejection • Combines empirical results from field work with legal analysis of the international law framework, demonstrating the value of interdisciplinary research and the relevance of practice for theory • Identifies and elaborates critiques of present approaches and proposes solutions and clearly explains the current challenges as well as providing straightforward remedies August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.307pp 978-1-108-48957-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Covert Operations and the Use of Force Marie Aronsson-Storrier | University of Reading

This book offers the first comprehensive examination into the requirement of publicity in international law-making, which is a highly topical issue due to developments concerning covert uses of force. It will be of interest to academics, practitioners, and students working within international law, as well as international relations. • Examines and unpacks the relationship between covertness and publicity and provides a more nuanced approach to the relationship between public and covert acts • Introduces a new definition of ‘publicity’ within international lawmaking and offers a clearer test for the requirement of state practice • Examines how state silence around covert and quasi-covert operations have opened up significant space for legal scholars and other experts to influence the development of international law November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.264pp 978-1-108-49438-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

The Law of the Sea and Climate Change Solutions and Constraints Edited by Elise Johansen | UiT the Arctic University of Norway

An exploration of the interrelationship between climate change and the sea, offering new perspectives on the law of the sea’s potential to adapt and contribute to ensure a resilient and sustainable future. It identifies how the law of the sea can be interpreted and applied to support climate change action. • Presents and explains the interrelationship and interaction between the law of the sea and the United Nations climate regime in a systematic and accessible way • Provides examples from various sectors facing regulatory challenges and presents possibilities for the law of the sea as a result of climate change • Contributes to the development of the modern law of the sea and offers suggestions and solutions to how legal regulation can respond to new and pressing challenges December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-84226-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The International Criminal Responsibility of War’s Funders and Profiteers Edited by Nina H B Jørgensen | University of Southampton

This book will be of interest to academics focusing on international criminal justice, legal practitioners, non-governmental organisations concerned with ‘business and human rights’, postgraduate students doing research in international humanitarian law and undergraduates studying international law subjects. • Analyses a developing area and will appeal to scholars and practitioners seeking a one-stop guide to a broad topic • Features contributions from both academics and practitioners and is intended to guide practice by including chapters by those with a wealth of experience of the practical context and challenges • Aims to bring together discrete areas of study, demonstrating the connections between themes September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.500pp 978-1-108-48361-2 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

TEXTBOOK

International Law Third edition Jan Klabbers | University of Helsinki

A landmark publication in the teaching of international law from one of the world’s leading international lawyers. This refreshingly clear, concise textbook conveys the dynamics of international law through four questions: Where does it come from? To whom does it apply? How does it resolve conflict? And what does it say? • The new and updated edition of this landmark textbook by a leading international law scholar • Places the law consistently in context, discussing the economic and political relevance of international law and showing how it connects to global ethics • Connects theory with practice to help students become more engaged and understand how the various branches of international law are connected Contents: Part I. The Structure of International Law: 1. The Setting of International Law; 2. The Making of International Law; 3. The Law of Treaties; 4. The Subjects of International Law; 5. Jurisdiction, Powers, and Immunities; 6. The Individual in International Law, including Human Rights; 7. The Law of Responsibility; 8. International Courts and Tribunals;

9. Sanctions, Countermeasures, and Collective Security; Part II. The Substance of International Law: 10. Use of Force; 11. The Law of Armed Conflict; 12. International Criminal Law; 13. The Seas, the Air, and Outer Space; 14. Protecting the Environment; 15. The Global Economy; Part III. The Surroundings of International Law: 16. Domestic Courts and their Relationship with International Law; 17. The Politics and Ethics of International Law and Global Governance; 18. By way of Conclusion. November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-48724-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-73282-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$43.99

X X

Climate Change Litigation in the Asia Pacific Edited by Jolene Lin | National University of Singapore

This edited collection is the first to comprehensively consider the role that litigation can play in galvanizing climate action in countries including Pakistan, Indonesia, Malaysia and China. Scholars, lawyers, and students of law and environmental studies will find this immensely useful. • Provides in-depth case studies of climate litigation in selected jurisdictions in the Asia Pacific region (e.g., Indonesia, Australia and Malaysia) • Features a dedicated section on climate change litigation in China and a detailed academic analysis of climate litigation in China (in the English language) • Includes contributions from both established and emerging scholars from Global North and Global South and contains a wide range of perspectives September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.500pp 978-1-108-47846-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Jurisdictional Accumulation An Early Modern History of Law, Empires, and Capital Maïa Pal | Oxford Brookes University

Jurisdictional accumulation reveals varieties of early modern extraterritorial practices and how consuls, ambassadors, merchants and lawyers drove European imperial expansion. This new concept challenges histories of territorial sovereignty in international relations and international law and contributes to early modern mercantilism and capitalism. • Develops ‘jurisdictional accumulation’ as a new concept for the history of international relations and international law, contributing to critical interdisciplinary work and provides a new approach to early modern history • Contributes to debates and historical methods and develops a longterm and large-scale comparative framework that makes a general claim about a key period of international history • Uses primary and secondary material on ambassadors and consuls linking their role to the development of Mediterranean trade and diplomacy and Atlantic imperialism September 2019 228 x 152 mm c.342pp 978-1-108-49720-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

The UN Friendly Relations Declaration at 50

International Status in the Shadow of Empire

An Assessment of the Fundamental Principles of International Law Edited by Jorge E. Viñuales | University of Cambridge

Nauru and the Histories of International Law Cait Storr | University of Technology Sydney

A comprehensive study of the fundamental principles of international law by some of the world’s most prominent international law scholars from all continents. Each chapter in this volume reflects decades of experience, work and reflection by the most authoritative voices of the field. • Includes works by some of the world’s most prominent international law scholars • A commemorative volume celebrating the fiftieth anniversary of the United Nations Friendly Relations Declaration • Offers a comprehensive study of the fundamental principles of international law September 2020 253 x 177 mm c.630pp 978-1-108-48381-0 Hardback £120.00 / US$160.00

Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 150

Capitalism As Civilisation

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.318pp 12 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-108-49850-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

A History of International Law Ntina Tzouvala | Australian National University College of Law

This monograph offers a comprehensive history of the standard of civilisation, a core component of the history of international law, that also shows its relevance for contemporary lawyers. It offers a distinctive intervention in the context of the recent revival of the history and theory of international law. • Offers a fresh perspective to disciplinary debates about legal indeterminacy by showing that the contradictions of ‘civilisation’ are the way the pro-capitalist bias of international law manifests itself • Combines methodological tools drawn from Marxism and deconstruction, enabling the reader to take the textuality of the law seriously while also situating these texts within the structures of global capitalism • Elucidates the role and continuing purchase of racialised and gendered tropes for international legal argumentation and helps its audience decipher the racist and sexist presuppositions of supposedly neutral legal doctrines Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 142

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.230pp 978-1-108-49718-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This is an elegant, readable narrative of Nauru’s imperial history that makes a compelling argument for the island’s significance in the history of international law. It includes crucial new research for scholars in international law and history, as well as in German history, Pacific history, and contemporary international relations. • Constructs an innovative account of the transition from the European imperial order of the late nineteenth century to the international order of the twentieth century • Traces the structural continuities between imperial administration in Nauru during the protectorate, mandate, trusteeship and state periods, providing new perspective on the post-independence ‘failures’ of the Republic of Nauru • Offers a clear, accessible theoretical argument on the relationship between international status and imperial forms of administration

International Law Reports Volume 189 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Volume 189 is devoted to the 2016 judgment on Jurisdiction and Admissibility in Obligations (Marshall Islands v. India), the 2016 judgment on Jurisdiction and Admissibility in Obligations (Marshall Islands v. Pakistan) and the 2016 judgment on Preliminary Objections (Marshall Islands v. United Kingdom). • Reports on the 2016 judgment on Jurisdiction and Admissibility in Obligations concerning Negotiations relating to Cessation of the Nuclear Arms Race and to Nuclear Disarmament (Marshall Islands v. India) • Covers the 2016 judgment on Jurisdiction and Admissibility in Obligations concerning Negotiations relating to Cessation of the Nuclear Arms Race and to Nuclear Disarmament (Marshall Islands v. Pakistan) • Reports on the 2016 judgment on Preliminary Objections in Obligations concerning Negotiations relating to Cessation of the Nuclear Arms Race and to Nuclear Disarmament (Marshall Islands v. United Kingdom) International Law Reports, 189

September 2020 219 x 146 mm c.800pp 4 colour illus. 978-1-108-49546-2 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

TEXTBOOK

International Law Reports

Rules and Practices of International Investment Law and Arbitration

Volume 190 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Volume 190 is devoted to the 2016 Judgment on preliminary objections and the 2017 Order on counter-claims of the International Court of Justice in Nicaragua v. Colombia, the 2019 Final arbitral award on reparations in The Duzgit Integrity and the 2019 Judgment of the English High Court in Heiser Estate v. Islamic Republic of Iran. • Contains the 2016 Judgment on preliminary objections and the 2017 Order on counter-claims of the International Court of Justice in Alleged Violations of Sovereign Rights and Maritime Spaces in the Caribbean Sea (Nicaragua v. Colombia) • Contains the 2019 Final arbitral award on reparations in The Duzgit Integrity (Republic of Malta v. São Tomé and Príncipe) • Contains the 2019 Judgment of English High Court in Heiser Estate v. Islamic Republic of Iran International Law Reports, 190

November 2020 219 x 146 mm c.800pp 4 colour illus. 978-1-108-49572-1 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00

Iran-US Claims Tribunal Reports 2010–2018 Volume 39 Lee M. Caplan | Arent Fox LLP

Volume 39 of the Iran-US Claims Tribunal Reports makes available to the public the last nine years of the Tribunal’s work. This volume is a critical contribution to the field of international arbitration that will inform and guide the practice of international arbitration practitioners from around the world. • The Iran-US Claims Tribunal is the most important international claims tribunal to sit in over half a century; its jurisprudence continues to make an important contribution to international law • This and preceding volumes in the series comprise the only complete and fully indexed report of the decisions of this unique tribunal • Each volume contains a Consolidated Index and Tables of Cases for the whole series, as well as Tables of Cases for the volume itself Iran-U.S. Claims Tribunal Reports

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.563pp 978-1-108-83079-9 Hardback £250.00 / US$325.00

Yannick Radi | UCLouvain – Faculty of Law

Covering substantive and dispute settlement matters, this textbook provides analyses accessible to readers who are discovering international investment law and arbitration anew, while it offers a wealth of in-depth studies for readers who are already familiar with this field of law. • Adopts a contextual approach, grounding the material in the context of how international investment law interacts with other areas of law, and how it works in practice • Provides in-depth analyses of treaty rules and practices in international investment law and arbitration • Provides in-depth analyses of arbitration practices pertaining notably to jurisdiction and admissibility, liability, quantum, costs, provisional measures, annulment as well as a broad range of specific procedural matters • Instructors organising their classes will benefit from an online digest that highlights the international investment agreements as well as the arbitral awards and decisions which are best illustrative of the nuances and differences displayed by treaty and arbitration practices Contents: 1. The History of International Investment Law and Arbitration; 2. The Sources of International Investment Law and Arbitration; 3. Introduction to the Substantive Rules Protecting Foreign Investments and Public Interests; 4. Promotion, Facilitation, Admission and Establishment of Foreign Investments; 5. Standards of Treatment; 6. The Protection Against Illegal Expropriation; 7. Public Interest Limitations on Foreign Investors’ Protection; 8. Obligations to Protect and Respect Public Interests; 9. Insurance Against Political Risks; 10. Classification of Investmentrelated Disputes and Dispute Settlement Mechanisms; 11. InvestorState Arbitration: Historical, Institutional and Procedural Dimensions; 12. Applicable Law and Interpretation; 13. Provisional Measures; 14. Jurisdiction and Admissibility; 15. Investor-State Arbitration and the Law of State Responsibility:Attribution, Circumstances Precluding Wrongfulness and Reparation; 16. ICSID Convention Annulment Proceedings. Law in Context

October 2020 244 x 170 mm 500pp 978-1-107-10210-1 Hardback £99.99 / US$129.99 978-1-107-49957-7 Paperback £42.99 / US$51.99

X X

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Intergenerational Justice in Sustainable Development Treaty Implementation Advancing Future Generations Rights through National Institutions Edited by Marie-Claire Cordonier Segger | University of Cambridge

Transformations in economy, technology, society and the environment mean today’s decisions affect quality of life for all generations. This text offers insights for lawyers, academics, policy-makers, businesses and leaders interested in intergenerational equity across national and international law, policy and practice for sustainable development. • Provides an interdisciplinary discussion of intergenerational equity and justice from various aspects and perspectives • Introduces the reader to international and national systems and mechanisms for implementing and protecting intergenerational equity and justice • Generates a dialogue regarding the state of intergenerational equity and justice as hard and soft law concerns Treaty Implementation for Sustainable Development

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.500pp 6 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-48802-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

Space and Fates of International Law Between Leibniz and Hobbes Ekaterina Yahyaoui Krivenko | National University of Ireland, Galway

It offers the first analysis of the influence of the concept of space on the emergence and operation of international law. This book adds to the resources on early modern history of international law relevant for any scholar working in international law or international relations. • Introduces the concept of space as a central explanatory feature of the shape and structure of international law, showing how the distinct concept influenced international law • Fills a gap in the early modern history of international law and includes analysis of works of two major early modern thinkers – Leibniz and Hobbes – on issues related to the development of international law • Offers novel insights into spatial justice and international law focusing on the concept of space, not derivative spatial concepts, and suggests a new framework for dealing with spatial justice in international law ASIL Studies in International Legal Theory

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.216pp 978-1-108-48875-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

Existing Legal Limits to Security Council Veto Power in the Face of Atrocity Crimes

Dictionary of Trade Policy Terms Sixth edition Walter Goode

Jennifer Trahan | New York University

The book makes the case that existing legal obligations constrain how the UN Security Council permanent members use their veto. Through the lens of atrocities occurring in Syria, Myanmar, Darfur, and elsewhere, the book outlines the parameters international law creates in situations of genocide, war crimes, and crimes against humanity. • Provides a comprehensive overview of veto use from the Cold War to present • Demonstrates the current approach to veto power during atrocity crimes, how this approach is not working, and the legal arguments against it • Addresses the cost to victims posed by the current approach through two illustrative examples August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.225pp 978-1-108-48701-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

P P

GATT Dispute Settlement Reports Disputes Initiated in 1948–1993 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

World Trade Forum Edited by Cosimo Beverelli | World Trade Organization

This book explores how trade and foreign investment can be harnessed to achieve the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. Its multidisciplinary approach will appeal to economists, lawyers and political scientists who work on economic globalization and/or development, as well as domestic and international policymakers. • A genuinely multi-disciplinary collaboration reflecting the three core disciplines of its editors – economics, law and political science • Explores both trade and foreign investment as vectors for the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals • Engages with empirical research that either challenges or extends the research profile of existing claims in the literature C

Admissibility of Shareholder Claims under Investment Treaties Gabriel Bottini | Uría Menéndez

States have expressed concern about shareholders claiming before international tribunals for harm to company assets. Proposals are being discussed to reform investment arbitration to deal with this problem and this book proposes appropriate solutions without the need for substantial reforms or the complete abandonment of investment arbitration. • Argues that shareholder treaty claims are not ‘independent’ from related national law claims, demonstrating the importance of considering the company’s position, national law and the impact of national claims in the resolution of investment treaty disputes • Proposes specific admissibility criteria applicable to shareholder treaty claims and provides concrete guidance to apply admissibility to shareholder treaty claims relating to harm suffered by the company’s assets • Clarifies that shareholder treaty claims often involve the same damages as the company’s national law claims September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.296pp 978-1-108-49452-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.600pp 978-1-108-84298-3 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-82319-7 Paperback £41.99 / US$54.99

International Trade, Investment, and the Sustainable Development Goals

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-84088-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This book is intended for persons required to be familiar with the world of trade policy. It contains in accessible language over 3000 entries and cross-references of terms and concepts. It is aimed particularly at current issues, but it also provides a brief historical perspective of more complex issues. • Gives a comprehensive overview of the terms and concepts used in international trade policy • Explains these terms and concepts in accessible language and provides numerous examples of how they are used • Nearly all entries include cross-references allowing readers to see the material in a broader context

GATT Dispute Settlement Reports compiles all dispute settlement reports issued under the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT 1947), including its Tokyo Round plurilateral codes, from 1948 to 1995 as identified in GATT Disputes: 1948-1995 published by the WTO. This complete set includes both adopted and unadopted reports. • Provides a complete set of all GATT Dispute Settlement Reports issued during the lifetime of the GATT (1948-1995) • Each volume consists of scans of the original reports • This is the only complete set of GATT dispute settlement reports, including some reports that have only recently been discovered October 2020 240 x 160 mm c.4800pp 978-1-108-49542-4 6 Volume Hardback Set

£600.00 / US$780.00

Development of Environment Laws in India Kanchi Kohli | Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi

Introduces India’s environment laws to readers interested in law, contemporary politics, development studies, sociology, anthropology, political economy, ecological studies and administration. It is a handy volume for students, practitioners and a wide range of professionals dealing with and interested in environmental issues in India. • Highlights the dynamic nature of environmental law-making in India between the judiciary, executive and parliamentary structures • Contains a large volume of materials from the late 1990s which shows a marked shift in the nature of environmental governance in India • Materials introduce the readers to contemporary debates in environment law within India’s post-liberalisation context November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.430pp 978-1-108-49049-8 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$109.99 978-1-108-74849-0 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

Science and Judicial Reasoning

The Cambridge Handbook of Judicial Control of Arbitral Awards

The Legitimacy of International Environmental Adjudication Katalin Sulyok | ELTE University, Budapest

Edited by Larry A. DiMatteo | University of Florida

Examining how judges evaluate scientific knowledge when framing disputes, hearing evidence, conducting causal inquiry, and setting the standard of review, Sulyok provides a comparative analysis of environmental case-law across major international courts. This work also suggests reasoning styles with which judges can legitimately justify decisions. • Builds upon interdisciplinary insights from natural science literature and the philosophy of science to explain the challenges of adjudicating science-heavy legal disputes • Examines judicial techniques with respect to all four stages of the adjudicatory process, where judges confront scientific arguments and evidence • Provides an in-depth analysis of environmental decisions of seven major international courts and tribunals and shows how scientific arguments and evidence are appreciated and circumvented by judges Cambridge Studies on Environment, Energy and Natural Resources Governance

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-48966-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Jan Paulsson | Three Crowns LLP, Washington DC

Everyone condemns the ‘abuse of rights’, but it is seldom applied as a rule of decision. This book concludes that except when given context as part of a lex specialis, it is too nebulous, and too likely to lead to arbitrariness, to serve as a general principle of international law. • Reviews the conflict between believers and skeptics as to the coherence and usefulness of the notion of abuse of rights • Examines the dissimilar origins of the notion in national and international law • Describes difficulties and paradoxes encountered when applying the notion in various national legal systems • Illustrates numerous competing formulations of purported rules derived from the notion C

China and International Dispute Resolution in the Context of the ‘Belt and Road Initiative’ Wenhua Shan | Xian Jiaotong University, China

A timely study by leading authorities of China’s role in international dispute resolution in the context of the ‘Belt and Road Initiative’. Providing the first comprehensive analysis of China’s policy and practice in international dispute resolution, particularly in the fields of trade, commerce, investment laws and the law of the sea. • Provides a timely study of international dispute resolution in the context of the ‘Belt and Road Initiative’, a useful reference for teachers and students in international law, international dispute resolution, and China in the modern world • Features in-depth analysis of cases in the fields of international trade law, international investment law, and international law of sea • Offers a comprehensive examination of China’s participation in various fields of international dispute resolution November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.720pp 978-1-108-47339-2 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00

Cambridge Law Handbooks

October 2020 253 x 177 mm c.400pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-48861-7 Hardback £195.00 / US$255.00 R TEXTBOOK

Contemporary Australian Corporate Law Second edition Stephen Bottomley | Australian National University, Canberra

The Unruly Notion of Abuse of Rights

August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.150pp 978-1-108-84069-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This handbook is a must read for academics, arbitrators, practitioners, and students interested in a comparative analysis of the convergence and divergence of national and international commercial arbitration rules. The core areas of focus include the enforcement and vacation of arbitral awards and the interpretation of arbitration agreements. • Discusses important issues in international commercial arbitration theory and practice • Provides a comprehensive reference to rules and issues relating to arbitrator misconduct • Reviews areas of non-arbitrability under national laws by highlighting the differences in the meaning of public policy across countries

Contemporary Australian Corporate Law is an introduction to corporate law in Australia that provides an authoritative, contextual and critical analysis of the law governing Australian corporations and financial markets. This edition has been updated to reflect changes to the Corporations Act 2011 and the impact of the Financial Services Royal Commission. • Explains the rules, principles, doctrines and policies that, together, constitute corporate law in Australia to students taking their first course in corporate law • Locates rules in their legal, social, economic and political context to provide deeper understanding and to recognise how corporations have become an integral part of the contemporary social fabric • The authors’ experience of teaching corporate law for many years brings a logical order to the subject matter with clarity, insight and technical excellence Contents: 1. Context, history and regulation; 2. Corporate law theory and debates; 3. The company as a separate legal entity; 4. Formation and types of companies; 5. The internal rules of a company; 6. Corporate contracting; 7. Decision-making, meetings and reporting; 8. Corporate finance; 9. Corporate fundraising; 10. An overview of directors’ duties; 11. Duty of care, skill and diligence; 12. Duty of good faith; 13. Conflicts of interest; 14. Members’ rights and remedies; 15. Receivership, schemes of arrangement and voluntary administration; 16. Winding up and liquidation; 17. Financial markets and financial services; 18. Takeovers. December 2020 247 x 174 mm c.652pp 1 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-79695-8 Paperback £79.99 / US$104.00 X

Law

Reconstructing the Corporation

European Human Rights Justice and Privatisation

From Shareholder Primacy to Shared Governance Grant M. Hayden | Southern Methodist University Dedman School of Law

The Growing Influence of Foreign Private Funds Gaëtan Cliquennois | Université de Nantes, France

This book critically examines shareholder primacy and its principal manifestation in corporate law: the exclusive shareholder franchise. It presents a new model of corporate governance, fully consistent with economic theory of the firm and democratic participation theory, that supports shared board representation between shareholders and employees. • Critically examines all of the main arguments for extending corporate voting rights to shareholders alone • Examines the basic precepts of shareholder primacy from the point of view of standard economic and social choice theory • Presents a new shared governance model of corporate governance that would involve shared control by shareholders and employees October 2020 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-13832-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-50291-4 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 4 tables 978-1-108-49705-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

European Societies, Migration, and the Law

TEXTBOOK

The ‘Others’ amongst ‘Us’ Edited by Moritz Jesse | Universiteit Leiden

Australian Commercial Law Second edition Dilan Thampapillai | Australian National University, Canberra

Australian Commercial Law is a comprehensive introduction to key aspects of Australian commercial law. The second edition includes: discussion of key concepts; chapters on contract law, business structures, bankruptcy and international commercial law; integration of digital and e-commerce transactions; and end-of-chapter discussion questions. • Written for students of law degrees, as opposed to business students studying commercial law • Provides comprehensive attention to each topic with extensive use of substantive law, detailed case discussion and excerpts of legislation • A lecturer website is available, with guided responses to end-ofchapter discussion question, and PPTs Contents: Preface; Table of cases; Table of statutes; List of abbreviations; Acknowledgements; Author biographies; Part I. Australian Commercial Law: 1. Contract law and commercial regulators; 2. Business structures; 3. Personal property; 4. Sale of goods; 5. Transfer of property; 6. Price and delivery; 7. Agency law; 8. Bailment; 9. Personal Properties Security Act; 10. Contracts of guarantee; 11. Insurance; 12. Bankruptcy; Part II. Australian Consumer Law: 13. Unfair contract terms; 14. Product liability; 15. Consumer guarantees; 16. Unconscionable conduct; 17. Misleading and deceptive conduct; Part III. International Commercial Law: 18. International commercial law. September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.524pp 3 tables 978-1-108-72849-2 Paperback £79.99 / US$129.95

This book offers a very new understanding of litigation before the European Courts and of relationships between litigation strategies, private funding and European case law with a view to fostering a societal debate about the growing influence of the private sector on the European human rights justice system. • Offers a very new understanding of litigation before the European Courts, relationships between litigation strategies, private funding and European case law • Accessible to readers without specialized training in socio-legal theory and in litigation practice • Offers a new socio-legal perspective on the human rights justice system by adopting an inter-disciplinary and multi-disciplinary stance

Immigrants and immigration are increasingly represented as a threat to welfare, traditions, and culture, despite an understanding that immigration is needed in Europe. This book looks at immigration and asylum legislation and policies in Europe to establish how far othering, stigmatization, and exclusion are the result of official policies. • Cross-border, EU wide, comparative analysis of law and policies seeking to govern immigration • Charts asylum and immigration measures which – consciously or not – exclude, stigmatize, and ‘other’ immigrants or particular groups of immigrants in Europe • Analyses how political speech influences adoption, adaptation, application, and interpretation of immigration regulation November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.288pp 978-1-108-48768-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law, Democracy and the European Court of Human Rights Rory O’Connell | Ulster University

This book appeals to academics, students and the general public interested in how the European Court of Human Rights understands democracy in Europe. It provides arguments for those concerned with the limitations of liberal representative democracy and seeking to support more deliberative, participatory and inclusive democratic practices. • Discusses the European Convention on Human Rights in the context of democratic theories and will appeal to those interested not just in the black letter of the European Convention law but also wider theoretical debates • Features a detailed presentation of case law on political and electoral rights that will provide readers with an in-depth understanding of multiple issues relating to the political process as seen through the lens of the European Convention on Human Rights • Discusses the potential for more deliberative, participatory and inclusive models of democracy November 2020 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-03507-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Europe’s Second Constitution

Algo Bots and the Law

Crisis, Courts and Community Markus W. Gehring | University of Cambridge

Technology, Automation, and the Regulation of Futures and Other Derivatives Gregory Scopino | Georgetown University, Washington DC

The process of European constitutionalisation has met with scepticism in current national legal and political spheres and in European circles of public opinion. Examining these concerns, this book reveals a widespread misunderstanding of constitutional federalism which permeates the Member State courts, popular media, and many academic communities. • Provides in-depth analysis of the case law of the Court of Justice of the EU • Reviews the EU through a constitutional/federal lens • Highlights obstacles and opportunities for further integration in Europe towards a ‘Second Constitution’ Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law, 24

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-48796-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

The markets for derivatives are extremely important to the financial system, yet many people are unfamiliar with their influence on the global economy. Demystifying these markets, Gregory Scopino explores how the dramatic transition from human-centered trading to automated systems and artificial intelligence poses challenges to market oversight. • Provides an overview of the primary aspects of financial technology (FinTech), equipping readers to become conversant about recent innovations • Explains how longstanding legal doctrines used to govern financial markets apply to new technologies • Outlines how people and firms are currently using artificial intelligence for derivatives October 2020 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-16479-6 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-61653-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

P P

The Currency of Solidarity Constitutional Transformation during the Euro Crisis Vestert Borger | Universiteit Leiden

The Congo Trials in the International Criminal Court

This book examines the informal constitutional change – or transformation – of the European Union during the euro crisis and the interaction between political leaders and the European Court of Justice in its materialization. It is essential material for scholars or practitioners dealing with EU constitutional law and the single currency. • Analyses the unity between the member states through the lens of solidarity • Reveals how the preservation of this unity during the euro crisis led to a constitutional transformation of the EU • Examines the key manifestations of this transformation and the interaction between political leaders and the ECJ in their materialisation

Richard Gaskins | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.225pp 978-1-108-48801-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-83636-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Transition and Coherence in Intellectual Property Law

The Boundaries of the EU Internal Market

Essays in Honour of Annette Kur Edited by Niklas Bruun | Hanken School of Economics (Finland)

Participation without Membership Marja-Liisa Öberg | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

This book provides an in-depth analysis of the practice of third country participation in the European Union’s internal market and the legal conditions under which the exporting of the internal market acquis can effectively take place. It will be of interest to academics, students, practitioners and policy-makers. • Conceptualises the practice of exporting the EU internal market acquis to third countries outside the enlargement process • Analyses the practice of expanding the internal market without enlarging the Union from a European perspective • Examines four multilateral agreements as case studies on the practice of expanding the internal market via exporting the internal market Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.304pp 978-1-108-49972-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A fresh introduction to the ICC through immersion in the first three trials, where legal rules met the surprising complexities of central African armed conflicts. Intended for specialists as well as students of global justice, it explores legal dynamics in broad engagement with cultural difference, moral ideals, and political realities. • Provides in-depth analyses of the only three trials completed thus far by the new International Criminal Court • Contrasts real-world social and cultural patterns with narrowed set of facts introduced in courtroom evidence • Offers a balanced view on how courtrooms seek a middle path between moral idealism and practical politics

This volume is for students and scholars of intellectual property law, practitioners seeking creative arguments from across the field, and policymakers searching for solutions to changing social and technological issues. The book explores the tensions between two fundamentally competing demands made of IP law. • Addresses a range of pressing topics from across IP law • Features contributions from 45 leading academics from around the world • Identifies possible transcendental features of IP law Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 55

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.450pp 978-1-108-48460-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Law

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

The Cambridge Handbook of Copyright Limitations and Exceptions

After the Digital Tornado Networks, Algorithms, Humanity Edited by Kevin Werbach | University of Pennsylvania Wharton School of Business

Shyamkrishna Balganesh | University of Pennsylvania Law School

This volume is a guide for scholars, policymakers, attorneys, teachers, judges, and students interested in the theories, policies, and doctrines of copyright law. Featuring experts from around the world, the handbook offers a systematic, comparative study of copyright in major jurisdictions including the United States, the European Union, and China. • Analyzes how copyright law interacts with other aspects of countries’ legal and regulatory landscapes • Provides readers with an understanding of the theoretical foundation of copyright limitations • Examines how global discussions of copyright exceptions can address recent technological developments Cambridge Law Handbooks

October 2020 253 x 177 mm c.550pp 978-1-108-48304-9 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

Once a seemingly unambiguous benefit to society, the internet is now the basis for invasions of privacy, massive concentrations of power, and manipulation. Featuring leading technology scholars, this collection examines the challenges of building networks and algorithms that benefit humanity. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Presents a coherent framework for understanding diverse issues relating to law, policy, and ethics of emerging technology • Features parts of the original 1997 ‘Digital Tornado’ paper that provides insightful historical context for today’s challenges • This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-42663-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Cambridge Handbook of the Law of Algorithms

The Cambridge Handbook of International and Comparative Trademark Law

Edited by Woodrow Barfield | University of Washington

Edited by Irene Calboli | Texas A&M School of Law

This volume describes and critically analyzes the international and regional frameworks of trademark law. A valuable resource for scholars, practitioners, and policy-makers, the book also provides comparative perspectives on substantive issues in trademark law and related fields, such as geographic indications, advertising law, and domain names. • The first book to systematically address the legal protection of trademarks from a comparative perspective across multiple jurisdictions • Offers a comprehensive review of the history and development of trademark law from the first multilateral treaties to today’s free trade agreements • Presents national examples of trademark law and reviews these in a comparative context Cambridge Law Handbooks

September 2020 253 x 177 mm 680pp 14 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42309-0 Hardback £190.00 / US$250.00 R

Feminist Judgments Rewritten Employment Discrimination Opinions Edited by Ann C. McGinley | University of Nevada, Las Vegas

This book is for scholars and students interested in employment law and feminism. It will provide readers with a new way to think about the law of employment discrimination, and how feminist perspectives might lead to a reimagined workplace that is more welcoming and prosperous for marginalized workers. • Uses feminist theories and an intersectional approach to rewrite important cases in employment discrimination law, examining not only sex and gender but also race and religion • Employs commentaries before each rewritten case that explain how the rewritten cases differ from the original and how the rewritten case would have changed the law • Examines stereotypes, masculinities theory, and the role of implicit bias in discrimination

Featuring thirty-five chapters from US, EU, and Asian scholars, this volume explores how algorithms are not only challenging current law, but also the foundations of society itself. The book’s interdisciplinary approach makes it a key resource for scholars of law, information and computer science, and engineering, as well as legislators. • Presents case law, statutes, and legislative discussion in one comprehensive format • Discusses how algorithms are affecting all aspects of society, from criminal law issues to free speech and discrimination law • Offers up-to-date solutions on how to address the challenges stemming from the use of artificial intelligence and algorithms November 2020 253 x 177 mm c.500pp 978-1-108-48196-0 Hardback £200.00 / US$260.00

Feminist Judgments Rewritten Trusts and Estates Opinions Edited by Deborah S. Gordon | Drexel University, Philadelphia

This book analyzes estates and trusts cases through a feminist lens to demonstrate how the law has limited the property rights of women and other marginalized groups. This book will be useful to law students learning to read cases and to anyone else interested in understanding ways in which the law has been applied inequitably. • Focuses on eleven important trusts and estates cases that have helped define this field of law • Offers diverse perspectives in regards to race, gender, sexual orientation, and socio-economic status • Contains both the original and rewritten opinion to allow readers to analyze the cases critically Feminist Judgment Series: Rewritten Judicial Opinions

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-49511-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-81695-3 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Feminist Judgment Series: Rewritten Judicial Opinions

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.504pp 978-1-108-49317-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-71740-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

Law and the Party in Xi Jinping’s China Ideology and Organization Edited by Rogier J. E. H. Creemers | Universiteit Leiden

This book is aimed at legal and political scholars and professionals. It will provide them with a coherent explanation of how law is conceived within its ideological context, and how the Chinese Communist Party uses it as part of its governance toolkit. • The first legal study of China that explicitly embeds law in the Partystate framework that will enable lawyers and politics scholars to better grasp its intricate architecture • Explores the role of Party ideology in the legal system, drawing attention to the importance of indigenous Party thought, and provides a framework for understanding Chinese law in the Xi Jinping era • Explores the implications of ideology and organisation in a number of case studies to ensure the book contains vivid examples of its ideas in practice, as well as theory October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-83635-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Toward a New Legal Common Sense Law, Globalization, and Emancipation Third edition Boaventura de Sousa Santos | University of Wisconsin, Madison

This book is about common sense and it takes us on a journey from the exhaustion of the paradigm of classical science and modernity to the necessary construction of utopias via a detailed analysis of legal institutions and theorizing over several hundred years. • Provides examples of inter-disciplinary and multi-disciplinary science in action • An updated third edition, with a new preface and a path breaking chapter untitled: can law be emancipatory? • Traces the historical process by which both modern science and modern law have lost the balance between social regulation and social emancipation Law in Context

October 2020 228 x 152 mm 600pp 3 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-15784-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 978-1-316-61045-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Global Pro Bono Causes, Context, and Contestation Edited by Scott L. Cummings | University of California, Los Angeles

With pro bono initiatives identified in over 80 countries, now is a critical time to assess the growing importance of pro bono in civil justice systems. This book examines the forces shaping – and the contestation surrounding – its development within and across national contexts and is essential reading for those seeking to advance access to justice. • Approaches pro bono’s global development comparatively and transnationally, covering over twenty countries across five continents for a unique comparative dataset and first-ever analysis of pro bono’s contested global role in access to justice • Focuses empirically on a range of factors shaping pro bono’s development within and across countries • Envisions the consequences of pro bono’s global development, including who does pro bono, who benefits from pro bono, and how pro bono’s development has affected access to justice policies July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 4 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-47615-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Privacy at the Margins

Film and Constitutional Controversy Visualizing Hong Kong Identity in the Age of ‘One Country, Two Systems’ Marco Wan | The University of Hong Kong

Using Hong Kong as a case study, this book argues that film can show us how constitutional controversies impact upon cultural identity, a crucial dimension overlooked in conventional legal analysis. Provides new interpretations of key constitutional issues and films. Draws upon author’s background in both legal and literary/cultural studies. • Demonstrates how a genre as seemingly remote from law as film can further our understanding of constitutional disputes • Investigates the links between cultural identity and the rule of law in the Hong Kong context, furthering our knowledge of the relationship between law and cultural identity • Provides historically-grounded and nuanced interpretations of film texts and enables readers to appreciate film from a renewed and renewing perspective Law in Context

Scott Skinner-Thompson | University of Colorado Law School

Scott Skinner-Thompson presents a vivid account of how privacy can serve as a tool of resistance and equality worthy of constitutional protection. Examining how the lives of minority groups are uniquely harmed by surveillance regimes, this book shows how even limited privacy can enhance lives at the margins in material ways. • Bridges the gap between social theory, surveillance studies, and legal doctrine • Reorients privacy from an inward facing, pre-political right, to an outward facing, direct form of political expression • Identifies specific, interconnected legal barriers preventing privacy protections for marginalized communities October 2020 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18137-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63263-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

P P

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-49577-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-108-79776-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$36.99

C C

Law

TEXTBOOK PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

TEXTBOOK

Contract Law

Principles of Tort Law

Cases and Materials Kenneth Yin | Edith Cowan University, Western Australia

Second edition Rachael Mulheron | Queen Mary University of London

This book does what it ‘says on the tin’ – stating the corpus of tort law as a body of principles. Undertaken for the first time in English tort law, this book describes the law of tort concisely, accessibly, and accurately, and with both depth and detail. • Principles-based exposition of each tort allows for simple, clear and accurate explanation of the law of each tort, while ‘nutshell’ analyses at the beginning of each chapter provide students with a summary of the preconditions, elements, defences and remedies associated with each tort • Summaries of those cases which support the principles encompassed in the book include concise outlines of their facts, verdicts and key reasoning • Use of comparative boxes highlights those areas where English law has trodden a variant path from the views which other jurisdictions may have adopted in relation to a particular issue in tort law • Written not only for students, but for practitioners, litigants, policymakers and law reformers seeking an accurate understanding of the law Contents: Foreword to the first edition; Preface to the second edition; How to use this book; Table of cases; Table of legislation; List of abbreviations; Notes on mode of citation; 1. The role of modern tort law; Part I. Negligence: 2. Duty I – general principles governing duty of care; 3. Duty II – particular duty scenarios; 4. Duty III – pure economic loss; 5. Duty IV – pure psychiatric injury; 6. Breach I – the standard of care; 7. Breach II – proving negligence; 8. Causation of damage; 9. Remoteness of damage; 10. Defences; 11. Remedies; Part II. Specific Negligence Regimes: 12. Occupiers’ liability; 13. Public authority liability; Part III. Other Selected Torts: 14. Trespass to the person; 15. Defamation; 16. Private nuisance; 17. The rule in Rylands vs Fletcher; Part IV. Miscellaneous: 18. Vicarious liability; Index. October 2020 246 x 189 mm c.1000pp 978-1-108-72764-8 Paperback £39.99 / US$55.99

Feminist Judgments: Rewritten Tort Opinions Edited by Martha Chamallas | Ohio State University

This volume of rewritten torts opinions exposes how courts often distort conventional legal doctrine when deciding cases involving genderrelated harms. It will make students, lawyers, and judges who build arguments and apply tort doctrine more aware of inequalities of race, gender, class, sexual orientation and identity. • Provides examples of rewritten torts opinions from feminist perspectives to allow readers to envision transformation of tort law from feminist perspectives • Critiques judicial opinions that undervalue gender-related interests and injuries, demonstrating gender bias in major areas of tort law • Offers examples of strategies and techniques to reform tort law to suggest potential concrete changes in tort law to make it more equitable

Contract Law: Cases and Materials presents a selection of well-chosen cases and illuminating commentary ideal for introducing students to the study of contract law in Australia. This casebook maintains the accessibility of the principles text while providing the depth and analysis of topics required to learn contract law. • A chapter on international contract law with additional end-of-chapter ‘international context’ sections for each topic • Pedagogical features include flow charts, overview tables explaining key concepts and links to the principles text, review questions and endof-chapter problems • Accompanies Stewart, Swain and Fairweather’s Contract Law: Principles and Context Contents: Part I: Introduction; 1. Some basic questions; 2. Themes and perspectives; 3. Resolving contractual disputes; Part II: Making a contract; 4. Preparing to make a contract; 5. Formation; 6. Preliminary agreements; 7. Protecting reliance: the doctrine of estoppel; 8. The parties to a contract; Part III: Contractual obligations; 9. Terms and obligations; 10. Interpreting contracts; 11. Limiting or extending liability; 12. Performance of contractual obligations; Part IV: Adjusting a contract; 13. Varying terms; 14. Transferring rights and obligation; 15. Impossibility and change of circumstances; Part V: Ending a contract; 16. Termination of contracts; 17. Consequences of termination; Part VI: Vitiating factors and unfair conduct; 18. Misinformation; 19. Undue pressure; 20. Unconscionability and unfairness; 21. Illegality and public policy; Part VII: Remedies; 22. Enforcing a contract; 23. Damages for breach of contract; 24. Restitutionary remedies; Part VIII: International aspects of contract law; 25. Contract law in the international context. December 2020 255 x 190 mm c.1000pp 63 b/w illus. 86 tables 978-1-108-43527-7 Paperback £79.99 / US$105.00 X

A Liberal Theory of Property Hanoch Dagan | Tel Aviv University Faculty of Law

Property law can and should expand people’s opportunities for individual and collective self-determination while restricting options of interpersonal domination. This book is for scholars and students across disciplines from philosophy and economics to political science, as well as anyone interested in the cutting edge of private law theory. • Shows why the justification and legal architecture of property must be examined in tandem • Develops a theory of property that accommodates seemingly conflicting normative commitments • Offers coherent liberal proposals relevant to ongoing legal reform debates October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-41854-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$115.00 978-1-108-40753-3 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Feminist Judgment Series: Rewritten Judicial Opinions

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.500pp 978-1-108-48429-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$150.00 978-1-108-70624-7 Paperback £37.99 / US$49.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law / Management

TEXTBOOK

Tools for Strategy

Learning Law

A Starter Kit for Academics and Practitioners Henri Hakala | Lappeenranta University of Technology

Second edition Anthony Marinac

Learning Law is an accessible and engaging introduction to Australian law for students considering a career in the legal profession. This text is an essential resource that law students will refer to throughout their studies and in the early stages of their career. • Written in an engaging style designed to demystify the law and get students excited about their law studies and careers • Includes a fully integrated interactive ebook, replete with useful links and videos as well as extension and revision questions that allow students to test their own knowledge as they go • Encourages students to think critically about the future of the law profession by including an ‘Critical Perspectives’ boxes and ‘Living Law’ case studies that highlight the diversity of career opportunities available to law graduates Contents: Part I. Law, Lawyers and Justice: 1. Welcome to the Law; 2. History and justice; 3. First Peoples and the Law; Part II. Legal Institutions: 4. Parliamentary Institutions; 5. The Courts; Part III. Learning the Laws: 6. Categories of Law; 7. Statute Law; 8. The Common Law; 9. Understanding Statutes; Part IV. Research and Persuasion: 10. Frameworks for Legal Thinking; 11. Equality, Difference and Law 12. Analysing and Persuading; 13. Finding the Law; 14. Grappling with Facts; Part V. Profession and Community: 15. The Ethical Lawyer; 16. Lawyers and Clients; 17. Becoming a Lawyer. December 2020 255 x 190 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-90819-1 Print/online bundle

£75.00 / US$99.99

Management TEXTBOOK

Organizational Design A Step-by-Step Approach Fourth edition Richard M. Burton | Duke University, North Carolina

Now in its fourth edition, this comprehensive textbook uses a multi-contingency model to communicate the fundamentals of traditional and new organizational forms. Written for MBA and executive MBA students, as well as executive managers and consultants, it provides a framework for the practical implementation of organizational design changes. • Develops an integrated holistic model of the organization using a multi-contingency model derived from decades of theoretical and empirical research • Promotes a simple, step by step approach, from diagnosis to design and implementation, developing an integrated model of design rather than a piecemeal approach • Supplemented by cases and spreadsheet tools Contents: Step 1. Getting Started: 1. Assessing the scope and goals of the organization; Step 2. Assessing the Strategy: 2. Strategy; 3. Environment; Step 3. Analyzing the Structure: 4. Traditional configurations of the firm; 5. New organizational forms?; Step 4. Assessing Process and People: 6. Work, task design and agents; 7. Leadership and organizational climate; Step 5. Analyzing Coordination, Control, and Incentives: 8. Coordination and control; 9. Incentives; 10. Designing the structure and coordination; Step 6. Designing the Architecture: 11. Designing the architecture and the sequence of change; Step 7. Implementing the Architecture: 12. Implementing the change: who should do what when? July 2020 244 x 170 mm 284pp 10 b/w illus. 26 colour illus. 17 tables 978-1-108-49328-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 X 978-1-108-71756-4 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99 X

This Element discusses the concept and applications of strategy tools. These are frameworks, techniques, and methods that help individuals and organizations to create their strategies. The authors elaborate on the promise and perils of both commonly used and less well-known strategy tools to implement strategic management. Elements in Business Strategy

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79319-3 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

High Velocity Business Operations Yemmanur Jayachandra | Wireless Wearables

This Element deals with the know-how and show-how to accomplish high velocity business operations, providing theories and methods for configuring, formulating and implementing them. Ever increasing mobility of technology enables these operations to take advantage of world-wide resources and expertise with mobile platforms and their data. Elements in Business Strategy

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81167-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Strategy Consulting Jeroen Kraaijenbrink | University of Amsterdam Business School

Strategy consulting is one of the most highly respected and at the same time deeply detested jobs on this planet. This Element provides an overview of this fascinating and emerging profession. Relying on existing research and the author’s practical experience, it describes what strategy consulting is, its origins, how to practice it and its future. Elements in Business Strategy

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81195-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Gender Imbalance in Public Sector Leadership Leisha DeHart-Davis | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Women are still underrepresented as publicsector organizational leaders, despite comprising half of the United States’ workforce. Using a problem-driven approach, inductive and deductive research, the authors explore the complex puzzle of gendered experiences and career paths that provide insights into gender imbalanced leadership in this domain. Elements in Public and Nonprofit Administration

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-70808-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Management

Behavioral Public Performance

Corporate Responsibility for Wealth Creation and Human Rights

How People Make Sense of Government Metrics Oliver James | University of Exeter

Georges Enderle | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This Element introduces a new approach in the measurement and reporting of government performance – behavioral public performance. Drawing especially on evidence from experiments, this approach examines the influence of characteristics of numbers, subtle framing of information, choice of benchmarks or comparisons, and information sources. Elements in Public and Nonprofit Administration

June 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 29 b/w illus. 978-1-108-70807-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-83080-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Redefining Development Resolving Complex Challenges in Developing Countries Jessica Kritz | Georgetown University, Washington DC

The Board as the Nexus of Leadership-inGovernance Monique Cikaliuk | University of Auckland

Elements in Public and Nonprofit Administration

This Element deals with leadership and governance of corporations from the point of view of the board. We expand our understanding of board leadership by focusing on the modern company as a legal person comprised of a capital fund and the relationships among directors, shareholders, management and stakeholders. Elements in Corporate Governance

Building Strategic Capabilities in Emerging Markets

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81549-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Edited by Alvaro Cuervo-Cazurra | Northeastern University, Boston

Firms in emerging markets are becoming leading global players despite operating in challenging home country environments, but little is known about how they build their capabilities. The authors provide actionable solutions for upgrading competitiveness to international levels and achieving multinational status. • Provide actionable solutions to upgrading capabilities, sustaining competitive advantage, and achieving multinational status • Analyses fourteen emerging markets (across Asia, Latin America, Africa and Europe) in a cross- emerging market study of multiple companies from each country • Extends the current literature on emerging market firms from multinationals to all firms, paving the way for future studies • Features a global spread of expert contributors October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-47437-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-46425-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Corporate Governance and Leadership

Focuses on the concept phase of the project to resolve complex challenges faced by the communities in the Old Fadama slum of Accra, Ghana. The results are consolidated into a PAR intervention that incorporates results from the process as well as the stakeholders’ first strategy, sanitation, and project, latrine and bathhouse installation. August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81169-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Enderle illustrates the importance of corporate responsibility by integrating wealth creation and human rights. An invaluable reference for students, teachers and researchers in business and economic ethics, social sciences and human rights studies, as well as for leaders in business, civil society organizations and international institutions. • Proposes a radically new framework of corporate responsibility • Builds on the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and provides solid ethical justification • Presents numerous corporate examples to illustrate the practical relevance of this new framework of corporate responsibility

P P

The Economics of Venture Capital Firm Operations in India Kshitija Joshi | Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore

This study is the first of its kind in India based on a sample of about seventy venture capital firms that cover about 85% of the funded deals between 2010 and 2014. An in-depth review of the policies in the context of start-ups in general and venture capital and entrepreneurial ecosystem in particular is also provided. • The first study in the Indian context that is based on hand-collected dataset of seventy venture capital firms • Primary data is rigorously analyzed using the best-in-class statistical techniques • Provides complete insight into the entrepreneurial ecosystem and the micro-level decision-making strategic aspects of individual venture capital firms September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-83634-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Management / Politics, social theory, history of ideas

TEXTBOOK

Recognizing Resentment

Learning to Negotiate

Michelle Schwarze | University of Wisconsin, Madison

Georg Berkel | Negotiationconsulting.com

Moving beyond the typical rulebook approach to negotiation, this new textbook combines practitioner guidance with empirical research to teach negotiation as a skill that can be learned and mastered. For MBA and law students studying negotiation, as well as executives seeking to develop these skills. • Combines guidance on negotiating practice and negotiating learning into a coherent, instructive narrative • Provides many case studies and graphic illustrations throughout • Draws upon a wide interdisciplinary spread of subjects beyond the central focus on business and law, including neuroscience, psychology, game theory, biology, politics, history, natural sciences, and philosophy Contents: Preface; Introduction; Part I. Ambivalence: 1. The tactical paradox; 2. The strategic dilemma; 3. The cognitive ambiguity; Part II. Blocking: 4. The illusion of coherence; 5. The illusion of competence; 6. The illusion of acumen; Part III. Ambitious Humility: 7. Understanding; 8. Know how; 9. Thinking; Outlook; Bibliography; Index. September 2020 246 x 189 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-49591-2 Hardback £54.99 / US$74.99 978-1-108-81107-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

X X

We typically think of resentment as an unjustifiable and volatile emotion. Recognizing Resentment argues instead that sympathy with the resentment of victims of injustice is vital for upholding justice in liberal societies, because it entails recognition of the equal moral and political status of those with whom we sympathize. • Introduces an overlooked but important theory in liberalism that addresses its contemporary central criticisms • Provides a dense, historical theory in comprehensive, contemporary terms • Includes examples of historical and interdisciplinary research on emotions and empathy October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.185pp 978-1-108-47866-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Target Estimation and Adjustment Weighting for Survey Nonresponse and Sampling Bias Devin Caughey | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Nonresponse and other sources of bias are endemic features of public opinion surveys. We elaborate a general workflow of weighting-based survey inference, and describe in detail how this can be applied to the analysis of historical and contemporary opinion polls.

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Elements in Quantitative and Computational Methods for the Social Sciences

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79415-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

The Work of Politics Making a Democratic Welfare State Steven Klein | University of Florida

The book is necessary reading for political theorists and scholars interested in democracy and the welfare state, providing a new analysis of the relationship between social movements, welfare institutions, and theories of democracy and domination. It is also of interest to scholars working on 19th and 20th century European political philosophy. • Develops a new theory of the relationship between the welfare state and democracy in an accessible fashion • Provides original interpretations of central theorists in 20th century political theory • Demonstrates how to use historical evidence and interpretation to enrich arguments in political theory September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 2 tables 978-1-108-47862-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Agent-Based Models of Polarization and Ethnocentrism Michael Laver | New York University

In this Element we develop: stochastic models, which add a crucial element of uncertainty to human interaction; models of human interactions structured by social networks; and ‘evolutionary’ models in which agents using more effective decision rules are more likely to survive and prosper than others. Elements in Quantitative and Computational Methods for the Social Sciences

April 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79640-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Unsupervised Machine Learning for Clustering in Political and Social Research Philip D. Waggoner | University of Chicago

Offers researchers and teachers an introduction to clustering, which is a prominent class of unsupervised machine learning for exploring and understanding latent, non-random structure in data. A suite of widely used clustering techniques is covered, in addition to R code and real data to facilitate interaction with the concepts. Elements in Quantitative and Computational Methods for the Social Sciences

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79338-4 Paperback c. £15.00 / c. US$20.00

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Images as Data for Social Science Research

Learning from Loss The Democrats, 2016–2020 Seth Masket | University of Denver

An Introduction to Convolutional Neural Nets for Image Classification Nora Webb Williams | University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign

Shows how innovation in computer vision methods can markedly lower the costs of using images as data. Introduces readers to deep learning algorithms commonly used for object recognition, facial recognition, and visual sentiment analysis. Provides guidance and instruction for scholars interested in using these methods in their own research. Elements in Quantitative and Computational Methods for the Social Sciences

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 32 b/w illus. 978-1-108-81685-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Brexitland Identity, Diversity and the Reshaping of British Politics Maria Sobolewska | University of Manchester

An authoritative and accessible account of how long-term social and demographic changes – and the conflicts they create – continue to transform British politics. A book for anyone who wants to better understand the remarkable political times in which we live. • An accessible account of the political history and social trends that led to Brexit • Provides a detailed worked analysis of how identity conflicts have influenced party competition in Britain • Extends the analysis of the 2016 referendum to the wider electoral context September 2020 216 x 140 mm c.240pp 978-1-108-47357-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 978-1-108-46190-0 Paperback £15.99 / US$19.99

G T

Citizenship Reimagined A New Framework for State Rights in the United States Allan Colbern | Arizona State University

This book is for scholars, policy makers, advocacy groups, and concerned citizens who are interested in immigration politics and law, citizenship rights and civil rights, American political development, and federalism and state politics. • Establishes a precise right-based framework for multidimensional citizenship, drawing insights from comparative politics and mapping indicators for future empirical work • Provides a novel formulation of rights, including the right to develop human capital, right to free movement, and the right to identify and belong • Traces the intersection between citizenship and federalism throughout US history, explaining how social movements, parties, and courts have interacted within the context of federalism to shape the contours of citizenship rights over time • Offers a vision for progressive state citizenship that will interest policy makers and activists and is relevant to understand immigrant rights as well as other group rights

An essential guide to American politics, the Democratic Party, and the US party system at a time of turmoil and uncertainty. Masket offers a unique, real-time examination of how the Democratic Party interpreted its 2016 defeat and why a focus on electability led to Joe Biden’s nomination in 2020. • Offers a unique insight into a key period in the history of the Democratic Party and a time of transition and uncertainty for the broader American party system from one of the country’s leading analysts • Draws on deep research conducted from 2017–2020, including extensive interviews and follow-ups with Democratic activists and analysis of fundraising, endorsements, public opinion, and media coverage • Evaluates the salience and consequences of the narratives that Hillary Clinton lost in 2016 because of ‘identity politics’ and/or because she was a woman • Draws lessons from American history and political science research November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48212-7 Hardback £19.99 / US$24.95

American Rage How Anger Shapes Our Politics Steven W. Webster | Indiana University

This book is for scholars and students of American politics, political behavior, and political psychology, especially those interested in emotions in politics, polarization, public opinion and democratic values. It shows how anger – omnipresent in contemporary US politics – affects public opinion and voting behavior. • Draws on theories and measures from political science and psychology • Provides both contemporary and historical context for experimental analyses • Presents data from experiments conducted with nearly 10,000 people August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-49137-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-81192-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 22 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-84104-7 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00 P 978-1-108-74472-0 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

The Disinformation Age

Social Media and Democracy

Politics, Technology, and Disruptive Communication in the United States Edited by W. Lance Bennett | University of Washington

The State of the Field, Prospects for Reform Edited by Nathaniel Persily | Stanford University, California

Understanding the post-fact era requires going beyond foreign influence or the rise of social media. This examination of the origins and workings of the US disinformation system shows how political strategies and communication practices have undermined authoritative democratic institutions. This title is available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Brings together perspectives from history, communication studies, data science, political science, and sociology to offer a richer, more sophisticated view of disinformation than is available through any one discipline alone • Examines the political and historical origins of today’s ‘post-fact era’, connecting current challenges to a longer-term constellation of actors and changes that have undermined public trust in the institutions that citizens once turned to for authoritative information • Proposes solutions that are focused on addressing root causes rather than treating symptoms • This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core

This book is a state-of-the-art account of what we know and do not know about the impact of digital technology on democracy. It will interest scholars, policymakers, and philanthropic organizations. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • First book of its kind to synthesize state of the field on social media and democracy • Provides tools and arguments to help advance the support and production of policy-relevant research • Brings together a multi-disciplinary group of scholars to provide political, social, and technical perspectives • Addresses the misperceptions underpinning popular commentary and government regulation of Big Tech • This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core SSRC Anxieties of Democracy

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-83555-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-81289-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

SSRC Anxieties of Democracy

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.312pp 978-1-108-84305-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$100.00 978-1-108-82378-4 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99

P G

Robert A. Blair | Brown University, Rhode Island

The Antebellum Origins of the Modern Constitution Slavery and the Spirit of the American Founding Simon J. Gilhooley | Bard College, New York

The emergence of slavery in the District of Columbia profoundly transformed constitutional interpretation. Gilhooley’s account of this interaction, and how it forms the basis of modern constitutional understandings grounded in the American Founding, is for scholars of the US Constitution, American history and politics, and legal studies. • Charts the development of the relationship between the US Constitution and slavery in a political history • Offers a new understanding of the political and constitutional significance of debates over slavery in Washington, DC in the 1830s • Provides an interdisciplinary account of the development of a view of the US Constitution as tied to the founding era Cambridge Studies on the American Constitution

December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49612-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Peacekeeping, Policing, and the Rule of Law after Civil War

This book engages scholars of political science, international relations, sociology, and law by challenging pervasive pessimism about the role institutions like the UN play in restoring the rule of law in countries recovering from civil war. Providing practical guidance for international intervention, it is also a key source for policymakers. • Engages with both academic and policy writing on peacekeeping and post-conflict reconstruction and reform • Blends insights from legal theory and criminology with theoretical intuitions and empirical findings from political science and international relations • Offers new theory to explain how international intervention can help restore the rule of law in the world’s weakest and most war-torn states • Features original household surveys of over 10,000 Liberians, highly disaggregated data on UN personnel and activities across Africa, and hundreds of interviews with UN officials, local leaders, citizens, and government and civil society representatives October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.225pp 978-1-108-83521-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-79981-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Immigrant Incorporation in East Asian Democracies

Policy Controversies and Political Blame Games

Erin Aeran Chung | The Johns Hopkins University

Based on interviews and focus groups with immigrants in Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan, this book examines how past struggles for democracy shape current movements for immigrant rights and recognition. Students, researchers, and practitioners will gain insight into the gaps between immigration policies and practices in East Asia and beyond. • Provides an in-depth comparison of immigration politics in three East Asian industrial democracies to explain different trajectories • Connects regional trends in East Asia with key theoretical debates in the social sciences • Documents the voices of immigrants to better understand the political choices they make when becoming permanent members of their receiving societies October 2020 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-04253-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-107-61696-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

This book is addressed not only to researchers and students interested in political conflict and blame games in the fields of political science, public policy, public administration, political communication, and media studies, but to everyone concerned about the functioning of democracy in more conflictual times. • Develops a new approach for the study of political blame games that yields new insights into political conflict in Western democracies • Analyses and compares a great variety of policy controversies from failed infrastructure projects to procurement problems to food scandals to security issues to flawed policy reforms • Contains an innovative comparative research design that allows readers to compare blame games across issue areas and countries and to learn how complex political events can be theoretically captured and compared in a ‘context-sensitive’ way • Open Access title Cambridge Studies in Comparative Public Policy

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.220pp 978-1-108-49486-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Inward Conquest The Political Origins of Modern Public Services Ben W. Ansell | University of Oxford

Ansell and Lindvall present the first comprehensive analysis of the origins of modern public services. Recounting conflicts among parties and religious groups over the political control of services, from prisons to schools and asylums, the book is for anyone interested in political science, public administration, history, and political sociology. • Provides a novel dataset and includes an analysis of patterns of governance in seven policy areas across nineteen countries from 1800 to 1939 • Moves beyond standard modernization accounts of public services to explore who the important political actors were and what they sought to achieve • Draws connections between disparate services such as education, prisons, and midwifery Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

December 2020 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-107-19739-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-316-64776-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Markus Hinterleitner | Brown University, Rhode Island

P P

How Insurgency Begins Rebel Group Formation in Uganda and Beyond Janet I. Lewis | George Washington University, Washington DC

How and why do armed rebellions start? This study offers a rare look into the incipient stages of rebellion, arguing that only rebel groups controlling local rumor networks survive and become viable challengers to governments. It is a valuable resource for both scholars and policymakers of political science. • Presents a largely qualitative approach that engages with and complements quantitative studies on conflict onset • Introduces a novel theory using language and examples that are accessible to readers without specialized training in political science • Offers key contributions to the current literature on civil war and political violence Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 18 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-108-47966-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-79047-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

A Loud but Noisy Signal? Public Opinion and Education Reform in Western Europe Marius R. Busemeyer | Universität Konstanz, Germany

This book explores how public opinion influences the politics of education reform. It features a comprehensive analysis of public opinion on education policy in eight Western European countries, as well as detailed case studies on reform processes in these countries. • This accessible yet thorough analysis breaks new empirical ground in the field of education policy by providing new data from a representative survey in eight Western European countries • The multi-method research conducted shows how both quantitative and qualitative perspectives can be fruitfully combined • Develops a broader argument about the role of public opinion, party politics and interest groups in policy-making that can be applied to other policy fields Cambridge Studies in the Comparative Politics of Education

September 2020 228 x 152 mm 378pp 50 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-47849-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 P 978-1-108-74587-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.95 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Rethinking Media Research for Changing Societies

The Rise of Responsibility in World Politics

Edited by Matthew Powers | University of Washington

Edited by Hannes Hansen-Magnusson | Cardiff University

This volume brings together leading scholars grappling with questions about the implications of media transformations for public life. With chapters exploring data collection, journalism, digital engagement, and the role of scholars, this book is a valuable resource to students and researchers across political science and communication studies. • Provides diverse theoretical treatments to help guide communication researchers • Addresses historical roots of current scholarly concerns, while engaging in novel issues brought into focus by contemporary developments in politics, technology, and culture • Offers scholars a set of issues and questions to spur new research topics

The concept of responsibility has emerged as central to the study of international politics. This book explores responsibility as a cross-cutting theme spanning across three governance sectors: the environment, business, and security. The authors explore how the rise of responsibility implicates underlying moral values in global politics. • Paves the way for an interdisciplinary dialogue between political theory, global ethics, international law and international relations • Aims to overcome disciplinary narrowness and offer an alternative theoretical concept on par with accountability and legitimacy • Discusses the implications of the rise of responsibility and how it relates to policy-making

Communication, Society and Politics

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 4 tables 978-1-108-49094-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.222pp 978-1-108-84051-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-81418-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Politics, Law, Practice Fourth edition Ian Hurd | Northwestern University, Illinois

Defiant Local Partners in Counterinsurgency Wars Barbara Elias | Bowdoin College, Maine

Analysing policy documents from nine counterinsurgency wars, Elias asks why powerful militaries have difficulty managing local partners. Revealing a critical political dynamic in military interventions, this book will appeal to academics and policymakers addressing counterinsurgency issues in foreign policy, security studies and political science. • Examines nine large-scale post-colonial wars • Uses thousands of primary source documents to examine alliances between local and intervening forces in counterinsurgencies • Offers a new model explaining allied behaviour in complying with, or defying, the requests of foreign allies, and explaining uncooperative behaviour C

East Asia in the World Twelve Events That Shaped the Modern International Order Edited by Stephan Haggard | University of California, San Diego

This accessible collection of essays provides an introduction to twelve seminal events in the international relations of East Asia. The East Asian historical experience provides a wealth of new cases, patterns, and findings, helping us to move beyond Eurocentric conceptions of international relations derived from the Western experience. • Includes interdisciplinary research on twelve key events from East Asian history that are largely overlooked in the study of international relations • Demonstrates how dialogue between historians and political scientists can lead to new findings • Accessible for readers without specialized training in international relations theory or Asian history October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-47987-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-79089-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

TEXTBOOK

International Organizations

Why Allies Rebel

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.370pp 15 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-108-49010-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

P P

Now in its fourth edition, this is the definitive introduction to modern international organizations. Combining international law, politics, and case studies in an accessible package, this leading textbook presents the UN, WTO, ICC, and ten other institutions, explaining the legal treaties and exploring the political controversies for each. • Provides a realistic and balanced account of international organizations • Includes lively and interesting discussions of prominent issues in today’s headlines • Built around a strong theoretical framework that is clearly explained and grounded in contemporary international relations theory Contents: 1. Introduction to international organizations; 2. Theory, methods, and international organizations; 3. The United Nations I: law and administration; 4. The United Nations II: international peace and security; 5. The World Trade Organization; 6. The International Monetary Fund and the World Bank; 7. The International Labor Organization; 8. Refugees and international migration: UNHCR, the IOM, and the 1951 Convention; 9. The International Court of Justice; 10. The International Criminal Court; 11. The European Union and regional organizations; 12. Conclusion. August 2020 244 x 170 mm 334pp 978-1-108-84058-3 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-81431-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$38.99

X X

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Ethics and International Relations

Weak States at Global Climate Negotiations

A Tragic Perspective Richard Ned Lebow | University of Cambridge

Federica Genovese | University of Essex

Foreign policies consistent with generally accepted ethical norms are more likely to succeed, and those at odds with them to fail. Constructing original data sets and analysing multiple case studies, Lebow makes an empirical case for ethics in international relations. • Sets up a framework for a novel ‘empirical’ approach to ethics, distinguishing ‘is’ from ‘ought’ questions • Makes an evidenced case for ethics in foreign policy • Considers and analyses policymaking, as well as policies, in relation to ethics October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.270pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-84346-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-82516-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Constitutionalizing World Politics The Logic of Democratic Power and the Unintended Consequences of International Treaty Making Karolina M. Milewicz | University of Oxford

Constitutionalization of world politics is emerging as an unintended consequence of international treaty making driven by the logic of democratic power. The analysis will appeal to scholars of International Relations and International Law interested in international cooperation, as well as institutional and constitutional theory and practice. • Proposes a novel theory addressing central issues of cooperation and institutions in international affairs • Provides an interdisciplinary approach, bringing together rigorous scientific analysis with legal debates and concepts • Develops a causal analysis of the important legal concept of constitutionalization through an international relations lens, drawing on comparative constitutional history and quantitative method July 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 19 b/w illus. 48 tables 978-1-108-83509-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Closure of the International System How Institutions Create Political Equalities and Hierarchies Lora Anne Viola | Freie Universität Berlin

Of interest to students and scholars of international relations theory, global history, and international organizations, this book sheds light on why international institutions remain torn between extending political equality to new actors and monopolizing political rights for an exclusive set of members – and how demands for equality can lead to new inequalities. • Provides a contrast to the widely held idea that the system has been expanding or – in more recent vocabulary – globalizing over time • Offers a dynamic theory to explain why apparent ‘progress’ in extending sovereign equality rights to new actors does not eliminate hierarchy • Provides a basis for thinking about questions of global justice in light of recent crises in the multilateral institutional order Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 153

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.336pp 978-1-108-48225-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Providing new empirical evidence to support the theory, the author provides an explanation for the power of weak states in international climate negotiations. It is argued that assumptions on their coordinated salience for climate issues are insufficent and the author pushes the leaders of strong countries to concede power to weaker states. Elements in International Relations

July 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79090-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Social Media and International Relations Sarah Kreps | Cornell University, New York

The 2016 US election highlighted the potential for foreign governments to employ social media for strategic advantages. This Element explores how social media can amplify and shift the balance of popular opinion on complex foreign policy issues and the different impacts in an open media, democratic environment and a more controlled regime. Elements in International Relations

August 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-82681-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

The World Imagined Collective Beliefs and Political Order in the Sinocentric, Islamic and Southeast Asian International Societies Hendrik Spruyt | Northwestern University, Illinois

Spruyt explains how collective belief systems influenced the political order in three non-European societies c.1500–1900, and the way in which these polities engaged the Western colonial empires. The interdisciplinary approach of this book will appeal to students and scholars of international relations, historical sociology and global history. • Applies an interdisciplinary approach using insights from political science, sociology, and cultural studies • Develops a methodology to study the influence of collective beliefs on political organization and international societies • Links historical study to contemporary politics and international relations LSE International Studies

July 2020 228 x 152 mm 410pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49121-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-81174-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Contested Capital Rural Middle Classes in India Maryam Aslany | University of Oxford

It explores the formation of India’s rural middle class, which rests on a complex, and often contradictory, set of processes that began unfolding with growing industrialisation in rural areas. It examines its composition, characteristics and social identification from the perspectives of three major class theorists: Marx, Weber and Bourdieu. • Studies perspectives from Marx, Weber and Bourdieu • Develops transferable methodological approach that interrogate theories, and bridges social theories and practice • Offers theoretical pluralism September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.365pp 978-1-108-83633-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Risk and the Rupee in Pakistan’s New Economy Financial Inclusion and Monetary Change in a Frontier Market Antonia Settle | University of Melbourne

The book challenges the development sector’s embrace of financial inclusion as social and economic policy solution to new instabilities associated with the deregulation of money and prices in developing economies. Economic globalisation generates new risks for ordinary people that undermine the development agenda by unwinding financial inclusion. • Engages cutting edge questions of political economy – about the evolution of money and monetary management under global markets – with development thinking • Further develops the critique of financial inclusion, which has certainly posed an important critique but has often been quite simplistic • Contributes to academic debates within post-Keynesian theory September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-48993-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Mobility as Capability

Comparative Perspectives Edited by Giliberto Capano | Università degli Studi, Bologna, Italy

This volume offers a comprehensive set of approaches to understanding the changing dimensions of higher education governance, the structural, institutional, and regional-national drivers precipitating convergence and divergence in governance approaches, and maps the directions of change, their consequences and outcomes. • Comprehensive global overview of higher education governance in North America, Europe, Asia, Africa and Latin America • Offers theoretical advancement in the study of higher education systems, appealing to those seeking new, innovative conceptual and theoretical approaches to frame their scholarship • Provides a detailed conceptual breakdown of various facets of governance in higher education including internationalization, research, accountability, quality assurance, and institutional decisionmaking Cambridge Studies in Comparative Public Policy

Women in the Indian Informal Economy Nikhila Menon

Provides valuable insights on the dynamics of women’s mobility, autonomy and agency in India’s informal labour market. It illustrates mixed methods research and challenges the current discourse on gender and paid work using Capability Approach. • Provides insights on lived experiences of hard to reach community of informal women workers • Challenges the myth of exalted status of women in the Kerala model of development • In-depth analysis of the complex patriarchal structures of State, markets and work places which stifle women’s agency September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83642-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Convergence and Diversity in the Governance of Higher Education

Land Acquisition and Resource Development in Contemporary India

October 2020 229 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-48396-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Monopsony Capitalism Power and Production in the Twilight of the Sweatshop Age Ashok Kumar | Birkbeck, University of London

This book explores the combination of capital’s changing composition and labour’s subjective agency to examine whether the waning days of the ‘sweatshop’ have indeed begun. Focused on the garment and footwear sectors, it introduces a universal logic that governs competition and reshapes the chain. • Analyses workers’ collective action at various sites of production – China, India, Honduras, United States primarily, and Vietnam, Cambodia, Bangladesh, Indonesia secondarily • Contributes to ongoing strategies to bolster workers’ bargaining power in sectors plagued by poverty and powerlessness

Shashi Ratnaker Singh | University of Cambridge

Development Trajectories in Global Value Chains

It highlights the reasons for large scale land conflicts in India, scale of stalled investments, social movements, evolution of land acquisition and mining laws, and what led to the amendments of Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition Resettlement and Rehabilitation Act 2013 and Mining and Mineral Act 2015. • Selectively merges theoretical perspectives on land and natural resource governance • Explains the compensation arguments at two levels: between the project developers and the local project affected community and between the central and provincial governments over the issue of ‘fair’ resource revenue sharing • Advances the argument that the land acquisition drive in India is mired in the politics of two contradictory developmental claims

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.295pp 978-1-108-73197-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48692-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Contention in Times of Crisis Recession and Political Protest in Thirty European Countries Edited by Hanspeter Kriesi | European University Institute, Florence

The first comprehensive overview of the waves of protest that spread across Europe in the wake of the Great Recession, examining thirty countries. It will appeal to students and scholars interested in social movements, political protest, contentious politics, and protest event analysis. • Provides a comprehensive overview of political protest in Europe during the Great Recession • Shows the variation of political protest across three key regions of Europe: northwestern, southern and central-eastern Europe • Authored by a team of leading academics in the field of European politics August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 50 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-108-83511-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Women and the Holy City

Trust and the Islamic Advantage

The Struggle over Jerusalem’s Sacred Space Lihi Ben Shitrit | University of Georgia

Jerusalem’s Temple Mount/al-Haram al-Sharif is one of the holiest places in the world for Jews and Muslims and a constant feature in the IsraeliPalestinian conflict. This study addresses the gendered dimensions of inter-communal disputes over sacred space in Jerusalem and the role of women in these conflicts. • The first comprehensive and comparative account of women’s involvement in the contestation over Jerusalem’s sacred space • Explores both Jewish-Israeli and Muslim-Palestinian cases, as well as both progressive and conservative movements in one sacred space • Sheds light on the complex and problematic usage of the discourse of religious freedom in contested holy sites December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.304pp 978-1-108-48547-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Military Response to Protest in Arab Autocracies Hicham Bou Nassif | Claremont McKenna College, California

Surviving the War in Syria

Building on interviews with Arab officers, extensive fieldwork and archival research, as well as hundreds of memoirs published by Arab officers, this study explores the military politics of the 2011 Arab Spring in Egypt, Syria, Tunisia, and Libya. • An exploration of military politics in Egypt, Syria, Tunisia, and Libya, before and during the 2011 Arab Spring • Shows how divergent combinations of coup-proofing tactics account for different patterns of military politics across the Middle East • Based on extensive fieldwork and archival research, as well as hundreds of memoirs published by Arab officers P P

Survival Strategies in a Time of Conflict Justin Schon | University of Florida

Based on extensive fieldwork in Turkey, Jordan, Kenya, and the United States, with over two hundred interviews with Syrian refugees, this study examines how repertoires of survival strategies, including fighting, protesting, collaborating, hiding, and migration, are a critical framework for understanding civilian behaviour in conflict zones. • Examines entire repertoires of survival strategies, not just migration, in a unique framework for understanding civilian behaviour in conflict zones • Based on extensive fieldwork in Turkey, Jordan, Kenya, and the United States, with over two hundred interviews with Syrian refugees • Will guide new research on civil wars, affecting how we think about other survival strategies, from political, violent, to environmental threats September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.210pp 978-1-108-84251-8 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Managing Transition The First Post-Uprising Phase in Tunisia and Libya Sabina Henneberg | The Johns Hopkins University, Maryland

Examining the factors that shaped the first interim governments of Tunisia and Libya which formed in the immediate aftermath of popular uprisings that brought down their long-standing dictators, including decisions around leadership, institutional reform, transitional justice, and the electoral processes themselves. • Examines factors that shaped the first interim governments of Tunisia and Libya in the immediate aftermath of the uprisings that brought down their long-standing dictators • Traces the importance of the key features and decisions made during these transition periods • Demonstrates how both actors’ decisions and internal structural conditions interact to shape political transition October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-84200-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

This book will interest scholars and students of comparative politics, Middle East politics, religion, and collective action. Examining the rise of Islamicbased politics and economics, Livny argues that these movements have a comparative advantage because they inspire feelings of trust among individuals with a shared, religious group-identity. • Combines qualitative and quantitative research • Defines the key conditions that make interpersonal trust necessary for cooperation and coordination • Combines existing theories of social (group) identity with theories of religion, identifying previously unexplored similarities between the two September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.256pp 978-1-108-48552-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Endgames

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84124-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-81015-9 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

Religious-Based Movements in Turkey and the Muslim World Avital Livny | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

International Relations in the Middle East Hegemonic Strategies and Regional Order Ewan Stein | University of Edinburgh

Developing an original theoretical approach to understanding the roots of regional conflict and cooperation, this is an accessible course book on international relations in the Middle East, covering domestic and international foreign policy dynamics in a range of states, including Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Saudi Arabia, Syria and Turkey. • An accessible course book on international relations in the Middle East covering domestic and international foreign policy dynamics • Enables specialist and non-specialist readers to gain insight into how and why Middle Eastern regional order has changed over time • Presents a century of foreign policy trajectories in a range of states, including Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Saudi Arabia, Syria and Turkey December 2020 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-18189-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-63302-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Winning Lebanon

Rethinking Conflict at the Margins

Youth Politics, Populism, and the Production of Sectarian Violence, 1920–1958 Dylan Baun | University of Alabama, Huntsville

Dalits and Borderland Hindus in Jammu and Kashmir Mohita Bhatia | Stanford University, California

Using unique sources to highlight the daily lives of the young men and women of Lebanon’s youth politics, this study traces the political and cultural history of a diverse set of youth-centric organizations from the 1920s to 1950s to reveal how their distinct type of politics and populism would play a role in the making of modern Lebanon. • A cultural and political history of youth culture and youth-centric organizations in Lebanon from 1920–1958 • Outlines how the politics and populism established by youth movements played a significant role in the making of modern Lebanon • Adds new perspectives on popular culture and youth social formation in the history of the modern Middle East Cambridge Middle East Studies, 59

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-49152-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Joas Wagemakers | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

A wide-ranging account of the Muslim Brotherhood’s long history and complex relationship with the Jordanian state, parliament and society since its founding in 1945, showing the ideological and behavioural development of a group which relies on age-old concepts derived from classical Islam to influence beliefs in the modern-day nation-state. • An in-depth account of the Muslim Brotherhood’s long history, ideological development and complex relationship with the Jordanian state, parliament and society • Shows the fascinating internal ideological consistency of a group which relies on age-old concepts derived from classical Islam to influence beliefs in the modern-day nation-state • A detailed study of Islamist ideology that helps explain political science debates on the moderation of fundamentalist groups Cambridge Middle East Studies, 60

P P

Israeli Foreign Policy since the End of the Cold War

Kashmir in the Aftermath of Partition It is intended for audience interested in decolonization, identity, sovereignty. It shifts focus from the statist perceptions that construe Kashmir as a disputed region between India and Pakistan. It takes a people-centered approach to delve into Kashmiri experiences to capture the complexity of popular discourses and nationalist rhetoric. • Contributes to understanding of themes of identity, sovereignty, and self-determination • Provides a historically grounded study of post-colonial Kashmir • Addresses the political trajectory that led to India’s recent unilateral decision to ultimately abrogate Article 370 and Article 35 A of the Indian constitution, the basis of Kashmir’s constitutional relationship with India December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-49046-7 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00

Brewing Resistance Indian Coffee House and the Emergency in Postcolonial India Kristin Victoria Magistrelli Plys | University of Toronto

This book details the movement against India’s Emergency based on newly uncovered archival evidence and oral histories. • Places the significance of the Emergency in global and historical context • Shows how both left and right movements formed linkages in order to resist the state during Emergency September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.355pp 978-1-108-49052-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Housing and Politics in Urban India

Amnon Aran | City University London

The first study of Israeli foreign policy towards the Middle East and selected world powers, including China, India, the European Union and the US since the end of the Cold War to the present, providing essential historical context for the domestic political scene during these pivotal decades. • Provides the first account of Israeli foreign policy since the end of the Cold War to the present • Demonstrates how Israeli foreign policy has been shaped by three domestic factors, the decision-makers, the security network and Israeli national identity • Offers new information about specific episodes in Israeli foreign policy since the end of the Cold War Cambridge Middle East Studies, 61

December 2020 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-05249-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-83602-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Shahla Hussain | St. John’s University, USA

The Muslim Brotherhood in Jordan

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-83965-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-81353-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

This book departs from the conventional Kashmir-centric analysis of the conflict situation and expands the debate by linking it critically to the aspirations of Jammu region. Rich with narratives, this book talks about the Jammu and Kashmir conflict from the perspective of marginalized Hindu communities of the region. • Brings Jammu at the centre stage of conflict and explores the voices of the people along the border • Highlights the diversity of Jammu and Kashmir • Looks at socio-political issues beyond the conflict

Opportunities and Contention Swetha Rao Dhananka | University of Applied Sciences and Arts Western Switzerland (HES-SO), School of Social Work Fribourg (HETS-FR)

Provides a comprehensive insight into community processes and the imbricated worlds of formal policy prescription, implementation and informal practices of negotiation and political loyalties that affect housing provisions for the urban poor. • Maps India’s political opportunities in its institutional blueprint, but also in everyday practices • Fine-grained analysis of India’s formal and informal set-up to understand ongoing social and political dynamics • Combines concepts from various disciplines and northern and southern contexts to provide a rich analytical toolkit September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-48426-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Toxic Politics

Securing China’s Northwest Frontier

China’s Environmental Health Crisis and its Challenge to the Chinese State Yanzhong Huang | Council on Foreign Relations and Seton Hall University

Identity and Insecurity in Xinjiang David Tobin | University of Manchester

This book is for policymakers, students, scholars, and concerned citizens who are interested in Chinese affairs, politics, international relations, the environment, public health, and public policy. Huang presents new evidence of China’s deepening health crisis and examines the implications for Chinese politics and China’s international ascendance. • Explains China’s deepening health crisis as a failure of governance connected to pathologies inherent in the Chinese state • Maps implications for the future, considering the resilience of the Chinese party-state, the viability of the China model, and China’s ability to project its influence internationally • Integrates perspectives from research on the environment, public health, policy, politics, and international relations November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84191-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-81528-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.288pp 978-1-108-48840-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Volatility Curse Exogenous Shocks and Representation in Resource-Rich Democracies Daniela Campello | Getulio Vargas Foundation

The Children of China’s Great Migration Rachel Murphy | University of Oxford

A longitudinal exploration of how different left-behind rural Chinese children are affected by family separation, how they feel about their migrant parents and current caregivers, and how they deal with intense study pressures in the face of disadvantage. A key text for those interested in family, gender, education, development and migration. • Based on rich first-hand interviews with left-behind children and their caregivers, as well as migrant parents in the cities • Casts fresh light on changing gender and generational relationships in rural families as China rapidly urbanizes • Provides a multi-faceted insight into children’s experiences of parental migration and how their experiences, sentiments and relationships evolve overtime August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83485-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

In the first study to incorporate majority Han and minority Uyghur perspectives on ethnic relations in Xinjiang following mass violence during July 2009, David Tobin analyses how official policy shapes identity and security dynamics on China’s northwest frontier. • Brings the region of Xinjiang into mainstream debates on China’s domestic and foreign policy • The first book to use fieldwork in Ürümchi following the July 2009 violence • Shows how Chinese nationalism shapes and is shaped by Xinjiang’s history of integration into China

Economic performance is a strong predictor of political outcomes, but in much of the developing world it is highly dependent on exogenous international factors. Examining implications for democracy, this book is for scholars and students of international and comparative political economy, democratic theory, behavior, and Latin American politics. • Challenges assumptions about economic voting as a mechanism of democratic accountability, showing the limits of this for developing countries where economic performance is volatile and highly contingent on exogenous international factors • Derives insights from cross-national analysis, drawing on macro- and micro-level evidence from Latin America and other regions • Examines how (exogenously induced) economic volatility shapes both voter behavior and the incentives for politicians • Highlights how economic volatility contributes to explain political instability and weak institutions November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-84179-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-79535-7 Paperback c. £28.99 / c. US$36.99

P P

Authoritarian Police in Democracy Contested Security in Latin America Yanilda María González | Harvard University, Massachusetts

From Empire to Nation State Ethnic Politics in China Yan Sun | City University of New York

Many scholars perceive ethnic politics in China as an untouchable topic due to lack of data and contentious, even prohibitive, politics. This book reveals rare knowledge and findings, offering a historical-political perspective on China’s contemporary ethnic conflict to reveal its roots in its incomplete transition from empire to nation state. • Reveals rare knowledge and findings through field trips, local contacts and conversations, a large body of local documents, reports and policy debates • Provides comparative contexts from different ethnic groups and regions • Shows how China’s ethnic strife is rooted in historical legacies, which also highlighting how it is affected by contemporary issues September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 2 b/w illus. 1 map 30 tables 978-1-108-84029-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-79441-1 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

This book explains the persistence of violent, unaccountable policing in Latin American democracies. It is for scholars, students, educators, policy makers, journalists, advocates, and ordinary citizens who are concerned with the relationship between police and communities, human rights, democracy, and police reform. • Develops a theoretical framework to understand the structural power of police as political actors and to elucidate the tensions between police and democracy • Provides comparative analysis of police reform and continuity over time and across three countries • Brings together theoretically and substantively important debates across scholarly literatures that do not typically engage with each other December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-83039-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-108-82074-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

C C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

The Inclusionary Turn in Latin American Democracies

The Political Economy of the Kimberley Process

Edited by Diana Kapiszewski | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Nathan Munier | Tokyo International University

Latin America has a long history of political, socioeconomic, and ethnic exclusion. This book examines how enduring democracy, amid this inequality, engendered a movement toward greater inclusion across the region. Explaining unprecedented reforms and limits to further change, it will appeal to scholars of Latin American and comparative politics. • Provides a clear conceptual and theoretical framework that unifies diverse chapters • Includes a range of leading scholars, and offers readers a rich set of studies covering the theme of inclusion • Presents original arguments in a language accessible to undergraduates and other readers without specialized training in political science

Investigating state responses to the Kimberley Process, an ambitious international agreement meant to reduce the trade of conflict diamonds, this study looks at the political economy of resource-wealthy states in Africa to understand why some African states have higher levels of compliance and co-operation than others. • Investigates the Kimberley Process, one of the most ambitious international agreements in history aimed at reducing the trade of conflict diamonds • Focuses on the domestic political economy of states, in contrast to past theories of state responses to international agreements • Uses cross country comparisons to explain why states that regularly ignore international agreements will use scarce resources to raise their level of compliance with the Kimberley Process

November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.420pp 978-1-108-84204-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.210pp 7 tables 978-1-108-83970-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Decadent Developmentalism The Political Economy of Democratic Brazil Matthew M. Taylor | American University, Washington DC

This book describes the institutional context that has thwarted the emergence of either a capable developmental or a neoliberal alternative in Brazil since the return to democracy in 1985. The work is a key source for scholars and students of comparative political economy, political science, economics, sociology, and development studies. • Offers a comprehensive overview of the five interlocking institutional domains that have defined Brazil’s political economy since 1985 • Provides a theoretical argument for why incremental reforms may not sum up to a significant shift in the overall performance of a national economy • Opens a dialogue between disparate literatures on economics, business, executive-legislative relations, judicial oversight and bureaucratic politics November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.340pp 978-1-108-84228-0 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$105.00

The Political Logic of Criminal Wars in Mexico Guillermo Trejo | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book is for scholars, students, journalists, and policy makers who study criminal violence, narco wars, transitions to democracy, corruption, and Mexican and Latin American politics. It analyzes the outbreak and intensification of Mexico’s crime wars, revealing the political foundations of largescale criminal violence in new democracies. • Develops a political theory of peace and violence in the criminal underworld to explain the outbreak of criminal wars in new democracies • Provides the first complete scholarly account of the outbreak and intensification of Mexico’s narco wars over the previous decades • Uses a multi-method approach, combining extensive statistical analyses and case studies, to assess the causal impact of political variables on the dynamics of criminal violence while also testing rival economic and social explanations Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.354pp 978-1-108-84174-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-79527-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Roadblock Politics The Origins of Violence in Central Africa Peer Schouten | Danish Institute for International Studies

Using the roadblock as an entry point, Schouten delves into the turbulent history and ongoing conflicts in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and the Central African Republic (CAR), offering a unique approach to what drives state formation and conflict in the region – one revolving around control over movement instead of territory or people. • Focuses on a crucial element of what drives conflict and governance in Central Africa • Maps more than a thousand roadblocks in the region to show how rebels and state security forces exercise control and have power over these narrow points of passage • Offers a radical alternative to explanations that foreground control over minerals, territory or population as key drivers of Central Africa’s violent history December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.256pp 978-1-108-49401-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-71381-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Votes, Drugs, and Violence

P P

Science, Policy and Development in Africa Challenges and Prospects R. Sooryamoorthy | University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

Offering a comprehensive historical and empirical study of science in both colonial and postcolonial Africa, R. Sooryamoorthy brings to light the connections between science, policy and development in African nations for important insights into potential opportunities and challenges facing Africa in science, technology and development. • A comprehensive study of science in both colonial and post-colonial Africa • Provides an in-depth understanding of the connection between the production of science and the development of society • Provides important insights into the potential and challenges for Africa in science, technology and development September 2020 228 x 152 mm 352pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-108-84203-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas / Psychology

Psychology

Jihadists of North Africa and the Sahel Local Politics and Rebel Groups Alexander Thurston | University of Cincinnati

Looking at jihadist movements from the inside, examining their internal disagreements and how they relate to the communities around them, this study draws on case studies from North Africa and the Sahel to shed new light on the phenomenon of mass-based jihadist movements and proto-states. • Looks at jihadist movements from the inside, uncovering their activities and internal politics over the past three decades in North Africa and the Sahel • Demystifies and contextualises jihadist propaganda using in-depth, critical analysis of Arabic-language jihadist statements • Offers policymakers new ways of thinking about the causes of insecurity by engaging with widespread assumptions about what motivates jihadists October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.292pp 978-1-108-48866-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-72686-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Constraining Dictatorship From Personalized Rule to Institutionalized Regimes Anne Meng | University of Virginia

By examining the emergence of constitutional rules and power-sharing in Africa, Meng explains how some dictatorships become institutionalized, rulebased systems. This book is of interest to scholars of African and comparative politics studying political economy, formal theory, democratization, comparative constitutions, and presidential power. • Introduces an original dataset that offers readers new measures of regime institutionalization • Offers a clear, thorough application of case studies to the theoretical scholarship on authoritarian regimes • Adopts a mixed-methods approach that presents technical material in accessible language Political Economy of Institutions and Decisions

August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.264pp 32 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-108-83489-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-79247-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 P

The Science of Violent Behavior Development and Prevention Contributions of the Second World War Generation Edited by Richard E. Tremblay | Université de Montréal

This book describes the lives of 12 people born in Europe and North America during World War II, who became leading scholars on the development and prevention of human violence. The reader will discover very different life histories, whose paths crossed with time, creating an exceptional international network of scientists. • Describes the development, from birth to retirement, of twelve outstanding scientists who pioneered longitudinal and experimental research on the development and prevention of violent behaviour • Provides exceptional examples of the numerous developmental paths leading to excellence in research on human development • Outlines how scientists from different backgrounds, different disciplines, and different countries created a science of violence development and prevention • Summarises the next generations’ perspective on what steps will need to be taken to advance knowledge and initiate positive action December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-83481-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Meet Up! Better Meetings Through Nudging Martin J. Eppler | Universität St Gallen, Switzerland

For those who lead or participate in meetings, learn to make those meetings more productive and enjoyable. Based on behavioral economics, this book shows 100 ways to hack the human subconscious and make meetings more successful by improving focus, orientation, involvement, and commitment. • Provides an explanation of the nudge theory and six principles of how nudging affects our behavior subconsciously • Presents four relevant areas for improving meeting productivity: focus, orientation, involvement, and commitment • Demonstrates 100 very practical nudges for inducing meeting productivity that can be used by any meeting leader or participant December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.185pp 978-1-108-83075-1 Hardback c. £49.00 / c. US$59.00 978-1-108-82879-6 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$19.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Psychology

TEXTBOOK

Beyond Virtue

Learning and Memory

The Politics of Educating Emotions Liz Jackson | The University of Hong Kong

Second edition David A. Lieberman

An engaging introduction to learning and memory that encourages critical thinking while providing stimulating material on human research and how it can be applied. Examples include behavioral treatments of autism, recovered memory, and improving studying. The text concludes with the remarkable achievements of neural networks and deep learning. • New critical thinking questions interwoven throughout the text, encouraging students to evaluate their reactions to the material they’ve read and to relate the findings to their own lives • Streamlined presentation of the Rescorla-Wagner model to improve student comprehension of this classic theory • Includes the latest research on cutting-edge topics such as neural networks and deep learning, explaining how extraordinarily simple processes can give rise to extraordinarily sophisticated behaviors • Lively and engaging writing style to stimulate and engage students • Promotes critical thinking in students with in-depth discussions of the methodology of selected experiments, emphasising depth rather than breath Contents: Part I. Learning: 1. Core Assumptions; 2. Classical Conditioning; 3. Conditioning Principles and Theories; 4. Conditioning Applications; 5 Reinforcement; 6. Reinforcement Applications; 7. Punishment; 8. Theories of Reinforcement; Part II. Memory: 9. Memory: An Introduction; 10. Working Memory; 11. Long-term Memory; 12. Retrieval; 13. Applications; Part III. Neural Foundations: 14. From Neurons to Neural Networks. October 2020 246 x 189 mm c.630pp 978-1-108-42861-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 978-1-108-45073-7 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

X X

The Psychology of Social Influence Modes and Modalities of Shifting Common Sense Gordon Sammut | University of Malta

This volume provides an integrated view of different manifestations of social influence grounded in socio-political concerns. It brings together a range of modalities of influence – such as crowds, leadership, norm formation, conformity, obedience, resistance, and persuasion – in a unified diagnostic periodic table of social influences. • Provides a comprehensive treatment of social influences modalities • Combines theories of social influence, showing how the manifestation of social influence occurs in a dynamic interplay of different modes of interaction • Grounds various modalities of influence using practical, real-life examples • Lays out the implications of social influence findings and how these impact other social and psychological domains of inquiry such as beliefs, attitudes, behaviour, and common sense November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-41637-5 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-40289-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

By integrating research from psychology, philosophy, sociology, and feminist theory about educating emotions, this book covers a range of pedagogies and practices in schools. Suitable for teachers, school leaders, and educational researchers, it explores the cultural aspects of teaching about emotions, character education, and related strategies. • Explores the cultural differences and relational aspects of classroom practices • Discusses a range of pedagogies and practices in schools • Integrates findings from psychology, philosophy, sociology, and feminist theory about educating emotions • Highlights the strengths and weaknesses related to social and emotional learning, character education, and related strategies Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

December 2020 229 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-48213-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Motivating Self and Others Thriving with Social Purpose, Life Meaning, and the Pursuit of Core Personal Goals Martin E. Ford | George Mason University, Virginia

This book integrates evidence from motivational and evolutionary science to explain the essential nature of human motivation. Scholars, professionals, leaders, and students in psychology, education, and business will learn how goal-life alignment and ‘thriving with social purpose’ can inspire optimal functioning and enhance life meaning. • Presents a scientifically defensible way of thinking about human behaviour that recognizes that a strong sense of social purpose is a key motivator • Integrates theory and research on human motivation using an inclusive strategy that identifies the best ideas and evidence for both scientific and applied purposes • Organizes the concepts into a comprehensive framework that guides intervention efforts • Tells the story of how motivational processes evolved • Offers a new theory of life meaning that explains the central role that feelings of life meaning play in human motivation October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.500pp 21 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-49165-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-79878-5 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99 P

Psychology

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Ethical Dilemmas in Schools

Frame It Again

Collaborative Inquiry, Decision-Making, and Action Douglas J. Simpson | Texas Tech University

New Tools for Rational Decision-Making José Luis Bermúdez | Texas A & M University

This book is a compelling study of fictional school personnel as they grapple with existential and theoretical issues over a decade. The examination of educational ethics involves aspiring and practising educators in professional decisionmaking and appropriate and inappropriate actions. • Uses cases drawn from experience and enduring dilemmas to create a context where the principal, staff, parents and students work through and grow from addressing them • Provides multi-disciplinary perspectives and diverse ethical theories • Encourages a collaborative approach by employing ordinary-language and multiple stakeholders • Each chapter includes situations integrated into the text and ends with an extensive case set in a common context November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-49147-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-79833-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

This book will appeal to those seeking tools for rational problem-solving and effective political engagement. Framing effects are everywhere. Being influenced by them is not a sign of irrationality. This book shows the power of rational framing in tackling personal dilemmas and breaking the deadlock in contemporary political discourse. • Presents a controversial and important central claim: framing effects can be tools for rational problem-solving • Shows how rational frames can help solve practical dilemmas in personal and social life • Develop a new framework for thinking about internal and collective conflicts • Discusses a wide range of examples from contemporary life, the history of literature, philosophy, and psychology • Explains all the theoretical concepts and important experiments without jargon and using the author’s trademark clarity October 2020 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-19293-5 Hardback £18.99 / US$24.95

TEXTBOOK

Learning to Make a Difference Value Creation in Social Learning Spaces Etienne Wenger-Trayner | University of Brighton

Habits

This book offers a framework for learning to have an impact: engaging with others, monitoring the value this creates, and making adjustments onthe-go. It is written for researchers, educators, and leaders in business, government, healthcare, and international development with or without prior knowledge of learning theory. • Provides a truly thorough treatment of the value-creation framework • Introduces a fairly complex theory using ordinary language, clear explanations, and concrete examples • Takes a theoretically rigorous and practically oriented approach • Supplies an overview and reading itineraries for each section Contents: Prologue: The Difference We Care to Make; Introduction: How to Read this Book; Part I. Foundation: Value Creation in Social Learning Spaces: Part I Section 1. Social Learning Spaces: 1. Social Learning Spaces; 2. What About Communities of Practice?; 3. Social Learning Spaces and Other Structures; Part I Section 2. Value Creation: Agency and Social Learning Modes: 4. The Perspective of Value Creation; 5. Agency and Social Learning Modes; Part II. Framework: Part II Section 1. Generating Value: Value-Creation Cycles: 6. Immediate and Potential; 7. Applied and Realized Value; 8. Enabling and Strategic Value; 9. Orienting and Transformative Value; Part II Section 2. Translating Value: Flows and Loops: 10. Flows into Learning Loops; 11. Flows into Other Social Learning Spaces; Part II Section 3. Framing: Aspirations and Uncertainties: 12. Framing Participation; 13. Framing Value Creation; 14. Conducting a Framing Event; Part II Section 4. Evaluating: Effect and Contribution:15. Effect Data: Deriving and Monitoring Indicators; 16. Contribution Data: Collecting Value-Creation Stories; 17. Consolidating and Integrating the Dataset; 18. The Art of Making Value Visible; Epilogue: An Ongoing Journey. September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49716-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-73953-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99

P P

Pragmatist Approaches from Cognitive Science, Neuroscience, and Social Theory Edited by Fausto Caruana | Institute of Neuroscience (Parma), Italian National Research Council

Combining research from renowned philosophers, cognitive scientists, neuroscientists, and social theorists, this book demonstrates the pragmatist notion of habit as a unifying concept for many disciplines. Suitable for graduate students and researchers interested in philosophy, cognitive science, neuroscience, psychology, and social theory. • Provides the first comprehensive, interdisciplinary account of the notion of habit • Offers a conceptual background which benefits the dialogue between social theory and cognitive sciences • Contributes to a pragmatist turn in current research on mind, action and society November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-49844-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Argumentation The Art of Persuasion Raymond S. Nickerson | Tufts University, Massachusetts

Argumentation outlines different types of arguments and how they influence beliefs and behaviour. It offers graduate students, researchers, and instructors on human reasoning advice on how to evaluate arguments. Serving as a source for understanding arguments in decisionmaking, it is ideal for courses on cognition, reasoning, and psychology. • Describes different types of arguments and facilitates the evaluation of arguments • Defines arguments as attempts to influence beliefs and behavior • Illustrates the importance of arguments in daily reasoning and decision-making • Identifies fallacies, biases, and other reasoning flaws that are commonly found in arguments October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-83526-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-79987-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Psychology

TEXTBOOK

In the Know

Substance Use Disorders

Debunking 35 Myths about Human Intelligence Russell T. Warne | Utah Valley University

Readers will not need advanced training in psychology, statistics, or neuroscience to enjoy this book. Insightful and packed with scientific knowledge, this guide provides a better understanding of critical issues, such as bias in IQ tests, the importance of intelligence for work success, the genetics of intelligence, and much more. • Highlights the severe mismatch between popular beliefs about intelligence/IQ and the scientific research on the topic • Gives non-experts a firm understanding of intelligence • Shows how the willingness of people to deny the existence of intelligence and/or its importance in everyday life is harmful • Outlines why intelligence matters and the importance of acknowledging IQ differences October 2020 228 x 152 mm 434pp 978-1-108-49334-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.00 978-1-108-71781-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P T

TEXTBOOK

Introduction to Clinical Psychology Bridging Science and Practice Ninth edition Douglas A. Bernstein | University of South Florida

A clearly written introduction to the science and practice of clinical psychology for intellectually curious undergraduates who may or may not be psychology majors, but who have an interest in the field. Readers whose backgrounds include coursework in introductory psychology and abnormal psychology will find the book especially valuable. • Includes sections on both major historical influences on the development of the science of clinical psychology and on exciting innovations in the field (such as in technology and other novel delivery models) • Highlights the wide range of clinical psychologists’ contributions to research, assessment, and treatment of mental disorder • Tells the whole story of activities in the field, including research on assessment and treatment as well as teaching, consulting, and administration Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Significant dates and events in the history of clinical psychology; 1. What is clinical psychology?; 2. Clinical psychology’s past, present, and future; 3. Basic features of clinical assessment, classification, and diagnosis; 4. Interviewing and observation in clinical psychology; 5. Testing in clinical psychology; 6. Basic features of clinical interventions; 7. Research on clinical interventions; 8. Psychoanalytic, psychodynamic, and humanistic psychotherapies; 9. Cognitive, behavioral, and acceptance-based psychotherapies; 10. Delivering mental health services; 11. Clinical psychology for youth and older adults; 12. Clinical psychology, health, and well-being; 13. Clinical neuropsychology; 14. Forensic psychology; 15. Training and practice issues in clinical psychology; 16. Getting into graduate school in clinical psychology; References; Name index; Subject index. November 2020 253 x 177 mm c.600pp 55 b/w illus. 30 colour illus. 58 tables 978-1-108-48437-4 Hardback £115.00 / US$150.00 X 978-1-108-73579-7 Paperback £59.99 / US$79.99 X

A Biopsychosocial Perspective Perry M. Duncan | Old Dominion University, Virginia

Suitable for advanced undergraduates or graduate students in psychology, counseling, social work, nursing, or medicine, this book surveys evidence about substance use disorders from a range of fields; including genetics, pharmacology, neuroscience, psychiatry, and psychology, as well as personal accounts of individuals with substance use issues. • Lays out the history and current status of disease theory, including its benefits, supporting evidence, and limitations • Looks into the nature and role of mutual-assistance groups, such as Alcoholics Anonymous, in promoting recovery from addiction • Includes real-life examples that illustrate the essential features of substance use disorders • Describes addiction as a behavioural disorder with disease-like characteristics and biopsychosocial origins Contents: List of figures; List of tables; List of boxes; Preface; Acknowledgements; Organization of the book; Part I. Identifying the Causes and Consequences of Disordered Substance Use; 1.The biopsychosocial perspective and research methods for investigation of substance use disorders; 2. Diagnosis of substance use disorders; 3. The disease concept; Part II. The Neuroscience of Substance Use Disorders; 4. Psychopharmacology: drug effects on brain function; 5. Brain function and substance use disorders; Part III. Biopsychosocial Risk Factors; 6. Genetic influence on substance use disorders; 7. Behavioral, cognitive and social factors promoting SUD; 8. Psychiatric disorders, personality and developmental factors; Part IV. Use Disorders with Specific Drugs; 9. Alcohol: a dangerous drug; 10. Alcohol use disorders; 11. Tobacco use and nicotine addiction; 12. Cannabis use disorders; 13. Use disorders of cocaine and methamphetamine; 14. Opioid use disorders; 15. Tranquilizers and sedative use disorders; Part V. Treatment of Substance Use Disorders; 16. Treatment of substance use disorders; References; Index August 2020 247 x 174 mm 400pp 83 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-0-521-87777-0 Hardback £150.00 / US$200.00 M 978-1-108-81909-1 Paperback £74.99 / US$99.99 M

Time and Body Phenomenological and Psychopathological Approaches Edited by Christian Tewes | Heidelberg University Hospital

This book guides advanced undergraduates, researchers and practitioners through current debates at the interface of psychology, phenomenology, and psychiatry. It demonstrates how psychopathology benefits from phenomenological and embodied approaches, and how they combine to apply to a range of mental disorders. • Provides new insights into how psychopathology can benefit from phenomenological and embodied research • Advances an interdisciplinary understanding of how temporality, the lived body, and the social nature of mind relate to mental disorders • Gathers perspectives from leading scholars advancing phenomenologically oriented cognitive science November 2020 229 x 152 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-48935-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Psychology

Leaders Who Lust

Wounded Healers

Power, Money, Sex, Success, Legitimacy, Legacy Barbara Kellerman | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Tribulations and Triumphs of Pioneering Psychotherapists Keh-Ming Lin | University of California, Los Angeles

Academic research on the psychology of leadership is presented in jargon-free language to highlight the traits, behaviours, and motivations of leaders who lust. This book outlines what lust is: how, where, and when it is manifested in leaders particularly, and what lessons can be learned by leaders and followers alike. • Exposes the various and variegated lusts that drive some of the world’s greatest leaders • Reveals the links between leadership and lust • Explores the inextricable ties between leaders who lust and their followers – some willing, some unwilling • Tells tales of leaders who lust – from Xi Jinping to Hillary Clinton, from Silvio Berlusconi to Tom Brady, and from Charles Koch to Melinda Gates • Highlights the real-world implications for the followers of lustful leaders – for individuals and institutions, for policies and practices, for groups and organizations worldwide September 2020 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-108-49116-7 Hardback £25.00 / US$29.95

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-47991-2 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-79096-3 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$36.99

M M

The Art of Presenting

Publishing Journal Articles

Delivering Successful Presentations in the Social Sciences and Humanities Fieke Harinck | Universiteit Leiden

A Scientific Guide for New Authors Worldwide Zheng Yan | University at Albany, State University of New York

With over fifty real-life cases and the framework of Nobel laureate Daniel Kahneman’s theory, the book’s structure generally matches a graduate course curriculum. This book explains the conceptual foundation and the future of the science of journal publication. It also provides research-based strategies for planning, writing, and publishing. • Maps out the conceptual foundation for the science of journal publication • Describes key strategies of planning, writing, and publishing journal articles based on the current literature of the science of journal publication • Includes over fifty real-life cases • Presents the future of the science of journal publication • Contains an introduction-discussion-conclusion structure that generally matches the layout of a typical sixteen-week graduate course • Based on Daniel Kahneman’s intuitive judgement theory, focusing on System 1 (imperfect intuition), System 2 (rational thinking), and System 3 (skilled intuition) November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-41734-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-40493-8 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

Freud was addicted to cocaine and nicotine, Jung was psychotic for years, and Margaret Mead remained closeted throughout her lifetime. This book includes fifteen wounded healers whose own struggles enabled them to show us the immensity and richness of our unconscious minds and reshaped the modern world. • Explores the process of transformation turning vulnerability into sources of strength • Shows how theories of different schools of depth psychology are linked with their founders’ life experiences, including personal trauma and the ethos of the time • Encourages those learning or seeking therapy to view their own difficulties in a potentially positive light • Uses information about the relationship between life’s vicissitudes and creativity to help destigmatize mental illness

P P

This book is written for academics working in the social sciences and humanities. It uses insights from psychology, as well as the theatre, to offer a complete guide for delivering successful academic presentations, coping with stress, addressing different audiences, managing cultural differences, and navigating the world of conferences. • Gives advice on how to deliver presentations that highlight the importance and quality of your work • Presents top tips on best practice for dealing with presentation anxiety, cultural differences, non-verbal behaviour, dress code, and networking • Includes suggestions on how to design slides, address different audiences, and make the most of conferences August 2020 228 x 152 mm 182pp 978-1-107-13907-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-316-50431-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P P

The Breadth of Visual Attention Stephanie C. Goodhew | Australian National University, Canberra

This Element is for researchers seeking to understand visual attentional breadth. It critically considers the conceptualisation, measurement, and manipulation of attentional breadth, and how changing breadth impacts perceptual performance. The Element reviews the current ‘state of the art’, and provides useful frameworks for shaping future science. Elements in Perception

June 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-79621-7 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Psychology / Social science research methods

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Crossmodal Attention Applied

The Cambridge Handbook of Intercultural Training

Lessons for and from Driving Charles Spence | University of Oxford

Fourth edition Edited by Dan Landis | University of Hawaii, Hilo

In this Element laboratory studies on crossmodal attention are situated within the applied context of driving. The conditions favoured by laboratory research, typically using a few paradigms involving simplified experimental conditions, is contrasted with multisensory, real-world environments filled with complex, intrinsically-meaningful stimuli. Elements in Perception

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-82650-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Attentional Selection Top-Down, Bottom-Up and History-Based Biases Jan Theeuwes | Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam

Proposes a framework in which it is assumed that visual selection is the result of the interaction between top-down, bottom-up and selectionhistory factors. Also discussed are top-down attentional engagement and suppression, bottomup selection by abrupt onsets and static singletons as well as lingering biases due to selection-history.

This handbook presents the rational and scientific foundations of intercultural training to students, managers, and professionals undertaking international assignments. It discusses the findings from many disciplines that zero in on cultural transitions, including emotion studies, neuroscience, and social work. • Presents findings from many disciplines that zero in on the understanding of cultural transitions, including emotion studies, neuroscience, and social work • Prepares people to work effectively within unfamiliar countries and cultures • Reviews training methodologies and their benefits • Describes the history of intercultural communication and its developments to highlight how to improve the practice of intercultural training today Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

August 2020 244 x 170 mm 790pp 978-1-108-49056-6 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00 978-1-108-79590-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

R P

Elements in Perception

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-81306-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Culture, Mind, and Brain Emerging Concepts, Models, and Applications Edited by Laurence J. Kirmayer | McGill University, Montréal

Human biology is cultural biology – we develop and live our lives in socially constructed worlds that vary widely in their structure, values, and institutions. This volume examines how our biology interacts with our immense cultural diversity to shape our experience, psychology, and imagination. • Brings together a diverse group of researchers to take a fresh look at emerging concepts, tools, models, and data in culture, mind, and brain interactions • Bridges disciplines with dynamic developmental and ecological models • Explores integrative approaches to studying the relationships between culture, mind, and brain Current Perspectives in Social and Behavioral Sciences

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.352pp 978-1-108-48414-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00

Social science research methods Smartphones within Psychological Science David A. Ellis | Information, Decisions and Operations, School of Management University of Bath

Over 2 billion people carry small, powerful computers that track an increasing number of behavioural and environmental metrics a.k.a. smartphones. Psychological science can now conduct research at a scale never previously possible. This documents the successes and ongoing challenges associated with interdisciplinary research in the digital age. • Readers can understand the content without requiring a technical background • Evaluates the progress that psychology has made when it comes to understanding the impact of technology on people and society • Proposes how the research base can productively evolve and stop repeating mistakes of the past September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-49795-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-70934-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Social science research methods / Sociology

Rapid Ethnographies

Numbers in India’s Periphery

A Practical Guide Cecilia Vindrola-Padros | University College London

The Political Economy of Government Statistics Ankush Agrawal | Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi

Written by a leading expert, this is a practical guide to rapid ethnographies, showing how they can be used to carry out successful research projects quickly and effectively. It includes a wide range of case studies, making it invaluable for researchers in a variety of disciplines. • Includes short vignette examples, with reflections from the author, and case studies with examples of published studies, to show how the theory can be applied in practice • Provides appendices with practical tools that can be implemented by the reader in their own work • Contains an annotated bibliography that can be used by the reader to search for examples of rapid ethnographies on topics of interest

Analyses the quality of statistics such as geographic area, census population and sample survey statistics in a developing country. Using field interviews, archival sources, and secondary data, it explores the shifting relations between various kinds of statistics over their lifecycles and charts their cradle-to-grave political career. • Explores the quality of area, census population, and sample survey statistics over seven decades • Uncovers the dynamic relations between data, development, and democracy in developing countries • Reveals statistics as social artefacts shaped over their lifecycles by political and economic factors

October 2020 246 x 189 mm c.275pp 978-1-108-49336-9 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$97.99 978-1-108-73699-2 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.390pp 978-1-108-48672-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Grassroots Environmentalism Suzanne Staggenborg | University of Pittsburgh

Sociology The Cambridge Handbook of Social Theory Edited by Peter Kivisto | Augustana College, Illinois

This two-volume handbook of social theory consists of forty original contributions. The researchers take stock of the state of social theory and its relationship to the canon, exploring the nature, purpose, and meaning of social theory; the significance of the classics; the impact of specific individual and theory schools; and more. • Appeals to the social sciences in general, rather than just sociological theory • Synthesizes a body of knowledge about social theory in sociology • Offers a wide-ranging treatment of contemporary theory and its applications October 2020 253 x 177 mm 1300pp 978-1-107-13170-5 2 Volume Hardback Set

c. £225.00 / c. US$365.00 R

Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-47848-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-74586-4 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

The Marx Revival

Crime, Deviance and Society

Key Concepts and New Interpretations Edited by Marcello Musto | York University, Toronto

An international set of eminent scholars examine the contemporary relevance and continuing contribution of Marx’s work. This indispensable volume presents Marx’s theories in a new light, both for specialists who might think they already know everything about Marx and for a new generation of readers who are approaching his work for the first time. • International spread of authors, from several disciplines, countries and backgrounds • Written in an accessible style, for academic and general readers alike • Includes the most updated philological discoveries on Marx (based on the Marx-Engels-Gesamtausgabe edition) which help in presenting him in a new light compared to the past June 2020 228 x 152 mm 442pp 978-1-107-11792-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-54216-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Examining both the promise of grassroots environmental activism and the challenges activists face, Staggenborg provides an inside look at grassroots organizing across five diverse organizations. This book is for scholars and students of political science and sociology, as well as anyone interested in pressing environmental issues. • Details participation in five grassroots organizations that vary by structure and culture • Examines organizational dynamics to offer important insight for activists seeking to make movements more effective and sustain energy over time • Reveals both what can be accomplished by grassroots activists and why organizing is so difficult

P P

An Introduction to Sociological Criminology Ana Rodas | Western Sydney University

Crime, Deviance and Society: An Introduction to Sociological Criminology offers a comprehensive introduction to criminological theory. The book introduces key sociological theories, examines how traditional approaches have influenced the ways in which crime and deviance are constructed, and provides an account of contemporary theories and debates. • A ‘specialty’ text focussed on the analysis of theoretical concepts and their application to contemporary social issues • Accompanied by a suite of resources in the form of lesson plans, which provide supporting material for teaching criminological theories. These plans incorporate innovative ‘blended learning’ practices that make use of innovations in online and face-to-face teaching Contents: 1. Introduction: Explaining crime and deviance; 2. The origins and influence of positivist thought; 3. Place and crime; 4. Anomie and strain; 5. Deviant and criminal subcultures; 6. Labelling: Constructing crime and deviance; 7. Indigeneity, race and criminal justice; 8. Women, punishment and victimisation; 9. Masculinity, crime and criminology;

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Sociology

10. The surveillance society and social control; 11. Political economy and crimes of the powerful; 12. Green criminology; 13. Cultural criminology; 14. The international dimensions of crime and deviance.

in Practice: 7. Income support; 8. Employment; 9. Housing; 10. Health care; 11. The family and child welfare; 12. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people; 13. Citizenship and globalisation; Summary and conclusion.

November 2020 247 x 174 mm c.500pp 13 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-43030-2 Paperback £59.99 / US$77.99 X

November 2020 247 x 174 mm c.428pp 12 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-65789-1 Print/online bundle £51.99 / US$68.95 PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Living in Networks The Dynamics of Social Relations Claire Bidart | Université d’Aix-Marseille

How are personal networks built and how do they evolve? How do relationships emerge and disintegrate? Are there inequalities in this regard? Are digital networks changing things? Grounded in sociological surveys, this book offers a new perspective on the dynamics of relationships and personal networks. • Implements surveys, one of which replicated a classic American survey, other involved interviewing young people for twenty years of their life, to confirm and illustrate the social dimension of personal networks • Provides a clear theory of the combined dynamics of relations and networks • Synthesises current knowledge on personal networks Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences, 49

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.225pp 978-1-108-84143-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-79483-1 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Witch Hunts

The Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Sociology Edited by Katharine Legun | University of Otago, New Zealand

A two-volume work featuring sixty chapters, The Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Sociology offers educators, students, and researchers a goto resource for learning about the cutting edge of research in the field, providing theoretical depth, global scope, and diversity of cases. • An overview of various theoretical approaches and empirical examples that reflect both the breadth and depth of the field • Chapters are written from a variety of disciplinary perspectives, reflecting the interdisciplinary nature of the field of environmental sociology • New directions in environmental sociological theory and new empirical examples are highlighted, with special attention to the current political context October 2020 253 x 177 mm c.1200pp 978-1-108-42930-6 2 Volume Hardback Set

c. £288.00 / c. US$360.00 R

The Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Sociology

Culture, Patriarchy and Structural Transformation Govind Kelkar | Landesa Rural Development Institute, New Delhi

This book is a unique intersectional analysis combining culture, gender struggles and structural including economic transformations, both in the formation of gendered class society, patriarchy and capitalism. • Unique intersectional analysis of culture, gender struggles and structural, including economic, transformation • Covers witch hunts in India, Africa, the Americas and early modern Europe September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-49051-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

TEXTBOOK

Australian Social Policy and the Human Services Third edition Ed Carson

Social policy encompasses the study of social needs, policy development and the administrative arrangements undertaken with the aim of improving citizen wellbeing and redressing disadvantage. This text introduces readers to the mechanisms of policy development, implementation and evaluation in Australia. • Equips readers with a critical understanding of the role of human service workers across a range of key policy areas • Addresses contemporary discourses and emerging issues in social policy • The new enhanced eBook contains a comprehensive suite of interactive pedagogical resources to support student understanding and engagement Contents: Introduction; Part I. Debates and Principles: 1. Fundamental debates in social policy; 2. Personal and professional values in human services practice; Part II. Australian Social Policy: 3. The history of Australian social policy; 4. The policy-making process; Part III. The Human Services: 5. Funding and governance in Australian human services; 6. Australian human services organisations; Part IV Australian Social Policy

Volume 1 Edited by Katharine Legun | University of Otago, New Zealand

A two-volume work featuring sixty chapters, The Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Sociology offers educators, students, and researchers a go-to resource for learning about the cutting edge of research in the field, providing theoretical depth, global scope, and diversity of cases • An overview of various theoretical approaches and empirical examples that reflect both the breadth and depth of the field • Chapters are written from a variety of disciplinary perspectives, reflecting the interdisciplinary nature of the field of environmental sociology • New directions in environmental sociological theory and new empirical examples are highlighted, with special attention to the current political context October 2020 253 x 177 mm c.600pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42932-0 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$200.00

Sociology / Statistics and probability

The Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Sociology

Asymptotic Analysis of Random Walks: LightTailed Distributions

Volume 2 Edited by Katharine Legun | University of Otago, New Zealand

A.A. Borovkov | Sobolev Institute of Mathematics, Russia

A two-volume work featuring sixty chapters, The Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Sociology offers educators, students, and researchers a go-to resource for learning about the cutting edge of research in the field, providing theoretical depth, global scope, and diversity of cases. • An overview of various theoretical approaches and empirical examples that reflect both the breadth and depth of the field • Chapters are written from a variety of disciplinary perspectives, reflecting the interdisciplinary nature of the field of environmental sociology. • New directions in environmental sociological theory and new empirical examples are highlighted, with special attention to the current political context October 2020 253 x 177 mm c.556pp 978-1-108-42933-7 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$200.00

Statistics and probability Practical Smoothing The Joys of P-splines Paul H.C. Eilers | Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam

P-splines are widely used in statistics and machine learning for smoothing out noise in data and to avoid overtraining. This practical guide covers theory and a range of standard and non-standard applications with code in R for professionals and researchers looking for a simple, flexible and powerful smoothing tool. • Readers will learn how to recognize and avoid potential problems with large data sets • 111 color illustrations and graphs demonstrate the flexibility and applicability of P-splines • The source code (in R), a supporting software package, and interactive programs are available on the companion website November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-48295-0 Hardback £46.99 / US$59.99

This is a complete and systematic modern treatise on large deviation theory for random walks with light-tailed jump distributions, presented by one of its key creators. Such distributions have numerous applications in statistics, ruin theory, and queuing theory. This is a companion to the author’s earlier monograph on heavytailed distributions. • The first unified systematic exposition of large deviation theory for light-tailed random walks • A leading specialist details the current state of affairs in this important research area • Offers a logical complement to Asymptotic Analysis of Random Walks: Heavy-Tailed Distributions Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 176

August 2020 234 x 156 mm 450pp 978-1-107-07468-2 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Processing Networks Fluid Models and Stability J. G. Dai | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

This compact and highly readable book presents a general class of stochastic network models to develop a fluid-based method for stability analysis. Geared toward researchers and graduate students in engineering and applied mathematics, applications include back-pressure control, fair resource allocation, data center operations, and packet networks. • Thorough explanations and illustrations, including pitfalls, equip readers to use the methods and avoid common errors • Applications in electrical engineering and computer science showcase the power of fluid-based stability analysis in technologically meaningful settings • Engaging presentation by two leading figures in the study of stochastic processing networks September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.390pp 978-1-108-48889-1 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99

Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers and Scientists A Practical Guide Faith A. Morrison | Michigan Technological University

Build the skills for determining appropriate error limits for quantities that matter with this essential toolkit. Whether you are new to the sciences or an experienced engineer, this useful text provides a practical approach to performing error analysis. • Organizes error analysis into random error, reading error and calibration error, and supplies worksheets for determining them • Provides a set of linked examples showing how error analysis impacts various aspects of a complex problem • Gives specific instructions for carrying out error analysis using both Excel and MATLAB® December 2020 228 x 152 mm c.370pp 978-1-108-47835-9 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-74574-1 Paperback c. £29.95 / c. US$39.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Computer science

Computational Approaches to the Network Science of Teams Liangyue Li | Amazon

Competitive Programming in Python 128 Algorithms to Develop your Coding Skills Christoph Dürr | Sorbonne University

This succinct book prepares students for IT job interviews and coding competitions. Readers will master 128 algorithms in Python by discovering the right way to tackle a problem and quickly implement a solution of low complexity. Source codes and unit tests are freely available to readers to practice their skills. • Companion website provides additional pedagogical material and links to online judges for problems listed in the book • Ninety-three figures help readers directly visualize the definitions and principles, and also illustrate counterarguments to see why naive approaches fail • Written in a direct engaging style, avoiding tedious formal language, for deep understanding of underlying principles • Assumes basic knowledge of programming, data structures, complexity analysis, and discrete math November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-71682-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Beyond the Worst-Case Analysis of Algorithms Edited by Tim Roughgarden | Columbia University, New York

Understanding when and why algorithms work is a fundamental challenge. For problems ranging from clustering to linear programming to neural networks there are significant gaps between empirical performance and prediction based on traditional worst-case analysis. The book introduces exciting new methods for assessing algorithm performance. • Most chapters include open research directions and exercises suitable for classroom use • First time this exciting research area has been covered by a book • Many applications, especially in machine learning October 2020 253 x 177 mm c.675pp 978-1-108-49431-1 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

Small Summaries for Big Data Graham Cormode | University of Warwick

The massive volume of data generated in modern applications requires the ability to build compact summaries of datasets. This introduction aimed at students and practitioners covers algorithms to describe massive data sets from simple sums to advanced probabilistic structures, with applications in big data, data science, and machine learning. • Examples, figures, and pseudocode enhance understanding of fundamentals and applications • Written in accessible plain English • Optional sections of advanced technical material provide further reading for experts without overwhelming novices September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-47744-4 Hardback £42.99 / US$54.99

This comprehensive review for researchers and practitioners in data mining and social networks surveys recent progress in team science. Focusing on underlying network structures, it presents models and algorithms for characterizing, predicting, optimizing, and explaining team performance, plus key applications, open challenges, and future trends. • Considers a variety of settings, such as research teams, entertainment teams, development teams, and sports teams • Discusses state-of-the-art techniques such as reinforcement learning and emerging topics such as human-agent teams • Prototype tools for modeling and optimizing teams are available online October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.160pp 978-1-108-49854-8 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

Textbook

Essentials of Pattern Recognition An Accessible Approach Jianxin Wu | Nanjing University, China

Introduces fundamental concepts, major models, and popular applications of pattern recognition for a one-semester undergraduate course. The text focuses on a relatively small number of core concepts with an abundance of illustrations and examples and provides extensive practice through student exercises. • Focuses on core concepts to ensure mastery of the fundamentals • Presents a strategy for problem-solving so that students can solve unfamiliar problems • Features an abundance of thought-provoking real-world issues and exercises to help students connect theory with practice • Patient, step-by-step explication of algorithms so that students understand which to apply in which situation Contents: Preface; Notation; Part I. Introduction and Overview: 1. Introduction; 2. Mathematical background; 3. Overview of a pattern recognition system; 4. Evaluation; Part II. Domain-Independent Feature Extraction: 5. Principal component analysis; 6. Fisher’s linear discriminant; Part III. Classifiers and Tools: 7. Support vector machines; 8. Probabilistic methods; 9. Distance metrics and data transformations; 10. Information theory and decision trees; Part IV. Handling Diverse Data Formats: 11. Sparse and misaligned data; 12. Hidden Markov model; Part V. Advanced Topics: 13. The normal distribution; 14. The basic idea behind expectation-maximization; 15. Convolutional neural networks; References; Index. November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.395pp 978-1-108-48346-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99

Computer science / Earth and environmental science

Earth and environmental science

Sentiment Analysis Mining Opinions, Sentiments, and Emotions Second edition Bing Liu | University of Illinois, Chicago

Sentiment analysis is the computational study of people’s opinions, emotions, and attitudes. This comprehensive introduction covers all core areas useful for researchers and practitioners in natural language processing, computer science, management sciences, and the social sciences. The second edition includes new deep learning analysis methods. • Data sets and slides available for instructors • Covers state-of-the-art research techniques and practical algorithms to form the most comprehensive text on sentiment analysis • Suitable for students, researchers and practitioners of computer science, management science, and social science • Gives practitioners the necessary knowledge to build a practical sentiment analysis system Studies in Natural Language Processing

September 2020 234 x 156 mm c.450pp 978-1-108-48637-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

Stephen de Mora | Plymouth Marine Laboratory

A comprehensive and global review of the impact of ships on the environment, written by a team of international authors. Topics include pollutant discharges, non-pollutant impacts and international legislation. It is ideal for advanced students, researchers of environmental science, practitioners of maritime law and policy, and marine business. • An authoritative text including interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary perspectives, showing how scientific research can influence marine and maritime management, as well as international law • Technical language is kept to a minimum creating an easily accessible guide for readers who don’t specialise in environmental science • Provides the reader with an understanding of the research that helps to safeguard our seas from damage by shipping Cambridge Environmental Chemistry Series

How to Write Good Programs

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-42237-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Resistivity and Induced Polarization

A Guide for Students Perdita Stevens

This accessible, visually engaging book is mainly for students in Higher or Further Education taking early programming courses (computer science students and others). It teaches the fundamental skills that apply to any programming language, yet are usually not explicitly covered in programming courses. • Students will establish the habits that will make them good programmers and help them enjoy programming, without unnecessary stress • Is multi-lingual and contains examples in Java, Python and Haskell, helping students transfer what they learn in the context of one language to the context of their next language • Structured with many examples, tips, stories and explanations of terminology, given in visually distinct panels to appeal to the busy reader July 2020 186 x 123 mm 214pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-78987-5 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99

Environmental Impact of Ships

Theory and Applications to the Near-Surface Earth Andrew Binley | Lancaster University

An overview of the theory and practice of resistivity and induced polarization methods, covering electrical properties of geological materials, instrumentation, acquisition and modelling. Case studies demonstrate applications, and digital modelling tools and datasets are provided online, making this a valuable resource for students and researchers. • A comprehensive text highlighting the major advancements made in the last twenty-five years • Theory is described from a basic level, with the major concepts illustrated via a broad spectrum of case studies • Modelling software and numerous datasets are provided online, allowing the reader to develop modelling skills by following examples in the book as well as to model their own data November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-49274-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Earth and environmental science

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Downscaling Techniques for HighResolution Climate Projections

Viscoelastic Waves and Rays in Layered Media

From Global Change to Local Impacts Rao Kotamarthi | Argonne National Laboratory, Illinois

Second edition Roger Borcherdt | United States Geological Survey, California

This edition extends the theory for viscoelastic wave propagation to include head waves and general ray theory. The additions, not published elsewhere, significantly increase interest in the book for advanced university courses, research, and applications in seismology, exploration geophysics, engineering, solid mechanics, acoustics, and physics. • Includes numerical examples and problem sets, with solutions available online, to facilitate teaching and learning of important characteristics of anelastic wave propagation in more than one dimension • Contains general solutions for the fundamental time-harmonic wave propagation and ray-theory problems of seismology, geophysics, and engineering • Provides viscoelastic solutions, numerical results, and problem sets for P, SI, and SII body waves, reflection-refraction problems, Rayleigh- and Love-type surface waves, response of multiple layers, forward and inverse ray tracing problems, and head waves • Provides computation steps for ray-tracing computer algorithms to improve a variety of tomography inferred anelastic models such as those of the Earth’s deep interior and petroleum reserves June 2020 244 x 170 mm c.450pp 978-1-108-49569-1 Hardback c. £105.00 / c. US$145.00

This book equips the reader with a basic understanding of different downscaling methods and the advantages, disadvantages and uncertainties of each, making it a valuable resource for graduate students, researchers, policymakers and practitioners working on climate impacts and adaptation. • Covers concepts, models and methodologies of downscaling in an easy-to-understand format and simple language • Provides an overview of the current state-of-the art in climate modeling, giving the reader a starting point to understand the various models and data available and the process of evaluating each • Examines climate modeling uncertainty at the general circulation model scale and its impact on the downscaled output, providing readers with a rational basis for understanding climate modeling uncertainty and how it should be accounted for in decision making • Discusses the benefits and drawbacks of using different downscaling methods enabling the reader to select suitable methods for different applications December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-47375-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

Salt Marshes Function, Dynamics, and Stresses Duncan FitzGerald | Boston University

Clouds and Climate Climate Science’s Greatest Challenge Edited by A. Pier Siebesma | Royal Netherlands Meteorological Institute

A comprehensive overview of research on clouds and their role in our present and future climate, covering theoretical, observational, and modelling perspectives. Containing end-of-chapter exercises and further reading sections, it is ideal for advanced students and researchers in climatology, atmospheric science, meteorology and climate change. • Describes our current capability to model cloud systems, ranging from theoretical conceptual models to operational parameterisations, and from zero dimensional energy balance models to three dimensional turbulence resolving models • Describes our current knowledge of how clouds interact with the largescale circulation and how they are perturbed by aerosols, land-surface and global warming • Each chapter concludes with a ‘further reading’ section and exercises allowing readers to test their knowledge August 2020 246 x 189 mm 418pp 978-1-107-06107-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99

Multidisciplinary review of salt marshes, describing how they function, how they are responding to the pressures of sea-level rise, pollution and human encroachment. Discussing the future of wetlands, this is a go-to reference for graduate students, researchers studying coastal systems, as well as marsh managers and restoration scientists. • Written by experts covering a broad range of marsh sciences, it provides readers with the most recent research and advances in salt marsh functionality and evolution • Emphasizes the stresses that marshes are undergoing due to sea-level rise, enabling a topical insight into climate change • Offers context in which to understand the dynamics of marshes, geomorphological feedbacks, and resiliency December 2020 247 x 174 mm 450pp 978-1-107-18628-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99

Meteorite Mineralogy Alan Rubin | University of California, Los Angeles

This book summarizes the mineralogical characteristics of all meteorite groups and Solar System bodies visited by spacecraft, and discusses the ways that these minerals were formed. Written in accessible language and containing spectacular images, it is a useful resource for meteorite researchers, terrestrial mineralogists and planetary geologists • Provides a detailed summary of the mineralogy of all meteorite groups, allowing researchers and collectors to grasp their essential mineralogical features • Includes self-contained and comprehensive definitions of key terms, making the book accessible to those without a background in planetary science • Discusses the history of the fundamental breakthroughs in mineralogy and meteorite research, providing readers with important historical context Cambridge Planetary Science, 26

November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.320pp 149 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48452-7 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$130.00

Earth and environmental science / Engineering

Beyond the Coal Rush

Exergy Analysis for Energy Conversion Systems

A Turning Point for Global Energy and Climate Policy? James Goodman | University of Technology Sydney

Climate change makes fossil fuels unburnable, yet global coal production has almost doubled over the last 20 years. This book explores reasons for continuing coal dependence, and this can be overcome. Documenting efforts to halt mining in India, Germany, and Australia, it provides inspiration for energy transition for researchers and policymakers. • Outlines the relationship between coal, electricity, and development of three very different countries, allowing the reader to appreciate the significance of coal in social development and the power of the coalindustrial complex • Tracks the challenge posed by climate change for coal and the coalstate nexus • Creates parallel narratives of three countries contesting new coal mines, demonstrating the dynamics of three political struggles and their strategic importance • Draws out shared lessons across the disparate cases for contesting coal mines, providing insight into how campaigns against coal mines can gain greater political traction • Combines several social science disciplines to create a deeper understanding of how we can overcome coal dependence July 2020 244 x 170 mm c.288pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47982-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Engineering Laser and Fiber Optic Gas Absorption Spectroscopy George Stewart | University of Strathclyde

A rigorous account of the physics and engineering principles of diode and fibre laser gas sensor design, based on tuneable diode laser and fibre optic spectroscopy with key applications. Includes computer programs for modeling and simulation. • Brings together in a single volume the fundamental physics, photonics technology and engineering design principles involved in the realisation of fibre and laser-based gas sensors • Extensive examples of practical application and performance in a wide range of areas including environmental and safety monitoring, and combustion analysis • Allows the reader to identify the future needs and opportunities of this active and growing field of research November 2020 244 x 170 mm 230pp 978-1-107-17409-2 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$110.00

An Atlas for LargeArea Electronic Skins From Materials to Systems Design Weidong Yang | National University of Singapore

Provides an account and directional atlas of the progress in materials and devices for electronic skins, in the context of sensing principles and skin-like features. We give an overview of essential electronic circuits and systems used in largearea tactile sensor arrays, and present the challenges facing future developments.

Efstathios Michaelides | Texas Christian University

Discover a straightforward and holistic look at energy conversion and conservation processes using the exergy concept. With more than one hundred diverse cases and solved examples, this thorough text is perfect for practicing scientists and engineers who work or do research in the area of energy and exergy. • Contains more than twenty case studies and more than eighty solved examples on applications of the exergy methodology • Quantitative modelling techniques and decision making tools for allocating capital are presented to achieve maximum impact in energy conservation and conversion projects • Facilitates accurate calculations for a multitude of systems and processes December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-48058-1 Hardback c. £85.99 / c. US$120.00

Optimization for Chemical and Biochemical Engineering Theory, Algorithms, Modeling and Applications Vassilios S. Vassiliadis | University of Cambridge

A modern and unique treatment of process optimization which presents a thorough exposition of applications and algorithms in sufficient detail for practical use. A perfect tool for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in chemical and biochemical engineering. • Includes exercises within the chapters • Provides several case studies relevant to Chemical and Biochemical Engineering • Presents theory through motivating practical examples Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering

October 2020 244 x 170 mm 265pp 978-1-107-10683-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Rigid Body Kinematics Joaquim A. Batlle | Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, Barcelona

A rigorous analysis and description of general motion in mechanical systems, which includes over 400 figures illustrating every concept, and a large collection of useful exercises. Ideal for students studying mechanical engineering, and as a reference for graduate students and researchers. • Includes over 400 high quality figures illustrating every concept, a large collection of useful worked exercises, end-ofchapter multiple-choice questions, and problems and puzzles with answers • Introduces key theoretical concepts in their most general form allowing the kinematic analysis of any multibody system • Provides exhaustive coverage, with a focus on 3D mechanics September 2020 244 x 170 mm 294pp 978-1-108-47907-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

Elements in Flexible and Large-Area Electronics

September 2020 229 x 152 mm c.75pp 978-1-108-74924-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$20.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Engineering

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Wireless Edge Caching

Bioinspired Structures and Design

Modeling, Analysis, and Optimization Edited by Thang X. Vu | Université du Luxembourg

Edited by Wole Soboyejo | Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Massachusetts

Master simple to advanced biomaterials and structures with this essential text. Featuring topics ranging from bionanoengineered materials to bio-inspired structures for spacecraft and bioinspired robots, this is the ideal introduction to this emerging field for students in engineering and science as well as researchers. • Features examples of inter-disciplinary and multidisciplinary approaches to bio-inspired structures and design • Provides physical basis for the design of bio-inspired structures with theory • Guides readers in achieving fundamental understanding of structures and their effects on the properties of hard and soft tissues September 2020 247 x 174 mm 370pp 191 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-01558-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P

Principles of Cyber-Physical Systems An Interdisciplinary Approach Sandip Roy | School of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.464pp 109 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-108-48083-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 P

Reconfigurable Circuits and Technologies for Smart Millimeter-Wave Systems Edited by Philippe Ferrari | Université de Grenoble

A detailed introduction to the foundational concepts of cyber-physical systems, along with key operational and design principles, system performance analysis, and interdisciplinary applications. Ideal for researchers and graduate students in electrical engineering and computer science, as well as for practitioners in a range of industries. • Introduces foundational principles as well as emerging research trends • Offers practical guidance on tackling the challenges of privacy and security, reliability, and efficiency • Provides numerical tools for the simulation and analysis of cyberphysical systems October 2020 247 x 174 mm 370pp 978-1-107-06661-8 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Understand both uncoded and coded caching techniques in future wireless network design. Covering high-level architectures to specific requirement-oriented caching design and analysis, this is an essential resource for academic researchers, postgraduate students and engineers working in wireless communications. • The first book to present the state of the art in wireless edge caching • Describes a number of new techniques to maximize key performance metrics, including energy efficiency, quality of the user experience, and security • Explains how to identify efficient cooperative scenarios, and evaluate the feasibility and investment costs involved

Describes and analyses of the theory, modeling, design, and measurement of tunable mm-wave devices, including filters, couplers, antennas, and matching networks, using CMOS, RF MEMS, and microwave liquid crystals. Ideal for graduate students studying RF/microwave engineering, and engineers working on tunable circuit and system design. • The first book to focus on reconfigurable millimeter-wave circuits and systems and the technologies that can develop these circuits • Gives an analysis of key performance parameters and new approaches • Provides practical examples, potential applications and design challenges that can be implemented for the reader’s own needs. EuMA High Frequency Technologies Series

January 2021 247 x 174 mm 300pp 978-1-107-10247-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Advanced Data Analytics for Power Systems Edited by Ali Tajer | Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, New York

Experts in data analytics and power engineering present theories addressing the needs of modern power systems. Covering theory and application to the solution of power system problems relating to reliability, efficiency, and security, this is an essential resource for graduate students and researchers in academia and industry. • Written by experts in data analytics and in power systems • Provides a broad perspective on different data analytics methodologies, each with significant applications in power systems • Describes a range of data analytics methods and their applications in power systems November 2020 247 x 174 mm c.615pp 978-1-108-49475-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00

Modern Impact and Penetration Mechanics James Walker | Southwest Research Institute, Texas

This indispensable graduate reference details the mechanics and material models used to understand and predict extreme dynamic events. Topics include continuum mechanics, plasticity, damage, failure, shocks, waves, and high-pressure and high-rate response of materials. These tools are then applied to a variety of impact and penetration problems. • Describes from first principles the physics and mechanics of the dynamic deformation of a continuous medium • Covers the response of materials needed for understanding extreme dynamic events, including plasticity, damage, failure, and high-pressure and high-rate material response • Explains what occurs in impact and penetration events, including shock and wave propagation, impact, penetration, large inelastic deformation failure, and fragmentation November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.756pp 978-1-108-49710-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00

Engineering / Life sciences

Life sciences

Matrix, Numerical, and Optimization Methods in Science and Engineering

TEXTBOOK

Kevin W. Cassel | Illinois Institute of Technology

Address vector and matrix methods necessary in numerical methods and optimization of linear systems with this practical, unified text. Perfect for advanced undergraduate students and graduate students in engineering, physical sciences, and applied mathematics. • Unifies topics in matrix, numerical, and optimization methods along with dynamical systems • Illustrates the connections between linear algebraic and differential equations • Features end-of-chapter exercises and online solutions December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.600pp 978-1-108-47909-7 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$110.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Vibration Monitoring of Induction Motors Practical Diagnosis of Faults via Industrial Case Studies William T. Thomson | EM Diagnostics Ltd., Scotland

Master the art of vibration monitoring of induction motors with this unique guide to on-line condition assessment and fault diagnosis, based around thirty industrial case studies. Essential reading for industrial end-users, mechanical engineers, technicians and researchers working in motor design, manufacturing, and condition monitoring. • Presents thirty detailed and illustrated industrial case studies • The first book to focus on fault diagnosis and vibration monitoring of induction motors • Closes the loop between the diagnosis of faults using vibration spectrum analysis, subsequent strip-down of the motors, and accompanying photographic evidence September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.336pp 340 b/w illus. 64 tables 978-1-108-48997-3 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$150.00 P

Understanding Coronavirus Raul Rabadan | Columbia University, New York

Why is the information available about the coronavirus/COVID-19 so confusing? Written by a leading researcher, Understanding Coronavirus is a concise and accessible introduction to all the science and facts you need to understand how the virus works, how it spreads and how it compares to other respiratory viruses. • Provides a thoughtful and balanced introduction to the coronavirus SARS-CoV-2 and the disease COVID-19 • Discusses the first cases, the clinical characteristics and the inconsistent public health measures adopted across different countries and regions and their impact • Includes coverage of testing, the immune response to the virus and the latest advances in therapy development • Provides a comparison of the 2019 coronavirus pandemic with the 2003 SARS outbreak, as well as flu pandemics, including the 1918 Spanish flu and 2009 H1N1 • Discusses what data is available, what it means and what can be learnt from it • A donation from proceeds of the sale of this title will be made to the WHO COVID-19 Solidarity Response Fund Contents: Preface; 1. Introduction; 2. How is the coronavirus spreading?; 3. What is a coronavirus; 4. How is the coronavirus changing?; 5. How did the COVID-19 outbreak start and evolve?; 6. How does the COVID-19 outbreak compare to the SARS outbreak in 2002–2003?; 7. How does the COVID-19 outbreak compare to seasonal and pandemic influenza?; 8. Are there therapeutic options?; Epilogue; Summary of common misunderstandings; Suggested further reading. Understanding Life

July 2020 178 x 127 mm c.120pp 978-1-108-82671-6 Paperback £9.99 / US$11.99

Single-Molecule Science From Super-Resolution Microscopy to DNA Mapping and Diagnostics Edited by Krishnarao Appasani | GeneExpression Systems, Inc.

Bridging biophysics and molecular imaging, this authoritative text guides readers through the use of single molecule approaches in the study of molecular nanomachines, protein folding, biological assemblies, gene expression, and DNA mapping for diagnostic purposes. A must-have for researchers, graduate students, and those working in the industry. • Covers cutting-edge advances in SMS techniques and demonstrates to readers the importance of these approaches in generating new insights in molecular and cellular biology • Includes expert views from 33 leading global researchers, providing readers with an up-to-date overview of the field • Explains comprehensively yet clearly the key single molecule approaches, with numerous illustrations, making it ideal for both newcomers to the field, as well as for academic researchers and those working in industry August 2020 247 x 174 mm c.550pp 34 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42336-6 Hardback c. £125.00 / c. US$159.99 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Life sciences

TEXTBOOK

Keynes & Aidley’s Nerve and Muscle

Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Fifth edition Christopher L.-H. Huang | University of Cambridge

Written primarily for undergraduate science and medical students, the new edition of this acclaimed textbook provides a completely updated introduction to the cellular physiology of nerve and muscle. Compact and well-illustrated, it guides readers through fundamental principles to more advanced concepts and new discoveries in the field. • Extensive revisions throughout include new chapters on skeletal muscle excitation-contraction coupling and cardiac arrhythmogenesis, covering exciting recent advances • Colour illustrations, new to this edition, include recently clarified structures of key biological molecules and cellular and muscle physiology, explaining major concepts • Systematic coverage of all major subject areas within the field provides students with comprehensive and self-contained preparation for examinations November 2020 246 x 189 mm c.325pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49505-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-81687-8 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

M M

Plant Physiology

Well-illustrated fourth edition, representing a clear and succinct text for students, researchers and anyone interested in plant form. Describes the internal structure of flowering plants, using a magnification range from the simple hand-lens to the electron microscope. Covers all plant organs, including stem, root, leaf, flower, seed and fruit. • Updated and expanded previous edition including new ideas on plant structure • Relevant to wide range of current student courses, and can usefully function as the only plant anatomy book possessed by non-specialist botanists • It incorporates an updated evolutionary-phylogenetic context for plant names Contents: 1. Organs, cells and tissues; 2. Stem; 3. Root; 4. Leaf; 5. Flower; 6. Seed and fruit. September 2020 216 x 138 mm c.200pp 73 b/w illus. 978-1-108-74912-1 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Guttation

Theory and Applications Second edition S. L. Kochhar | University of Delhi

Fundamentals and Applications Sanjay Singh | Mizan – Tepi University, Ethopia

This edition provides an accessible overview of plant physiology. The text emphasises the fundamental conceptual framework of the subject throughout. It also interweaves important practical considerations through the inclusion of laboratory exercises, which ensure that theoretical and practical details are brought together in a student-friendly way. • Provides completely reorganised chapters on stress physiology and secondary metabolites with illustrative colour photographs, and an invited article on the molecular mechanism of abiotic and biotic stresses • Includes laboratory experimental exercises throughout, to be conducted by students during their lab classes • Features thought-provoking end-of-unit questions, including some solved numerical questions, to allow students to test their knowledge and reflect on the material covered in each chapter September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.800pp 978-1-108-48639-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

An Introduction to Plant Structure and Development Fourth edition Paula J. Rudall | Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew

A unique and comprehensive treatment of the guttation process, this book is suitable for a wide audience in the field of plant sciences. It not only discusses the principle, mechanism and applications of guttation, but also emphasises the impact of guttation on soil-plant-animalenvironment systems. • Provides the first comprehensive overview of the phenomenon of guttation in plants, including discussion of the principles, mechanism and the chemistry behind the process • Written to be accessible to a broad audience, including those working in plant biology, ecology, agriculture, horticulture, animal husbandry, pharmacology and medicine • Explains complex topics in straight-forward language and uses examples throughout • Includes a chapter exclusively dedicated to the applications of guttation September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48702-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

The Kestrel Ecology, Behaviour and Conservation of an Open-Land Predator David Costantini | Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris

The common kestrel is the bird of prey most of us are more familiar with. It has been an excellent study species to monitor environmental quality and to test evolutionary theories. This book will be an important reference for professional and amateur ornithologists, as well as undergraduate and graduate students. • Discusses all findings on common kestrels using a comparative approach including biological similarities and differences of kestrels • Provides examples of all aspects of kestrels’ biology using an interdisciplinary approach • Identifies weak points of previous studies and gaps in the present knowledge on kestrels’ biology August 2020 244 x 170 mm 222pp 71 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-47062-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 P

Life sciences

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Bears of the World

Spatial Analysis in Field Primatology

Ecology, Conservation and Management Edited by Vincenzo Penteriani | Spanish Council of Scientific Research (CSIC)

This is an unrivalled and invaluable source for researchers, conservation biologists, zoologists, wildlife managers, and students, who are looking for the latest information on ecology, conservation, management and current status of all bears species around the world. • Presents the most extensive synthesis of information on bear species ever collected in a single volume • First comprehensive work on ecology, conservation and management of bears worldwide • Provides new information about all the eight bear species in the world, including taxonomy, ecology, behaviour, distribution, genetic and conservation status November 2020 276 x 219 mm c.500pp 978-1-108-48352-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$145.00

A guide to using geographic information systems (GIS) to research how primates use space, a question central to primate behavioral ecology. Covering cutting-edge methodology along with practical guidance on its use, the volume features research-based chapters on topics including travel routes, the impact of logging and the use of GIS in conservation. • The first volume specifically for primatologists on the application of GIS, with practical guidance to encourage use of the technology, such as advice on the best field transmitters • Research-based chapters show how many of the leading spatial ecologists apply this technology to address central questions in primatology in diverse circumstances and research projects • Shows how GIS can help to assess the impact of logging, mining and hunting, and help to inform primate conservation strategies November 2020 247 x 174 mm 459pp 95 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 42 tables 978-1-107-06230-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 P 978-1-107-69430-9 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 P

Life in Extreme Environments Insights in Biological Capability Edited by Guido di Prisco | National Research Council of Italy

From the geographical poles to outer space, this book provides a multidisciplinary account of the adaptations and responses of biota living in extreme environments, and these systems’ susceptibility and resilience to change. A must-read for graduate students and researchers in conservation, marine biology, evolutionary biology, and astrobiology. • Strong connections between themes and emphasis of their relevance to important contemporary challenges, both scientific and societal, helps readers to understand the impacts of climate change and the need to defend biodiversity • A diverse team of contributors provide a variety of answers to the question of how life forms are limited by extreme external biotic and abiotic factors, and how they have been able to adapt • Examples of interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary science in action shows readers the benefits of collaboration and knowledge exchange between disciplines Ecological Reviews

September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.450pp 978-1-108-49856-2 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 978-1-108-72420-3 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

Applying GIS at Varying Scales Francine L. Dolins | University of Michigan, Dearborn

P P

Patterns of Human Growth Third edition Barry Bogin | Loughborough University

This completely revised third edition covers the evolution of the human growth pattern, the biocultural factors that direct its expression, and the intrinsic and extrinsic factors that regulate individual development. It is focused towards students in anthropology, economics, psychology, public health, epidemiology, paediatrics and education. • Approaches human growth from an anthropological and evolutionary perspective, offering insights into human development that aren’t merely clinical and functional • Explains the latest statistical methods for analysing growth with userfriendly examples from the author’s research, engaging students in growth analysis • Introduces new hypotheses about how people grow, providing readers with the most up-to-date ideas and theories in the field Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology

November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.500pp 978-1-108-43448-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Biological Universe Life in the Milky Way and Beyond Wallace Arthur | National University of Ireland, Galway

This book is for everyone with an interest in whether there is extraterrestrial life. Recent discoveries of planets beyond the solar system (more than 4000 of them) suggest that the question is not ‘whether?’ but ‘where?’. This book enables general readers to understand current endeavours to answer this question and the related one of ‘what kind?’ • Estimates the likely extent of the Biological Universe (all life-forms everywhere) • Paints a broad-brush picture of the current state of knowledge about exoplanets and the possible existence of life on many of them; and provides a series of key hypotheses about such life • Discusses current and planned space telescopes that will lead to discoveries in the next couple of decades September 2020 228 x 152 mm 358pp 21 b/w illus. 978-1-108-83694-4 Hardback £20.00 / US$24.95

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Life sciences / Mathematics

TEXTBOOK

A Comparison Process for Mouse Pairs

Biological Evolution

John R. Steel | University of California, Berkeley

An Introduction Mike Cassidy | University of Durham

Aimed at undergraduate students in the biological sciences, this book provides a narrative and cohesive account of biological evolution. It encompasses both the ‘micro’ details together with the ‘bigger picture’, offering readers an accessible and up-to-date introduction to the subject. • Provides a more narrative account of biological evolution, offering students an overview of key trends and patterns in the study of the field • Includes sections on Darwin and nineteenth century contemporaries, alongside studies of big data and current religious and philosophical impacts, highlighting the historical and contemporary relevance of the subject • Communicates ideas and information in an enjoyable and effective way, benefiting students who are looking for an introduction to the topic Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Biological evolution: the beginnings of the story; 2. Reviewing the evidence for evolution; 3. Genetic variation within populations; 4. Natural selection and adaptive change; 5. Evolution and development; 6. The origins of biodiversity; 7. Taxonomy and the diversity of life; 8. The history and origins of life on Earth; 9. Molecules and evolution; 10. Human evolution; 11. Trends and patterns in evolution; 12. Questions, debate and controversy; References; Index. November 2020 244 x 170 mm 250pp 978-0-521-81268-9 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 978-0-521-01205-8 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

Mathematics

This book proves some important new theorems in the theory of canonical inner models for large cardinal hypotheses, a topic of central importance in modern set theory. It also contains a good deal of background material, some of it unpublished folklore, making it an accessible introduction to the higher reaches of inner model theory. • Proves important new theorems in inner model theory for large cardinal hypotheses in set theory • Includes a good deal of background material, references to the wider literature, and an introductory essay placing the new results in context • The first accessible introduction to the higher reaches of inner model theory Lecture Notes in Logic, 51

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.333pp 978-1-108-84068-2 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$130.00

Fast Track to Forcing Mirna Džamonja | Institute for the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology, Paris

This book provides a quick yet detailed introduction to set theory and forcing, building the reader’s intuition about it as well as rigorousness. Part II discusses contemporary issues in the theory of forcing, including previously unpublished results and open questions. • A sleek introduction to the theory of forcing, which allows even those who do not have any background in set theory to understand the subject • Devotes the second part of the book to contemporary topics in the theory of forcing, including open questions • Includes previously unpublished results in the theory of forcing London Mathematical Society Student Texts, 98

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-42015-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-41314-5 Paperback £25.99 / US$34.99

Large Cardinals, Determinacy and Other Topics The Cabal Seminar, Volume IV Volume 4 Alexander S. Kechris | California Institute of Technology

The Cabal Seminar

Large Cardinals, Determinacy and Other Topics is the last in a series of four books presenting the seminal papers from the Caltech-UCLA ‘Cabal Seminar’ with extensive unpublished material, new papers on related topics, and discussion of research developments since the publication of the original volumes. • Includes updated/revised material from the original Cabal Seminars volume • New, unpublished survey articles put the historical papers into context • Now includes uniform and modern notation to make the book more accessible to the reader Lecture Notes in Logic, 49

June 2020 228 x 152 mm 270pp 2 tables 978-1-107-18299-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

P P

Volumes I–IV Edited by Alexander S. Kechris | California Institute of Technology

This series of four books presents the seminal papers from the Caltech-UCLA ‘Cabal Seminar’ together with extensive unpublished material, new papers on related topics, and discussion of research developments since the publication of the original volumes. • Includes updated/revised material from the original Cabal Seminars volume • New, unpublished survey articles put the historical papers into context • Now includes uniform and modern notation to make the material more accessible to the reader Lecture Notes in Logic

August 2020 228 x 152 mm c.1875pp 34 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-92022-3 4 Volume Hardback Set £250.00 / US$325.00

Mathematics

Matrix Positivity Charles R. Johnson | College of William and Mary, Virginia

This comprehensive reference, for mathematical, engineering and social scientists, methodically discusses matrix positivity classes. The matrices studied have direct applications in data analysis, differential equations, mathematical programming, computational complexity, economic models, population biology, dynamical systems, control theory, etc. • Covers several new topics in matrix classes that have not appeared in book form previously • Unified coverage presented by the leaders in the field of matrix positivity • Matrix classes are compared and interrelated, and their theory is developed in a natural order, which will lend to a well-rounded understanding of the theory, as well as its historical and scientific development Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 221

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-47871-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Lectures on Orthogonal Polynomials and Special Functions This is a collection of graduate-level introductions to five areas of current research interest in orthogonal polynomials and special functions. It derives from the OPSF-S6 Summer School lectures given by international authorities and has been carefully edited into a coherent whole, with examples and exercises. • Brings together applications of orthogonal polynomials to different areas of mathematics • Contains important, up-to-date material not currently available in book form • Highlights the diversity of the field London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 464

Modular Theory in Operator Algebras Serban Valentin Strătilă | Institute of Mathematics of the Romanian Academy, Romania

Catering to the needs of students of mathematics and physics, and researchers interested in operator algebras, noncommutative geometry and free probability, this book discusses continuous and discrete decomposition of factors of type III and all the necessary results. • Covers H. Kosaki’s extension of the index to arbitrary factors and F. Rădulescu’s examples of non-hyperfinite factors of type IIIλ, λ ∈ (0,1) and of type III1 • Explains the group-measure space construction in detail • Discusses the main aspects of modular theory with complete proofs • Makes the theory accessible to readers having elementary training in operator algebras Cambridge IISc Series

November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.550pp 978-1-108-48960-7 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

The Epic Breakthroughs of the Early TwentyFirst Century Kevin Broughan | University of Waikato, New Zealand

This book records in considerable detail the remarkable bounded prime gaps breakthroughs of recent decades, including Polymath8’s best result. The material is suitable for graduate students and any mathematician curious about developments in the field. The book is supported by a linked and freely-available package of computer programs. • Lays out a path from the twentieth century to the best results of the twenty-first century, allowing readers to dip in and out • Gives introductory and supporting background proofs and results including Bessel functions, compact operators, complex analysis and Weil’s theorem for curves • Includes software-engineered and documented computer programs so readers can attempt to improve the best results, for example by changing the code December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.450pp 978-1-108-83674-6 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$120.00 978-1-108-79920-1 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$49.99

P P

Encyclopedia of Special Functions: The AskeyBateman Project

Edited by Howard S. Cohl | National Institute of Standards and Technology

September 2020 228 x 152 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-82159-9 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00

Bounded Gaps Between Primes

Volume 2: Multivariable Special Functions Edited by Tom H. Koornwinder | Universiteit van Amsterdam

The Encyclopedia of Special Functions provides an extensive update of the Bateman Manuscript Project. The three volumes will be indispensable for all scientists who use special functions in their research. Volume 2 provides detailed and up-to-date information on multivariable special functions. • A necessary update of the Bateman Manuscript Project for the twentyfirst century • Gives an encyclopedic survey of multivariable special functions, providing an excellent starting point for readers who need guidance to the scattered literature • Emphasizes the connections between multivariable special functions and other fields, in particular, Lie theory and mathematical physics September 2020 247 x 174 mm 433pp 17 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-00373-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Potential Theory and Geometry on Lie Groups N. Th. Varopoulos | Université de Paris VI (Pierre et Marie Curie)

This book provides a complete and reasonably self-contained account of a new classification of connected Lie groups into two classes. Background material is introduced gradually to familiarise readers with the necessary ideas. A large number of accessible open problems will inspire students to explore further. • Introduces a new approach to the classification of Lie groups • Provides the necessary background material on theory of currents and random walk theory, for readers with no prior knowledge of these areas • Contains numerous open problems to inspire further development New Mathematical Monographs, 38

October 2019 228 x 152 mm 611pp 20 b/w illus. 130 exercises 978-1-107-03649-9 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Mathematics

Generators of Markov Chains

Assouad Dimension and Fractal Geometry

From a Walk in the Interior to a Dance on the Boundary Adam Bobrowski | Lublin University of Technology

100

Jonathan M. Fraser | University of St Andrews, Scotland

Suitable for beginning graduate students, this book discusses the theory of Markov chains, drawing on the works of Kolmogorov and Feller, and bringing the tools of functional analysis into play in a way that is not done elsewhere. The author uses numerous examples and illustrations to demonstrate the theory. • Takes a much simpler approach than the existing literature • Encourages the reader to discover the facts for themselves by examining examples before learning the theorem • Contains unusual, fascinating examples of Markov chains, gathered from the works of Blackwell, Feller, Kolmogorov, Kendall, Lévy and Reuter Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 190

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.250pp 10 b/w illus. 3 colour illus. 45 exercises 978-1-108-49579-0 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99

This book is the first thorough treatment of the Assouad dimension in fractal geometry. Aimed at researchers and graduate students, it will have broad appeal among pure mathematicians due to its discussion of the Assouad dimension’s many applications to number theory, dynamical systems, harmonic analysis, and probability theory. • The first thorough treatment of the Assouad dimension in the context of fractal geometry • Provides a systematic study using consistent notation of the many variants of the Assouad dimension • Discusses several key applications to other fields: number theory, dynamical systems, harmonic analysis, and probability theory Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 222

November 2020 228 x 152 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-47865-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

Differential Geometry in the Large Edited by Owen Dearricott | La Trobe University, Australia

Singular Intersection Homology Greg Friedman | Texas Christian University

This is a comprehensive, expository introduction to intersection homology, an important modern research area in the mathematical field of topology. The book is written to be accessible to graduate students in topology and researchers from other fields, and is suitable both as an introduction and as a thorough reference. • Contains brand new research and results, bringing the reader right up to date • Works as a reference for classical material, including detailed descriptions that are difficult to find elsewhere • Provides a self-contained introduction to less standard background material, serving as a one-stop shop for the reader New Mathematical Monographs, 33

September 2020 244 x 170 mm 869pp 61 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15074-4 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00

Variations on a Theme of Borel An Essay on the Role of the Fundamental Group in Rigidity Shmuel Weinberger | University of Chicago

Shmuel Weinberger describes here analogies between geometric topology, differential geometry, group theory, global analysis, and noncommutative geometry. He develops deep tools in a setting where they have immediate application. The connections between these fields enrich each and shed light on one another. • Introduces tools from a variety of fields, useful to students and researchers in topology, geometry, operator theory, and geometric group theory • Uses both true and false variations on the conjecture, to gain a deeper understanding of it • Makes much more concrete an area where recent work has been expressed very abstractly Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 213

December 2020 228 x 152 mm 351pp 978-1-107-14259-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

A comprehensive tour across differential geometry, geometric analysis and differential topology, this graduate-level text touches on topics as diverse as Ricci and mean curvature flow, geometric invariant theory, Alexandrov spaces, almost formality, prescribed Ricci curvature, and Kähler and Sasaki geometry. A joy to the expert and novice alike. • Treats very recent developments in differential geometry, geometric analysis and differential topology • High-profile contributors cover an extraordinary breadth of topics in one volume • Clear exposition discussing recent, relevant results London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 463

October 2020 228 x 152 mm c.396pp 978-1-108-81281-8 Paperback £60.00 / US$99.00

Partial Differential Equations Classical Theory with a Modern Touch A. K. Nandakumaran | Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore

An excellent toolkit for senior undergraduate and graduate students, this book presents the qualitative properties of solutions, beside the representation formulae, of the three important equations of mathematical physics – Laplace and Poisson equations, heat or diffusion equation, and wave equations in one and more space dimensions. • Highlights the importance of studying the equations outside the realm of classical solutions • Separate chapters on advanced topics such as the Hamilton-Jacobi equation and conservation laws • Explains the interplay between geometry and analysis in the existence and uniqueness of solutions in the treatment of first order equations Cambridge IISc Series

September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.250pp 978-1-108-83980-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

Mathematics / Medicine

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Thinking Probabilistically

The Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy

Stochastic Processes, Disordered Systems, and their Applications Ariel Amir | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Assuming only an undergraduate-level background in mathematics, this book explains the power of thinking probabilistically through a diverse set of applications drawn from science. It covers a wide range of topics never before discussed together in a unified fashion while keeping technicalities to a minimum. • Explains the power of probability theory both as a conceptual framework and as a tool across mathematics and physics • Avoids using unnecessary technicalities, keeping the mathematical prerequisites to a minimum • Contains numerous and diverse examples of interdisciplinary applications of probability theory November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.200pp 978-1-108-47952-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-78998-1 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

P P

The Fluid Dynamics of Cell Motility Eric Lauga | University of Cambridge

Fluid dynamics plays a crucial role in many cellular processes, for example the locomotion of cells such as bacteria and spermatozoa. This textbook details the mathematical modelling necessary to understand cell motility in fluids, with in-depth explanations suitable for beginning graduate students and researchers new to the field. • A case study in interdisciplinary modelling, showing how experiments from biology can be used to motivate mathematical modelling and how modelling can explain biological observations • Explains all steps of the mathematical derivations in detail and uses physical intuition to interpret mathematical results, making the book accessible to students • Based on courses taught over several years, it contains more than 90 exercises, suitable for use as homework assignments or exam questions Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 62

November 2020 247 x 174 mm 410pp 78 b/w illus. 95 exercises 978-1-107-17465-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00 P 978-1-316-62670-2 Paperback £39.99 / US$52.99 P

Origametry Mathematical Methods in Paper Folding Thomas C. Hull | Western New England University

Written by a world expert on the subject, Origametry is the first complete reference on the mathematics of origami. It is an essential reference for researchers of origami mathematics and applications in physics, engineering, and design. Educators, students, and enthusiasts will also enjoy this fascinating account of the mathematics of folding. • The first complete reference on the mathematics of origami • Of interest to professionals and students in mathematics, physics and engineering, as well as educators and origami enthusiasts • Contains more than 180 figures to illustrate the constructions described • Numerous ‘diversions’ provide jumping-off points for readers to deepen and broaden their understanding

Isaac Newton Edited and translated by C. R. Leedham-Green | Queen Mary University of London

This heavily annotated translation of the third and final edition (1726) of Newton’s Principia will enable any reader with a good understanding of elementary mathematics to easily grasp the meaning of the text, either from the translation itself or from the notes, and to appreciate some of its significance. • A translation of Newton’s Principia, designed to be more readable than earlier translations which follow the Latin text verbally • Copious notes discuss the meaning, context, and significance of the text, and explore its ambiguities • The first translation into English that is based on an attempt to understand Newton’s arguments December 2020 253 x 203 mm 800pp 270 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-02065-8 Hardback c. £199.00 / c. US$299.00 R

Medicine Club Drugs and Novel Psychoactive Substances The Clinician’s Handbook Owen Bowden-Jones | Central North West London NHS Foundation Trust

Club drugs and novel psychoactive substances are widely used, and can cause severe clinical harms. This handbook offers a concise summary of the current evidence for the assessment and management of these drugs. Using numerous clinical examples, this guide is written for frontline clinicians, from A&E staff to addiction psychiatrists. • Categorizes the hundreds of new drugs according to their psychoactive effect – sedative, stimulant and hallucinogenic – allowing clinicians to orientate themselves to the huge number of newly emerging drugs by firstly identifying the predominant psychoactive effect and then using their experience of other drugs with similar effects to decide on the best treatment approach • Uses clinical examples from the authors’ own practice, demonstrating the types of challenges clinicians may experience in their practices • Offers a clear division between acute harms and harms from persistent use, ensuring that clinicians from across the frontline, from A&E staff to those working in drug treatment, will find the book accessible September 2020 186 x 123 mm c.150pp 978-1-911623-09-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

October 2020 244 x 170 mm c.400pp 22 b/w illus. 165 colour illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-47872-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-74611-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

101

Medicine

102

Working with Refugee Families

Transdiagnostic Multiplex CBT for Muslim Cultural Groups

Trauma and Exile in Family Relationships Edited by Lucia De Haene | University of Leuven, Belgium

Treating Emotional Disorders Devon E. Hinton | Harvard Medical School

Refugee family relationships play a key role in coping with trauma and migration. This book explores these relationships in exile and how they shape trajectories of meaning-making and coping with violence and displacement. The book documents different modalities of refugee family interventions in clinical, psychosocial, and community-based work. • The first book on refugee family functioning in exile; this book will provide readers with an in-depth understanding of the role of migration- and trauma- related family processes in shaping restoration and adaptation in the aftermath of forced migration in refugee families • Provides an account of the different modalities of clinical and psychosocial intervention with refugee families and includes inspirational accounts that support the developing of family interventions in the provision of refugee trauma care • Supports the further development of psychosocial refugee research with refugee families

This concise manual provides mental health professionals with a practical guide to delivering culturally adapted therapy to treat anxiety and mood disorders. Uniquely it takes into account religious, spiritual, social and cultural dimensions, for effective treatment of Muslim cultural groups. • Provides the first manualised CBT treatment for Muslims, addressing a pressing need for culturally adapted therapy, especially amongst refugees and immigrants suffering from anxiety and depressive disorders, and other individuals encountering the negative impact of Islamophobic victimization • Takes into account the religious, spiritual, social and cultural dimensions of patients, ensuring that the treatment is efficacious across multiple Muslim cultural groups • Covers both anxiety and mood disorders, bringing benefits such as ease of implementing therapy, the ability to treat a large proportion of patients, and the opportunity to provide group treatments to patients diagnosed with heterogeneous emotional disorders

August 2020 234 x 156 mm 358pp 4 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-42903-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

So Young, So Sad, So Listen

September 2020 234 x 156 mm 184pp 19 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-71279-8 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 M

A Parents’ Guide to Depression in Children and Young People Third edition Philip Graham | Institute of Child Health, University College London

The Handbook of Wellness Medicine

A book for parents and carers wanting to know more about depression in children and teenagers. Written by clinical experts, it describes how to recognise depression and what causes it; and provides guidance on how parents can support their child, including upto-date advice on seeking professional help. • Written by experts in child and adolescent mental health, this book provides advice parents can have confidence in • Contains updated information on new influences on a child’s mental health, such as social media and cyber bullying • Provides up to date advice on where parents can seek professional support, and details what the mental health services can provide for young people with depression

The Handbook of Wellness Medicine presents scientific wellness interventions to assist healthcare professionals. This invaluable resource supports primary care physicians, psychiatrists, psychologists, mental health clinicians, nurse practitioners, internists, social workers, and the growing world of wellness clinicians. • Presents wellness medicine as an all-encompassing range of physical, pharmaceutical, nutraceutical, psychosocial, and spiritual solutions for healing. Gives the clinician the opportunity to utilize and integrate the full range of interventions to improve wellness • Utilizes evidence-based medicine as well as a best-practice approach to medicine, drawn from the scientific literature • Organized in a practical and accessible way to aid busy clinicians who are looking to apply personalized wellness interventions

July 2020 234 x 156 mm 90pp 34 b/w illus. 978-1-911623-56-4 Paperback £7.99 / US$9.99 M

Edited by Waguih William IsHak | Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles (UCLA)

August 2020 234 x 156 mm 652pp 978-1-108-72205-6 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

Medicine

Case Studies in Sports Psychiatry

Mood Disorders Brain Imaging and Therapeutic Implications Edited by Sudhakar Selvaraj | UTHealth School of Medicine, USA

Edited by Amit D. Mistry | Barnet, Enfield and Haringey Mental Health NHS Trust

Authored by experts from a range of disciplines, in collaboration with athletes, this book is ideally suited to clinicians who want to familiarise themselves with the latest guidance on the assessment and management of mental health problems in sport. Features case studies, scenarios and practice based MCQs to consolidate learning. • Latest evidence-based research, including recent systematic and narrative reviews endorsed by the International Olympic Committee • Written in a case-study format that provide realistic examples of how mental illness can present within the elite sport environment • Written by a mix of psychiatrists, sports medicine specialists and other health care professionals which allows a diverse range of professional opinions and insights • Each chapter includes insights from professional athletes from their relevant sporting discipline August 2020 234 x 156 mm 156pp 4 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-72055-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

An essential text, providing an in-depth understanding of the role of brain imaging in mood disorders for medical specialists, trainees and students working in this area. The book covers a wide range of topics from functional and neurochemical brain studies to imaging and the effects of psychotherapy on mood disorders. • Much needed comprehensive textbook on a rapidly growing and important new area of investigation in neuropsychiatry • Featuring a broad array of topics and providing a single source of comprehensive information on imaging in mood disorders • Leading experts in mood disorders present the most authoritative research and clinical evidence base and reliable data based on a variety of research experiences December 2020 253 x 177 mm c.272pp 978-1-108-42712-8 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Art of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry

Social Factors in the Personality Disorders

Jonathan Williams | Barnet CAMHS

Finding a Niche Second edition Joel Paris | McGill University, Montréal

Synthesizing the very latest research, this book focuses on the social context of personality disorders. It considers how personality traits and disorders interact with social demands and opportunities, and offers a broad biopsychosocial perspective that will greatly assist mental health professionals with understanding and treatment. • Summarizes recent research in a neglected but clinically important area • Covers new systems of classification for personality disorders • Draws links between psychiatry, the social sciences, and history, offering clinicians a broad understanding and useful model for treatment August 2020 186 x 123 mm 126pp 978-1-108-81163-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

Covering the practical aspects of working in children’s mental health, this book includes valuable guidance on meeting the child and family, planning treatments, and working successfully in a multidisciplinary team. Aimed at clinicians of all stages, from trainees to experienced professionals, it is a major supplement to existing texts. • Organised by task, not diagnosis, making the book practical and accessible for everyday use, whilst discussing solving real-world challenges • Engaging prose with witty and relevant cartoons appeals to readers • An extensive index and cross-referencing system ensures readers can find what they need easily, and over 1,800 references provide a useful guide for further reading • Over 200 vignettes from the authors’ vast experience allow readers an insight into working in a multidisciplinary network February 2021 246 x 189 mm c.748pp 978-1-108-72056-4 Paperback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99

Rix’s Expert Psychiatric Evidence Second edition Keith Rix

This book is for expert psychiatric witnesses and the lawyers who instruct them or read their reports. It covers relevant statutory and case law, rules, procedures and practice of all the jurisdictions in the British Isles and includes detailed guidance on how to write a report and give oral testimony. • All relevant case law, statute law, procedure, rules and guidance are together in a single volume, meaning readers won’t need to look elsewhere for further information • Packed with practical guidance, readers will quickly be able to write reports that have maximum impact in assisting the administration of justice • Addresses the interface between psychiatry and the law • Will be of value to both the experienced and the novice witness October 2020 234 x 156 mm c.350pp 978-1-911623-68-7 Print/online bundle

c. £49.99 / c. US$65.99 M

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

103

Medicine

TEXTBOOK

Clinical Topics in Old Age Psychiatry

Essential Epidemiology

Edited by Julian Hughes | Policy, Ethics and Life Sciences (PEALS) Research Centre, Newcastle University; The Collaborating Centre for Values-Based Practice in Health and Social Care, St. Catherine’s College, Oxford

104

Written primarily for old age psychiatrists and trainees, but also relevant to other health and social care workers, this book focuses on important current topics in old age psychiatry. It offers information about a variety of disorders, and covers assessment and treatment, as well as legal, ethical, and philosophical issues. • Provides up-to-date evidence-based information, acting as an invaluable source for continuing professional development • Contains chapters from a multidisciplinary group of contributors on emerging issues, from the scientific to the socio-ethical to the legal, introducing practitioners to new ideas • Sheds light on topics that are everyday matters but are less frequently discussed in the literature, reminding clinicians of topics with which they are familiar but about which it is prudent to be reflective and informed in their thinking • Updates classic articles, previously published in BJPsych Advances Clinical Topics in

September 2020 234 x 156 mm 460pp 978-1-108-70614-8 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

Global Health Ethical Challenges Second edition Edited by Soloman Benatar | University of Cape Town

Offering analysis of and recommendations for addressing global health, this book contributes to solving one of humanity’s most important challenges. It includes perspectives from a range of disciplines, as well as ethical and environmental considerations, making it a key resource for bioethicists, public health practitioners and philosophers. • Provides a broad perspective on global health challenges over the next twenty-five years and beyond, including both East/West and North/ South comparative perspectives • Considers health from many different disciplines – including medicine, public health, philosophy, social science, political science, anthropology, health policy, law, humanitarianism, educational pedagogy and environmental science – making it an excellent resource for a wide range of audiences • Offers approaches to thinking about the ethical implications of living on a threatened planet, helping readers to consider their role as global citizens at a crucial time in human and planetary history November 2020 246 x 189 mm c.456pp 978-1-108-72871-3 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99

An Introduction for Students and Health Professionals Fourth edition Penelope Webb | QIMR Berghofer Medical Research Institute

Now in its fourth edition, Essential Epidemiology is an engaging and accessible introduction to the foundations of epidemiology. It addresses the study of infectious and chronic diseases, public health and clinical epidemiology, and the role of epidemiology in a range of health monitoring and research activities. • Authored by experienced epidemiologists and academics, this book introduces concepts logically and builds knowledge from chapter to chapter • Written with clarity for an undergraduate audience, the book explains complicated concepts without losing the nuance or depth required for postgraduates • Covers the foundations of public health epidemiology while also integrating clinical epidemiology Contents: 1. Epidemiology is …; 2. How long is a piece of string? Measuring disease frequency; 3. Who, what, where and when? Descriptive epidemiology; 4. Healthy research: study designs for public health; 5. Why? Linking exposure and disease; 6. Heads or tails: the role of chance; 7. All that glitters is not gold: the problem of error; 8. Muddied waters: the challenge of confounding; 9. Reading between the lines: reading and writing epidemiological papers; 10. Who sank the boat? Association and causation; 11. Assembling the building blocks: reviews and their uses; 12. Surveillance: collecting health-related data for epidemiological intelligence and public health action; 13. Outbreaks, epidemics and clusters; 14. Prevention: better than cure?; 15. Early detection: what benefits at what cost?; 16. Epidemiology and the public’s health. May 2020 255 x 190 mm c.504pp 171 colour illus. 61 tables 978-1-108-76680-7 Print/online bundle £57.00 / US$74.99

Core Topics in Airway Management Third edition Edited by Tim Cook | Royal United Hospital, Bath, UK

Revised third edition of the leading airway management textbook for all clinicians and staff involved in this area, including chapters by experts introducing a fresh way of thinking about the subject. New topics covered include real and virtual airway endoscopy, the bleeding airway, airway management in a COVID pandemic and similar conditions. • Contains just what the clinically working health care worker needs to know to practice safe and efficient airway management • Part of the successful Core Topics brand, this third edition has a wide appeal • Fully revised and updated to account for changes in knowledge, equipment, guidelines and best practice including a chapter on the principles of airway management in respiratory epidemics November 2020 246 x 189 mm c.375pp 978-1-108-41953-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

Medicine

Pharmacology for Anaesthesia and Intensive Care

Medication-Resistant Epilepsy Diagnosis and Treatment Edited by John M. Stern | Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles, CA

Fifth edition Tom Peck | Royal Hampshire County Hospital, Winchester and University Hospital Southampton

Expanded fifth edition of a successful text providing readers with a solid foundation of pharmacological knowledge. Includes updated chapters on applied pharmacokinetic models, antimicrobials, intravenous fluids, minerals and nutrition, and drugs used in diabetes. An ideal aid to exam preparation for anaesthetists and intensive care trainees. • Delivers a broad level of detail without being exhaustive, making this a convenient and manageable book to digest • Arranged in a consistent format that helps explain and categorize information, maximising understanding and information retention • Offers a scope centred around the Royal College of Anaesthetists (FRCA) exam in addition to new sections designed to assist with the Final Faculty of Intensive Care Medicine (FFICM) exam November 2020 234 x 156 mm c.368pp 978-1-108-71096-1 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

September 2020 246 x 189 mm 286pp 80 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-13988-6 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 M

Pharmacological Treatment of Tics

TEXTBOOK

Andrea E. Cavanna | University of Birmingham

A practical guide to the assessment, diagnosis, and pharmacological treatment of tics, for use in busy clinics. Key therapies covered include first- and second-generation antidopaminergic medications and alpha-2 adrenergic medications, with information on clinically relevant interactions and recommendations for use in special populations. • A practical manual on the assessment, diagnosis and pharmacological treatment of tics, the book’s handy size makes it invaluable for practicing clinicians in busy clinics • Discusses the new guidelines on the treatment of tics (American Academic of Neurology, 2019), providing evidence-based, topical and up-to-date information to current international standards • Readers are provided with a step-by-step guide on the assessment and pharmacological treatment of tics July 2020 234 x 156 mm 198pp 21 b/w illus. 978-1-316-64939-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

A comprehensive review of the epidemiology, biology, causes and potential treatments for medication-resistant epilepsy. Promising nonpharmacologic interventions for patients, such as surgery, neuromodulation and diet therapy are explored. Practical guidance, treating specialized groups, including pediatric patients, is also covered. • Focuses on the clinical care needs of patients, making it an essential guide for practicing clinicians • A broad yet detailed scope allows for the entire text to be read, bringing together topics holistically in an accessible handbook format • Treatments covered are cutting-edge, with the latest research and evidence discussed in detail meaning clinicians will be able to make fully informed decisions for their patients’ care

Common Pitfalls in Cognitive and Behavioral Neurology A Case-Based Approach Keith Josephs | Mayo Clinic Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center

A case-based approach to the diagnosis and management of patients with cognitive and behavioral symptoms associated with neurological disorders. Disorders discussed include Alzheimer’s disease and other dementias encountered in practice. A practical guide to identifying key diagnostic information, videos of patients illustrate the approaches taken. • Includes access to an HTML version of the text on Cambridge Core, with illustrative videos of examinations that center the discussion on real patients, and help readers connect to the material • Discussing a wide range of disorders, succinct tables and figures condense vital information and make the text more accessible to readers • Provides a well-rounded and comprehensive approach to cases with contributions from experts in different fields, ranging from cognitive neurologists, psychiatrists, and movement disorder specialists October 2020 246 x 189 mm c.224pp 34 b/w illus. 978-1-108-43113-2 Print/online bundle £39.99 / US$49.99

An Introduction to Community and Primary Health Care Third edition Edited by Diana Guzys | University of Tasmania

An Introduction to Community and Primary Health Care provides an introduction to the theory, skills and the range of professional roles in community settings. This edition has been fully revised to include three new chapters on health informatics, refugee health nursing and developing a career in primary health care. • Introduces readers to a wide range of community and primary health care roles and career and practice possibilities • In each chapter, case studies illustrate the application of theory within community health care settings and encourage students to reflect on their own practice, and reflective and critical thinking questions consolidate understanding of key topics • The comprehensive companion website for instructors includes a suite of questions and links to useful resources Contents: Part I. Theory: 1. Community and primary health care; 2. Empowering individuals, groups and communities; 3. Exploring disability from a social model of health perspective; 4. A lifespan and settings-based approach to mental health promotion; 5. Indigenous health and well-being: wise and responsive practice in primary health care; 6. Gendered health; 7. Interprofessional practice; 8. Developing a career in primary health care; Part II. Skills for Practice: 9. Cultural competence and cultural safety; 10. Community health needs assessment; 11. Health-related program planning and evaluation; 12. Health informatics; 13. Managing chronic health conditions; 14. Case management; 15. Home visiting, risk assessment and safety; Part III. Community and Primary Health Care Roles: 16. Community health nursing; 17. Community mental health nursing; 18. Maternal, child and family health nursing; 19. School and youth health nursing; 20. Sexual health nursing; 21. Drug and alcohol nursing; 22. Rural health nursing; 23. Refugee health nursing; 24. Occupational health nursing; 25. Nursing in general practice; 26. Home-based care; 27. Correctional nursing; 28. Nurse practitioners. January 2021 255 x 190 mm c.386pp 978-1-108-79783-2 Paperback £61.99 / US$69.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

105

Medicine

106

Fertility Preservation

SBAs for the FRCS(Tr&Orth) Examination

Principles and Practice Second edition Edited by Jacques Donnez | Catholic University of Louvain, Brussels

A Companion to Postgraduate Orthopaedics Candidate’s Guide Edited by Paul A. Banaszkiewicz

Comprehensive new edition covering topics ranging from the effects of cancer treatment on fertility, to fertility preservation strategies in males and females, including cryopreservation and transplantation. A valuable reference for clinicians specializing in reproductive medicine, gynecology, oncology, hematology, endocrinology and infertility. • Edited by internationally renowned specialists in gynecology, reproductive endocrinology and infertility • Covers the full range of techniques for both male and female patients, providing a comprehensive reference to established strategies and new advances in the field • Concluding chapters offer discussions of psychological, ethical, legal and reproductive issues, providing support and advice to the practicing clinician October 2020 246 x 189 mm c.544pp 978-1-108-49459-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Management of Chronic Pelvic Pain A Practical Manual Edited by Michael Hibner | St Joseph’s Hospital & Medical Center, Phoenix, AZ

Addresses a wide range of both gynecological and non-gynecological causes of pelvic pain and offers practical guidelines to treating this condition. Essential reading for all physicians treating women for pelvic pain. Covers topics such as mesh-induced pain, neuropathic pain, and pelvic floor pain. • An applied approach allows readers to use the book as a practical manual in their everyday clinical activities • Unlike other gynecological books on pelvic pain, this title covers the many non-gynecological causes of pelvic pain that have been left unaddressed by literature on the subject • Offers a valuable guideline on the strategies available for those patients where all treatments have failed November 2020 246 x 189 mm c.256pp 978-1-108-81988-6 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99

Part 1 MRCOG Revision Notes and Sample SBAs

December 2020 246 x 189 mm c.304pp 978-1-108-78997-4 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

Essential preparation reading for trainee obstetricians and gynaecologists taking the MRCOG Part 1 examination. Integrating clinical knowledge with basic science, this concise guide provides plenty of up-to-date revision notes, practice Single Best Answer (SBA) questions, and tips to improve exam success. • Comprehensive coverage of the vast Part 1 MRCOG syllabus guides readers in preparing for the exam in a structured manner • Easily readable text, bullet points and colour illustrations help students to retain knowledge • Practice papers allow self-assessment and focused preparation on weaker sections M

Surgical Critical Care For the MRCS OSCE Third edition Mazyar Kanani | James Cook University Hospital, Middlesbrough

A thoroughly revised third edition reflecting the latest surgical guidelines, principles and procedures. Essential reading for both surgical trainees and consultants in critical care with an easy-to-navigate format, and comprehensive discussion of care in both intensive care and non-intensive care units. • Features new sections on updated sepsis guidelines and management and clarification of the importance of major haemorrhage protocols • Equips surgical trainees with the skills needed to understand a clinical problem from an examiner’s perspective and to formulate individual approaches to answer common questions • Questions are presented in a viva voce manner, reflecting the examination format of all four surgical Royal Colleges of the United Kingdom, and answers are presented in a clear and methodical fashion January 2021 186 x 123 mm c.336pp 978-1-108-70254-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Edited by Neelanjana Mukhopadhaya | Luton & Dunstable Hospital

November 2020 246 x 189 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-71408-2 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

An essential resource for candidates undertaking the FRCS (Tr&Orth). Over 1,000 single best answer questions cover the breadth of the orthopaedic syllabus, including sections on difficult subject areas such as biomechanics, statistics and prosthetics/orthotics. Detailed evidencebased explanations help candidates learn and retain the answers. • Over 1,000 SBAs, covering the whole breadth of the orthopaedic syllabus, ensures candidates have well-rounded knowledge of all aspects of orthopaedic core knowledge for high stakes exams • Encourages the integration of clinical information with problem solving, the format featuring questions and detailed explanations helps candidates learn and retain the answers more efficiently than with simple factual recall • Written by highly experienced clinicians and examiners who know the exact format of questions that will come up in an exam and how best to prepare for them • Complements the main Postgraduate Orthopaedics textbook – the leading resource for candidates preparing for the FRCS(Tr&Orth)

Non-Neoplastic Pathology of the Gastrointestinal Tract A Practical Guide to Biopsy Diagnosis Edited by Roger M. Feakins | Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust, London, UK

This book summarises non-neoplastic gastrointestinal (GI) pathology and provides a practical approach to interpreting biopsies. Written by a team of experts in the field, it is a concise and readable book for histopathologists examining gut tissue samples under a microscope. It includes numerous illustrations, fact sheets and practice points. • Contributions from experienced diagnostic pathologists working across Europe and the US optimise the book’s clinical relevance • Readers can gain full HTML access of the whole book, with expandable figures and resources, via a scratch-off code inside the cover • Concise text, clear summaries, high-quality illustrations, fact sheets, practice points and tables help readers to absorb information quickly • Provides a unique focus on inflammatory GI biopsies, rather than tumours, and describes normal appearance July 2020 276 x 219 mm c.562pp 570 b/w illus. 570 colour illus. 978-1-108-76654-8 with Online Resource £170.00 / US$220.00

Medicine / Physics

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Many-Body Theory of Condensed Matter Systems

Diagnostic Bone Marrow Haematopathology Jon van der Walt | St Thomas’ Hospital, London

With over 200 illustrations, this vital guide to diagnostic criteria in hematopathology is easily accessible through clear tabular formatting, making it ideal for clinicians at all levels. General principles of bone marrow biopsy and aspirate processing are covered, along with the use of immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry and molecular diagnoses. • Provides extensive and vibrant illustrations provided to aid the diagnostic process • Presents critical information using tables and bullet points for ease of reading in busy clinical settings • Includes access to an HTML version of the text on Cambridge Core, alongside expandable figures and resources, via a scratch-off code inside the cover December 2020 246 x 189 mm 250pp 244 colour illus. 105 tables 978-1-107-04013-7 Book with Online content £99.99 / US$130.00

Physics

An Introductory Course Michael G. Cottam | University of Western Ontario

In this primer to the many-body theory of condensed-matter systems, the authors introduce the subject to the non-specialist in a broad, concise, and up-to-date manner. This book is suitable non-specialist students and researchers in physics, materials science, chemistry, or applied mathematics who want to use the tools of many-body theory. • A genuine introduction for non-specialists to the tools of many-body theory • Novel and up-to-date topics such as concepts from quantum optics are considered • Extensive problem sets reinforce the material and provide enhanced learning opportunities July 2020 247 x 174 mm 286pp 70 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48824-2 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

The Physics of Neutrino Interactions M. Sajjad Athar | Aligarh Muslim University, India

Electromagnetic Optics of Thin-Film Coatings Light Scattering, Giant Field Enhancement, and Planar Microcavities Claude Amra | Institut Fresnel

A detailed, self-contained and theoretical study of periodic multilayers and how they can be effectively exploited in both traditional and modern applications, this book is ideal for researchers, engineers and graduate students with interests in nanophotonics, optical telecommunications, observational astronomy and gravitational wave detection. • Suitable for graduate students due to self-contained nature • Authors are leaders in the field of thin film optics • A theoretical approach where most published books are focused on design and manufacturing November 2020 244 x 170 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48887-7 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99

A comprehensive treatment of neutrino interactions, this advanced text is suitable for both undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as academicians in the field of neutrino physics. It presents a theoretical framework for describing relativistic particles and discusses the phenomenological theory of weak interactions. • Provides a comprehensive treatment of neutrino interactions with nucleons and nuclei • Explains the phenomenological theory of weak interactions leading to the formulation of the standard model • Discusses neutrino scattering from nuclei and the importance of nuclear medium effects • Includes separate chapters on nuclear medium effects in quasielastic scattering, and inelastic and deep inelastic scattering • Introduces the subject of neutrino oscillations and highlights the need for beyond the standard model (BSM) physics September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.550pp 978-1-108-48906-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

Introduction to Effective Field Theory

TEXTBOOK

C. P. Burgess | McMaster University and Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics

An Introduction to Metamaterials and Nanophotonics Constantin Simovski | Aalto University, Finland

Offering a unified presentation of both metamaterials and metasurfaces, this book builds from basic nanophotonic principles towards cutting-edge original research. This advanced textbook will be invaluable to students and researchers working in the fields of optics and nanophotonics. • Suitable as both an advanced textbook for students and as a reference for more experienced researchers • Provides a self-contained description of metamaterials, accessible to graduate students with a basic understanding of quantum mechanics, solid-state physics, and optics • This important topic is approached from a pedagogical perspective and the underlying electromagnetic theory is given due attention

Graduate students and researchers in many areas of physics will find this book ideal for both self-study and for organized courses on effective field theory. Starting from undergraduate-level quantum mechanics, it gets to state-of-the-art calculations using both relativistic and nonrelativistic few-body and many-body examples. • Problem sets allow the reader to develop better intuition for how effective field theory methods work • Examples from a broad range of topics in physics illustrates core principles at work across the discipline • Examples are ordered from higher to lower energies, lending itself to using the book in a course. Core topics can be taken from part I and suitable examples chosen from parts II-IV November 2020 246 x 189 mm 550pp 978-0-521-19547-8 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99

Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Electromagnetic (optical) properties of materials; 3. Metamaterials; 4. Metasurfaces; 5. Photonic crystals; 6. Nanophotonic applications of photonic crystals; 7. Plasmonics; 8. Building blocks for all-optical signal processing: Metatronics; 9. Selected topics of optical sensing; 10. Nanostructures for enhancement of solar cells; 11. Nanostructures for enhancement of thermophotovoltaic systems; Index. October 2020 246 x 189 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-49264-5 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$74.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

107

Physics

Tau Functions and their Applications

Control Theory for Physicists John Bechhoefer | Simon Fraser University, British Columbia

John Harnad | Concordia University and CRM (Centre de Recherches Mathématiques), Université de Montréal

108

In this thorough and coherent introduction to tau functions, Harnad and Balogh start with the basics and extend right through to the most recent research results. This monograph is ideal for graduates or researchers in related fields unacquainted with the full range of applications of the theory of tau functions. • A comprehensive introduction to tau functions, the key to a very active and important field of current research • Applications are provided for many areas of mathematical and theoretical physics, including integrable systems, the spectral theory of random matrices, generating functions in geometry and topology, and partition functions in statistical mechanics • This is the only monograph surveying the field Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.520pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49268-3 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00

Languages in Space and Time Models and Methods from Complex Systems Theory Marco Patriarca | National Institute of Chemical Physics and Biophysics, Tallinn

An excellent toolkit for mathematicians and linguists eager to explore the problems in linguistics that can be addressed using the theory of complex systems and tools of statistical mechanics. It also provides a valuable overview for students entering the fascinating field of languages in space and time. • Shows complexity theory in action through a series of case studies and worked out examples • Supported with interdisciplinary material helping to fill the gap between linguistics and complex systems theory Physics of Society: Econophysics and Sociophysics

September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.262pp 978-1-108-48065-9 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Control theory, an interdisciplinary topic within the study of dynamical systems, is an important but often overlooked part of a physicist’s education. This is the first broad and complete treatment of the subject specifically tailored for physicists, spanning the basics to the most recent advances. • The first textbook on control theory aimed at physicists. Control theory is having an increasing impact on experimental and theoretical physics • A broader and more comprehensive approach than standard engineering-focussed treatments • The first textbook discussing new theories that link feedback with information theory and thermodynamics December 2020 246 x 189 mm 500pp 978-1-107-00118-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

Numerical Methods in Physics with Python Alex Gezerlis | University of Guelph, Ontario

Combining idiomatic Python programming, foundational numerical methods, and physics applications, this book covers linear algebra, DEs, root-finding, interpolation, and integration. With full implementations of many numerical methods in Python, and more than 250 problems, this is an ideal standalone textbook for courses on computational physics. • Provides examples of idiomatic usage of Python and the NumPy library, listing and discussing more than 50 complete codes on numerical methods and physics projects • Carefully explains, using actual derivations and code, topics which often appear mysterious, e.g., rounding error, ill-conditioning, automatic differentiation, the QR eigenvalue method, Lagrange interpolation, the Fast Fourier Transform, Gauss-Legendre quadrature, and Monte Carlo integration • Online resources provided at numphyspy.org including Python and NumPy tutorials, programs listed in the book, figure files, and solutions for instructors August 2020 246 x 189 mm 504pp 978-1-108-48884-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 978-1-108-73893-4 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

TEXTBOOK

P P

Modern Quantum Mechanics Third edition J. J. Sakurai

The third edition of this classic quantum mechanics textbook provides a modern, graduate-level introduction to the concepts of quantum mechanics, from the Schrödinger Wave Equation to SO(4) symmetry and its application to solving the hydrogen atom, in one comprehensive and engaging volume. • Updated and thoroughly classroom-tested by the author, ensuring its relevance for anyone studying physics today • New content helps students better understand the core material as well as more advanced topics • Forty new end-of-chapter problems have been added, while others have been clarified to be more accessible for modern students Contents: 1. Fundamental concepts; 2. Quantum dynamics; 3. Theory of angular momentum; 4. Symmetry in quantum mechanics; 5. Approximation methods; 6. Scattering theory; 7. Identical particles; 8. Relativistic quantum mechanics; Appendix A. Electromagnetic units; Appendix B. Elementary solutions to Schrödinger’s wave equation; Appendix C. Hamiltonian for a charge in an electromagnetic field; Appendix D. Proof of the angularmomentum addition rule (3.8.38); Appendix E. Finding Clebsch–Gordan coefficients; Appendix F. Notes on complex variables. September 2020 246 x 189 mm 566pp 978-1-108-47322-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$77.99

Learning Scientific Programming with Python Second edition Christian Hill | International Atomic Energy Agency

Learn to master basic Python programming tasks from scratch with real-life, scientifically-relevant examples and solutions drawn from science and engineering. This fast-paced introduction moves from the basics to advanced concepts in one complete volume, enabling readers to gain proficiency quickly. • A broad introduction to Python programming in the sciences • No previous coding experience needed – a chapter on general concepts included • Accompanying website provides resources for the examples and exercises September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.550pp 978-1-108-74591-8 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

Physics

A First Course in Random Matrix Theory

The Discovery of Cosmic Voids

for Physicists, Engineers and Data Scientists Marc Potters | Capital Fund Management, Paris

Laird A. Thompson | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

Classical statistical tools that handled real-life data have become inadequate upon the emergence of Big Data. Random matrix theory and free calculus introduced here present valuable solutions to the complex challenges posed by large datasets. Real world applications make it an essential tool for physicists, engineers, data analysts and economists. • An up-to-date introduction to random matrix theory and free calculus • Graphical illustrations and exercises based on real-life applications • Comprehensive cover of topics on free calculus December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.300pp 978-1-108-48808-2 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$69.99

Astrobiology, Discovery, and Societal Impact

A key protagonist explains how the first 3D maps of galaxies were created, revealing gigantic holes, ‘cosmic voids’, in the Universe. This fascinating story of the birth of a major pillar of cosmology is a useful case study of how a scientific discovery is made and becomes accepted. • Thompson shares his personal experience of making a historically significant scientific discovery • An easy to follow, non-mathematical explanation of our current model of the Universe is included as background • The author demonstrates why dark matter is a necessary part of modern cosmology • The contributions of the many scientists whose work led to the discovery of cosmic voids and the understanding of large-scale structure are clearly explained December 2020 244 x 170 mm c.325pp 978-1-108-49113-6 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

Steven J. Dick

New discoveries in astrobiology, including thousands of planets around distant stars, have increased the likelihood of finding life beyond Earth. Astronomer and historian Steven J. Dick examines the philosophical, theological, and societal implications of such a discovery. He presents the remarkable and often surprising results in easily accessible language. • Explores the humanistic aspects of the discovery of extraterrestrial life, making use of philosophy, science, theology, anthropology, history, and science fiction • This subject is one of the most popular themes in astronomy, and this volume is accessible to a broad audience, including students of humanities, social, and natural sciences, and the interested general reader • Offers the first systematic view of the impact of discovering life beyond Earth, including controversial subjects such as METI (Messaging Extraterrestrial Intelligence) • Presents a coherent case of what the implications of finding life might be and why we should tackle them now Cambridge Astrobiology, 9

May 2018 247 x 174 mm 394pp 978-1-108-42676-3 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99

Fine-Tuning in the Physical Universe Edited by David Sloan | Lancaster University

Is the universe fine-tuned for complexity, life, or something else? This comprehensive overview of fine-tuning arguments in physics features contributions from leading researchers in their fields. It is an accessible yet precise introduction to the topic, for students and researchers in physics philosophy. • A comprehensive overview of fine-tuning drawing from a variety of subdisciplines in physics • Makes connections between cutting-edge theoretical developments in areas as diverse as inflation, particle physics, and exoplanet research • Contains mathematical derivations of fine-tuning parameters enabling researchers within and beyond physics to understand the arguments for thinking parameters are fine-tuned September 2020 244 x 170 mm c.564pp 978-1-108-48454-1 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99

TEXTBOOK

Gravity’s Fatal Attraction Black Holes in the Universe Third edition Mitchell Begelman | University of Colorado Boulder

Blending descriptive theoretical arguments with the latest observational results, Begelman and Rees present the evidence for black holes and their role in the Universe. This lavishly illustrated book is suitable for introductory undergraduate courses, and will also fascinate amateur astronomers and all readers interested in astronomy and physics. • Provides a holistic view of the discovery and astrophysical context of black holes from the perspective of key figures in the field • Fully illustrated with original artwork and images from the latest observations and snapshots from computer simulations • Synthesizes observation and theory for a balanced treatment • Avoids mathematics in favour of rigorous explanations of the major concepts • Thoroughly updated edition which includes the latest discoveries and considers prospects for the future Contents: Preface to the Third Edition; 1. Gravity Triumphant; 2. Stars and Their Fates; 3. Black Holes in Our Backyard; 4. Galaxies and Their Nuclei; 5. Quasars and Kin; 6. Jets; 7. Blasts from the Past; 8. Black Holes in Hibernation; 9. Cosmic Feedback; 10. Postcards from the Edge; 11. Gravitational Waves; 12. Through the Horizon; Appendix: Gravity and Cosmic Dimensions; Further Reading; Index. November 2020 246 x 189 mm c.350pp 978-1-108-81905-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

109

Physics

TEXTBOOK

White Dwarfs as Probes of Fundamental Physics (IAU S357)

Foundations of Astrophysics Barbara Ryden | Ohio State University

110

Foundations of Astrophysics provides a contemporary and complete introduction to astrophysics for astronomy and physics majors. With a logical presentation and conceptual and quantitative end-of-chapter problems, the material is accessible to introductory astrophysics students taking a two-semester survey course. • Presents thorough discussions of the major topics in an informal, but clear and concise style that makes it ideal as an introduction to astrophysics for physical science majors • No background knowledge of astronomy is assumed, and rigor is carefully introduced, allowing students to develop an understanding without being overwhelmed by mathematics • Explains interesting connections between different fields of astrophysics and real-life applications that will engage students and put the ideas into context Contents: Preface; 1. Early astronomy; 2. Emergence of modern astronomy; 3. Orbital mechanics; 4. The Earth–Moon system; 5. Interaction of radiation and matter; 6. Astronomical detection of light; 7. The Sun; 8. Overview of the solar system; 9. Earth and Moon; 10. The planets; 11. Small bodies in the solar system; 12. The solar system in perspective; 13. Properties of stars; 14. Stellar atmospheres; 15. Stellar interiors; 16. The interstellar medium; 17. Formation and evolution of stars; 18. Stellar remnants; 19. Our galaxy; 20. Galaxies; 21. Active galaxies; 22. Clusters and superclusters; 23. Cosmology; 24. History of the universe. August 2020 246 x 189 mm 610pp 16 colour illus. 978-1-108-83195-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

Compact Star Physics Jürgen Schaffner-Bielich | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main

This self-contained introduction to compact star physics explains important concepts from areas such as general relativity, thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, and nuclear physics. It is ideal for graduate students and researchers working on the physics of compact stars, general relativity and nuclear physics. • A modern introduction on compact star physics • Includes major developments in the field, such as the discovery of massive neutron stars • Explains important concepts from different areas of compact star physics, general relativity, nuclear physics and astrophysics in simple terms August 2020 247 x 174 mm 320pp 33 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-18089-5 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99 P

Tracers of Planetary, Stellar and Galactic Evolution Edited by Martin A. Barstow | University of Leicester

More than ninety percent of stars will end their lives as white dwarfs. They are fascinating objects in their own right, but they also impact other areas of research, such as cosmology, extrasolar planets and fundamental physics. IAU S357 indicates the direction of white dwarf research for the next decade. • Provides an interdisciplinary approach to a range of problems, allowing researchers to access a wide range of topics which would typically be spread across several journals • Review papers provide key summaries of progress in a range of related research areas • A broad range of contributed papers give readers the latest thinking and results Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-49202-7 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00

Uncovering Early Galaxy Evolution in the ALMA and JWST Era (IAU S352) Edited by Elisabete da Cunha | Australian National University, Canberra

A major goal of modern astrophysics is to understand how galaxies such as our Milky Way emerged from the primordial density fluctuations in the early Universe and how they evolved through cosmic time. IAU S352 gathers scientific contributions from theoretical and observational experts on galaxy evolution in the young Universe. • Focuses on new results from the Atacama Large Millimetre Array (ALMA) and preparation for new research synergies with the soon-tobe-launched James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) • Includes current state of the art of detections of the faintest, most distant early galaxies • Provides updates on the state of theoretical early galaxy formation models, which make predictions on the properties of galaxies in the epoch of reionization Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

July 2020 247 x 174 mm 386pp 978-1-108-49213-3 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00

Astronomy in Focus XXX As Presented at the IAU XXX General Assembly, 2018 Edited by Maria Teresa Lago | International Astronomical Union

Astronomy in Focus presents the most relevant contributions from the 15 Focus Meetings included during the XXX IAU General Assembly in Vienna, 2018. Focus Meetings usually address a new scientific area or an emerging field that is not well represented in the IAU’s existing Commission structure. • Provides an up-to-date compendium of current research in a variety of astronomical disciplines, giving concise yet authoritative reviews of contemporary astronomy and astrophysics • Reports the presentations made in the 15 Focus Meetings held at the IAU XXX General Assembly 2018 • Each Focus Meeting offers comprehensive reviews, contributed papers and posters, presenting recent advances in each field Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

April 2020 247 x 174 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-48873-0 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00

Physics

Nuclear Activity in Galaxies Across Cosmic Time (IAU S356) Edited by Mirjana Povic | Ethiopian Space Science and Technology Institute

The proceedings of IAU S356 summarise the most recent results in the field of active galaxies and active galactic nuclei (AGN). These are some of the most luminous and most distant sources in the Universe, so they are important for understanding the early Universe and its evolution through cosmic time. • Gives a summary of the current state-of-the-art in AGN studies • Provides a general overview of AGN physics, from multiwavelength observations up to AGN evolution • Demonstrates the current developments in astronomical research in Africa Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-49201-0 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00

111

Laboratory Astrophysics (IAU S350) From Observations to Interpretation Edited by Farid Salama | NASA-Ames Research Center

Laboratory astrophysics is the Rosetta Stone that enables astronomers to understand and interpret the distant cosmos. IAU S350 explores the main themes of laboratory studies, astronomical observations, and theoretical modeling, demonstrating the breadth and the plurality of disciplines engaged in this growing field. • IAU Symposium 350 was the first in a series of an approximately 5-year cycle of IAU symposia dedicated to laboratory astrophysics • Demonstrates and reinforces the active synergy between astronomical observation, laboratory experiment and theoretical modelling • Timely with the advent of new powerful telescopes (e.g., ALMA, the James Webb Space Telescope in 2021 and the construction of the Extremely Large Telescope) Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

September 2020 247 x 174 mm c.400pp 978-1-108-48247-9 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00

Galactic Dynamics in the Era of Large Surveys (IAU S353) Edited by Monica Valluri | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Galactic dynamics studies the motions of stars and gas in galaxies to understand their structure and evolution. New observations, from satellites such as Gaia, allow us to validate our theoretical models. These and other large data sets provide insights into how our Milky Way relates to the universe of galaxies. • IAU Symposium 353 was the first major symposium specifically focusing on galaxy dynamics since the St. Petersburg conference in 2007 • Fourteen review articles cover a broad range of topics at the forefront of galactic dynamics, summarizing our understanding of the Milky Way and external galaxies from numerous large surveys • Review articles and contributed papers describe recent developments and serve to bridge gaps in our understanding of the Milky Way and other galaxies Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

July 2020 247 x 174 mm 316pp 978-1-108-48248-6 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Index

112

A.V. Dicey and the Common Law Constitutional Tradition..............................55 Abazari, Arash..............................................36 Abdulrahim, Dima......................................101 Abeyratne, Rehan.........................................55 About Shakespeare......................................27 Abrams, Zsuzsanna I.....................................49 Acocella, Nicola...........................................41 Adenitire, John.............................................53 Admissibility of Shareholder Claims under Investment Treaties....................................61 Advanced Data Analytics for Power Systems..94 Advances in Historical Orthography, c. 1500–1800...............................................52 Advances in Retirement Investing.................44 Advocates of Freedom..................................11 Afonso, José...............................................110 African American Language..........................48 After the Accord...........................................42 After the Deportation...................................15 After the Digital Tornado..............................65 After the Human..........................................24 Afterlife of St Cuthbert, The..........................26 Agent-Based Models of Polarization and Ethnocentrism...........................................70 Agrawal, Ankush..........................................87 Algo Bots and the Law.................................64 All the Sonnets of Shakespeare.....................25 Allen, Pauline.................................................3 Almond, Philip C...........................................40 Alves Batista, Rafael...................................109 Ambrose, Augustine, and the Pursuit of Greatness..................................................37 American Rage.............................................71 American Slavery, American Imperialism........11 Amir, Ariel..................................................101 Amorites and the Bronze Age Near East, The...2 Amra, Claude.............................................107 Anatomy of Deep Time, The..........................24 Anatomy of Flowering Plants........................96 Andrews, Kristin...........................................34 Andrus, Jennifer...........................................51 Anglo-Saxon England...................................11 Ansell, Ben W...............................................73 Antebellum Origins of the Modern Constitution, The.......................................72 Antichrist, The..............................................40 Apocalypse in American Literature and Culture......................................................23 Apostolic Gospel, An....................................38 Appasani, Krishnarao...................................95 Appasani, Raghu Kiran.................................95 Aquinas, Bonaventure, and the Scholastic Culture of Medieval Paris...........................40 Arabian Boundaries New Documents 1966–1975...............................................20 Aran, Amnon................................................78 Arber, Daniel A...........................................107 Architecture and the Senses in the Italian Renaissance................................................1 Argit, Betül Ipsirli.........................................19 Argumentation.............................................83 Aristotle on Language and Style.....................7 Armstrong, Catherine...................................11 Armstrong, Jackson......................................12 Aronsson-Storrier, Marie...............................57 Arora, Mala................................................106 Ars Erotica...................................................34 Art of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, The.103 Art of Presenting, The...................................85

Arthur, Wallace.............................................97 As If She Were Free......................................10 Aslany, Maryam............................................75 Aspects of Truth...........................................37 Assouad Dimension and Fractal Geometry...100 Astrobiology, Discovery, and Societal Impact.109 Astronomy in Focus XXX.............................110 Asymptotic Analysis of Random Walks: Light-Tailed Distributions...........................89 Atapattu, Sumudu A.....................................56 Athar, M. Sajjad..........................................107 Athenian Empire, The......................................9 Atlas for Large-Area Electronic Skins, An.......93 Attentional Selection....................................86 Attwood, Bain..............................................20 Australian Commercial Law..........................63 Australian Social Policy and the Human Services.....................................................88 Authoritarian Police in Democracy................79

B Ba tu , Ejder.................................................94 Bahá’í Faith, Violence, and Non-Violence, The.41 Bain, Chris.................................................104 Balganesh, Shyamkrishna.............................65 Ball, Erica L..................................................10 Balogh, Ferenc...........................................108 Banaszkiewicz, Paul A.................................106 Barfield, Woodrow.......................................65 Barjau Condomines, Ana..............................93 Barnett, Michael N.......................................16 Barstow, Martin A.......................................110 Bateman, Will..............................................54 Batlle, Joaquim A..........................................93 Bauer, Martin W............................................82 Baun, Dylan.................................................78 Baz, Avner....................................................36 Bears of the World.......................................97 Bechhoefer, John........................................108 Beck, Hans.....................................................7 Bedi, Shruti..................................................54 Bednarek, Monika........................................51 Bednarski, Andrew.........................................2 Begelman, Mitchell.....................................109 Behavioral Economics of Inflation Expectations, The.......................................42 Behavioral Public Performance......................69 Belcher, Kimberly Hope.................................37 Bell, Christopher...........................................40 Bell, Michael..........................................88, 89 Beloborodova, Olga......................................29 Ben Jonson and Posterity..............................26 Ben Shitrit, Lihi.............................................77 Benatar, Soloman.......................................104 Benefactors and the Polis...............................8 Bennett, Christopher....................................33 Bennett, W. Lance........................................72 Berger, Peter.................................................41 Berinskey, Adam J.........................................70 Berkel, Georg...............................................70 Bermúdez, José Luis.....................................83 Bernaisch, Tobias..........................................53 Bernstein, Douglas A....................................84 Berry, Mark..................................................32 Berry, Roger.................................................50 Berthelot, Katell.............................................8 Best Candidate, The......................................55 Beverelli, Cosimo..........................................61 Beyond the Anthropological Difference.........24 Beyond the Coal Rush..................................93

Beyond the Worst-Case Analysis of Algorithms................................................90 Beyond Virtue...............................................82 Bhatia, Mohita.............................................78 Bhawuk, Dharm P. S......................................86 Bidart, Claire................................................88 Biddle, Jeff E.................................................44 Binley, Andrew.............................................91 Bioinspired Structures and Design.................94 Biological Evolution......................................98 Biological Universe, The................................97 Blair, Robert A..............................................72 Bobrowski, Adam.......................................100 Bodie, Matthew T..........................................63 Boehme, Kate...............................................12 Bogin, Barry.................................................97 Bony, Sandrine.............................................92 Book of Proverbs and Virtue Ethics, The.........39 Book, Text, Medium......................................30 Borcherdt, Roger..........................................92 Borger, Vestert..............................................64 Borovkov, A.A...............................................89 Bottini, Gabriel.............................................61 Bottomley, Stephen......................................62 Bou Nassif, Hicham......................................77 Bouchaud, Jean-Philippe............................109 Boundaries of the EU Internal Market, The....64 Bounded Gaps Between Primes....................99 Bowden-Jones, Owen.................................101 Bozzi, Claudio..............................................63 Bracco, Emanuele.........................................42 Bradley, Richard.............................................1 Bradshaw, David..........................................30 Brambilla, Paolo.........................................103 Breadth of Visual Attention, The....................85 Brewing Resistance......................................78 Brexitland....................................................71 Briscoe, John..................................................5 Britain and Italy in the Era of the First World War.................................................21 Brock, Gillian..............................................104 Brockmann, Sophie......................................21 Bross, Kristina..............................................23 Broughan, Kevin...........................................99 Brown, Rhonda..........................................105 Brown, Timothy Scott....................................15 Bruhn de Garavito, Joyce..............................53 Bruun, Niklas...............................................64 Building Strategic Capabilities in Emerging Markets.....................................................69 Buiter, Willem...............................................42 Burdett, A....................................................19 Burgess, C. P...............................................107 Burke, Aaron A...............................................2 Burton, Richard M........................................68 Busch, Signe................................................58 Busemeyer, Marius R....................................73 Bushell, Sally................................................28 Butler, Martin...............................................26

C Cabal Seminar, The.......................................98 Caballero, Carlo...........................................32 Caglioti, Daniela L........................................15 Calarco, Matthew.........................................24 Calboli, Irene................................................65 Calcidius on Plato’s Timaeus...........................7 Cambridge Companion to Ancient Athens, The.1 Cambridge Companion to Medieval British Manuscripts, The.............................26

Index

Cambridge Companion to Nineteen Eighty-Four, The.........................................30 Cambridge Companion to Queer Studies, The.25 Cambridge Companion to Rabindranath Tagore, The................................................31 Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare on Screen, The................................................27 Cambridge Companion to the Philosophy of Law, The................................................54 Cambridge Companion to Theatre and Science, The...............................................10 Cambridge Companion to Wagner’s Der Ring des Nibelungen, The..........................32 Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea, The.............27 Cambridge Handbook of Copyright Limitations and Exceptions, The..................65 Cambridge Handbook of Discourse Studies, The...............................................51 Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Justice and Sustainable Development, The..56 Cambridge Handbook of Environmental Sociology, The......................................88, 89 Cambridge Handbook of Intercultural Training, The..............................................86 Cambridge Handbook of International and Comparative Trademark Law, The........65 Cambridge Handbook of Judicial Control of Arbitral Awards, The...............................62 Cambridge Handbook of Social Theory, The...87 Cambridge Handbook of the Capability Approach, The...........................................43 Cambridge Handbook of the Law of Algorithms, The.........................................65 Cambridge Heidegger Lexicon, The...............34 Cambridge History of Native American Literature, The............................................23 Cambridge History of the Gothic, The......30, 31 Cambridge History of War, The......................21 Cambridge Stravinsky Encyclopedia, The.......32 Campbell, Edward........................................32 Campello, Daniela........................................79 Can We Be Wrong? The Problem of Textual Evidence in a Time of Data.............24 Capano, Giliberto.........................................76 Capitalism As Civilisation..............................59 Caplan, Lee M..............................................60 Caple, Helen.................................................51 Cardoso, Rafael............................................16 Carlson, Julia S.............................................28 Carolan, Michael....................................88, 89 Carson, Ed...................................................88 Caruana, Fausto...........................................83 Casas, Andreu..............................................71 Case Learning for Teachers...........................47 Case Studies in Sports Psychiatry................103 Cassel, Kevin W............................................95 Cassidy, Mike...............................................98 Catullus and Roman Comedy..........................4 Caughey, Devin............................................70 Cavanna, Andrea E.....................................105 Centenary Celebration, A..............................36 Central Banks as Fiscal Players.....................42 Chamallas, Martha.......................................67 Chambers, Rachel.........................................56 Chatfield, Sara.............................................70 Chatzinotas, Symeon....................................94 Chaudhuri, Sukanta......................................31 Chiappero-Martinetti, Enrica.........................43 Children and Family in Late Antique Egyptian Monasticism..................................9

Children of China’s Great Migration, The.......79 China and International Dispute Resolution in the Context of the ‘Belt and Road Initiative’...................................62 Chisholm, Rhianna.......................................68 Choi, Hyaeweol............................................18 Christ, Matthew R..........................................7 Christianity and Human Rights Reconsidered.16 Chung, Erin Aeran........................................73 Church and the Law, The..............................38 Cicero’s Political Personae..............................3 Cichowski, Rachel........................................63 Cikaliuk, Monique........................................69 Citizenship Reimagined................................71 City of Poetry, The.........................................31 Clarke , Stuart N...........................................30 Classical Philology and Theology.....................3 Clement of Alexandria and the Shaping of Christian Literary Practice...........................38 Climate Change Litigation in the Asia Pacific.58 Clinical Topics in Old Age Psychiatry............104 Cliquennois, Gaëtan.....................................63 Closure of the International System, The.......75 Clouds and Climate......................................92 Club Drugs and Novel Psychoactive Substances..............................................101 Cognitive Science and Ancient Israelite Religion.....................................................39 Cohl, Howard S............................................99 Colbern, Allan..............................................71 Commentary on Panegyrici Latini II(12, A........8 Common Pitfalls in Cognitive and Behavioral Neurology..............................105 Compact Star Physics.................................110 Comparative Study of Rock Art in Later Prehistoric Europe, A....................................1 Comparison Process for Mouse Pairs, A.........98 Competitive Programming in Python.............90 Complex Words............................................52 Compton, Rebekah.........................................1 Computational Approaches to the Network Science of Teams.........................90 Concise History of Australia, A......................20 Condorelli, Marco.........................................52 Congo Trials in the International Criminal Court, The.................................................64 Connor, Linda...............................................93 Constitutional Economics.............................42 Constitutionalizing World Politics..................75 Constraining Dictatorship.............................81 Contemporary Australian Corporate Law.......62 Contention in Times of Crisis.........................76 Contested Capital........................................75 Contours of Value Capture............................44 Contract Law...............................................67 Control Theory for Physicists.......................108 Convergence and Diversity in the Governance of Higher Education................76 Conybeare, Catherine.....................................3 Cook, Tim...................................................104 Cooke, Jennifer.............................................24 Cooper, Kate..................................................7 Cordonier Segger, Marie-Claire.....................60 Core Topics in Airway Management............104 Cormier, Monique.........................................57 Cormode, Graham........................................90 Cornell, Collin..............................................39 Corporate Finance........................................44 Corporate Governance and Leadership..........69 Corporate Responsibility for Wealth Creation and Human Rights.......................69

Costantini, David..........................................96 Cottam, Michael G.....................................107 Coyne, Christopher J.....................................45 Craik, Katharine...........................................26 Crang, Jeremy A...........................................21 Cranz, Isabel................................................39 Craven, Ciaran...........................................103 Creemers, Rogier J. E. H................................66 Crime and Punishment in Anglo-Saxon England....................................................12 Crime, Deviance and Society.........................87 Cross-Border Interbank Contagion Risk Analysis....................................................46 Crossmodal Attention Applied......................86 Crowley, Diarmuid......................................100 Cuénod, A......................................................1 Cuervo-Cazurra, Alvaro.................................69 Cultivating the City in Early Medieval Italy.....13 Cultural Considerations within Austrian Economics.................................................46 Culture, Mind, and Brain...............................86 Cummings, Brian..........................................12 Cummings, Constance..................................86 Cummings, Louise........................................48 Cummings, Scott L........................................66 Cuneo, Terence.............................................33 Curnutt, Kirk................................................23 Currency of Solidarity, The.............................64 Currie, Alan................................................103 Curry, Anne..................................................21

D D amonja, Mirna..........................................98 da Cunha, Elisabete....................................110 Da Rold, Orietta...........................................26 Daddis, Gregory A.........................................10 Dagan, Hanoch............................................67 Dai, J. G........................................................89 Daly, Samuel Fury Childs...............................17 Daniel, Leo...................................................94 Das, Aileen R..................................................6 Das, Sajal.....................................................94 Datta, Madhusudan.....................................43 Datti, P. S....................................................100 Dauncey, Sarah............................................19 Davies, Roger.............................................109 Dayton, Tim..................................................23 de Boer, Karin...............................................35 De Fina, Anna..............................................51 de Graaf, Beatrice.........................................14 De Haene, Lucia.........................................102 de Mora, Stephen.........................................91 de Sousa Santos, Boaventura........................66 de Swaan, JC...............................................44 De Valera and Roosevelt...............................13 Dearricott, Owen........................................100 Decadence...................................................30 Decadent Developmentalism........................80 Decker, Corrie...............................................17 Defence Economics......................................45 Defense, Peace, and War Economics..............45 Degenne, Alain.............................................88 DeHart-Davis, Leisha....................................68 del Gizzo, Suzanne.......................................23 del Rio Chanona, Ehecatl Antonio.................93 Dell’Omo, Giacomo......................................96 Democracy, Nazi Trials, and Transitional Justice in Germany, 1945–1950.................15 Devadevan, Manu V......................................17 Development of Environment Laws in India...61

Search the Cambridge catalogue online at www.cambridge.org

113

Index

114

Deviant Prison, The.......................................10 di Prisco, Guido............................................97 Diagnostic Bone Marrow Haematopathology.107 Dick, Steven J.............................................109 Dictionary of Trade Policy Terms....................61 Differential Geometry in the Large..............100 DiMatteo, Larry A.........................................62 Dimino, Michael R........................................55 Dinwoodie, Graeme B...................................64 Disability in Contemporary China..................19 Discovery of Cosmic Voids, The....................109 Disinformation Age, The................................72 Divine Aggression in Psalms and Inscriptions.39 Divine Ideas.................................................41 Dodson, Aidan...............................................2 Doing English Grammar................................50 Dolins, Francine L.........................................97 Domingo Gygax, Marc....................................8 Donnez, Jacques.........................................106 Douven, Igor................................................34 Downscaling Techniques for High-Resolution Climate Projections....................................92 Driver, Duncan..............................................46 Dublin’s Great Wars......................................13 Duckworth, C. N.............................................1 Dudley, Amber..............................................50 Due Diligence Obligations in International Human Rights Law....................................56 Duncan, Perry M...........................................84 Duncombe, Matthew......................................7 Dürr, Christoph.............................................90 Dutch Overseas Empire, 1600–1800, The......14

E Early Medieval’ Origins of India, The..............17 East Asia in the World..................................74 Economics of Venture Capital Firm Operations in India, The.............................69 Economics of World War II in Southeast Asia, The...................................................18 Edited Collection, The...................................25 Edmondson, Paul.........................................25 Edwards, Howell G. M...................................97 Eilers, Paul H.C.............................................89 Electromagnetic Optics of Thin-Film Coatings.107 Elias, Barbara...............................................74 Ellis, David A................................................86 Elster, Josef..................................................97 Emmer, Pieter C............................................14 Empire and the Making of Native Title..........20 Empirical Fiscal Federalism............................42 Encyclopedia of Special Functions: The Askey-Bateman Project..............................99 Enderle, Georges..........................................69 Endgames....................................................77 England Re-Oriented....................................12 England’s Northern Frontier..........................12 English Dialect Dictionary Online..................52 English Language Teaching and Teacher Education in East Asia...............................51 English Republican Exiles in Europe during the Restoration, The...................................22 Environmental Humanities and the Ancient World, The.................................................24 Environmental Impact of Ships......................91 Epistemology and Methodology in Ethics......33 Eppler, Martin J.............................................81 Erakovi , Ljiljana...........................................69 Erbacher, Christian.......................................36 Escobar, Anna María.....................................52

Espay, Alberto............................................105 Essential Epidemiology...............................104 Essentials of Pattern Recognition..................90 Ethical Dilemmas in Schools.........................83 Ethical Subjectivism and Expressivism...........33 Ethics and International Relations.................75 Ethics and the Media....................................33 Ethics of Social Punishment, The...................33 Eucharist and Receptive Ecumenism.............37 Europe’s Second Constitution.......................64 European Human Rights Justice and Privatisation..............................................63 European Monetary Union, The.....................41 European Societies, Migration, and the Law..63 Evans, Adrian...............................................68 Evolution of Humanitarian Protection in European Law and Practice, The.................56 Exchange Rates in South America’s Emerging Markets.....................................46 Exergy Analysis for Energy Conversion Systems.93 Existing Legal Limits to Security Council Veto Power in the Face of Atrocity Crimes..61 Experimental Beckett....................................29

F Failing, Michel..............................................86 Falci, Eric......................................................30 Farrell, Elaine...............................................13 Farrington, Charlie........................................48 Fast Track to Forcing.....................................98 Fatah-Black, Karwan....................................11 Fauré Studies...............................................32 Feakins, Roger M........................................106 Feijen, Liv.....................................................56 Feminist Judgments......................................65 Feminist Judgments: Rewritten Tort Opinions.67 Ferber, Michael.............................................28 Ferrari, Philippe............................................94 Ferrario, Lilia..............................................110 Ferraz, Octávio Luiz Motta............................56 Fertility Preservation...................................106 Fighting Terror after Napoleon......................14 Fileman, Timothy..........................................91 Film and Constitutional Controversy..............66 Finch, Anne..................................................27 Fine-Tuning in the Physical Universe............109 Finley, Lucinda M..........................................67 First Course in Random Matrix Theory, A.....109 Fisher, Paul G................................................44 FitzGerald, Duncan.......................................92 Flood, Gavin Dennis.....................................40 Fluid Dynamics of Cell Motility, The.............101 Ford, Martin E..............................................82 Ford, Robert.................................................71 Foster, Robert...............................................38 Foundations of Astrophysics........................110 Frame It Again..............................................83 France’s Wars in Chad..................................17 Fraser, Jonathan M.....................................100 Fraser, Julie...................................................57 Free Speech in the Balance...........................54 Free Will and the Rebel Angels in Medieval Philosophy................................................35 Freeman, Michael.........................................57 Friedman, Greg...........................................100 From Empire to Nation State.........................79 From the Material to the Mystical in Late Medieval Piety...........................................40 Fuhrmann, Malte..........................................19 Future of Rome, The.......................................8

G G. Van Ryzin, Gregg......................................69 Galactic Dynamics in the Era of Large Surveys (IAU S353)..................................111 Galen and the Arabic Reception of Plato’s Timaeus......................................................6 Gandhi, Ajay................................................43 Gänger, Stefanie...........................................21 Garbade, Kenneth D.....................................42 Garcia, Humberto.........................................12 Garritzmann, Julian L....................................73 Garvis, Susanne............................................46 Gaskins, Richard...........................................64 GATT Dispute Settlement Reports.................61 Gehring, Markus W.......................................64 Gender and Christian Ethics..........................39 Gender Imbalance in Public Sector Leadership.68 Gender in World Englishes............................53 Gender Politics at Home and Abroad.............18 Genealogy of Terrorism, A.............................18 General Right to Conscientious Exemption, A.53 Generative Second Language Acquisition......50 Generators of Markov Chains.....................100 Genovese, Federica.......................................75 Georgakopoulou, Alexandra.........................51 Gezerlis, Alex..............................................108 Ghosh, Devleena..........................................93 Ghosh, Nabaparna.......................................18 Giancaspro, Mark.........................................63 Gianoutsos, Jamie A.....................................12 Gibbons, Danièle..........................................90 Gibbons, Greg..............................................90 Gilhooley, Simon J........................................72 Ginsburg, Jane C..........................................65 Glatz, Claudia................................................2 Global Energy Fundamentals........................45 Global Health.............................................104 Global Pro Bono...........................................66 Godroads.....................................................41 Goldhill, Simon...............................................3 Gommans, Jos J.L.........................................14 Gonzalez, Carmen G.....................................56 González, Yanilda María...............................79 Goode, Walter..............................................61 Goodhew, Stephanie C.................................85 Goodman, James..........................................93 Goodson, Caroline........................................13 Gordon, Deborah S.......................................65 Graff, David A...............................................21 Graham, Philip...........................................102 Grammar.....................................................50 Granena, Gisela............................................50 Grassroots Environmentalism........................87 Gravity’s Fatal Attraction.............................109 Grayson, Richard S........................................13 Great Exodus from China, The.......................19 Great War in History, The..............................22 Greco, John..................................................34 Greek and Latin Letters in Late Antiquity.........3 Green, Kelly..................................................67 Greensmith, Emma.........................................5 Greenwood, Christopher.........................59, 60 Gregg, Heather............................................40 Gregori , Pavel................................................6 Griffiths, Graham..........................................32 Grossetti, Michel..........................................88 Grotesque in Roman Love Elegy, The...............4 Guichard, Sylvie............................................43 Gujral, Sukhbir Kaur.....................................96 Guttation.....................................................96

Index

Guzys, Diana..............................................105

H Habits..........................................................83 Haggard, Stephan........................................74 Haghshenasfard, Zahra...............................107 Hakala, Henri...............................................68 Håkonsson, Dorthe Døjbak...........................68 Halcomb, Elizabeth.....................................105 Halio, Jay.....................................................25 Hall, Kath.....................................................62 Hamdeh, Emad.............................................38 Hamilton, Bernard........................................14 Handbook of Primary Commodities in the Global Economy, A.....................................45 Handbook of Wellness Medicine, The..........102 Hansen-Magnusson, Hannes........................74 Harinck, Fieke...............................................85 Harnad, John..............................................108 Harrington, Alexandra R................................60 Harris, Benjamin.........................................105 Harris, Edward................................................9 Harrison, J. Michael......................................89 Harriss-White, Barbara..................................43 Hart, Caroline...............................................68 Hartley, Keith................................................45 Hartman, Charles.........................................19 Hartman, Erin...............................................70 Hartmann, Benjamin......................................8 Hatmaker, Deneen........................................68 Hausermann, Silja........................................76 Hay, John.....................................................23 Hayden, Grant M..........................................63 Hayhoe, Katharine........................................92 Haynes, Douglas E........................................43 Haytock, Jennifer..........................................24 Health and Wellbeing in Childhood...............46 Health as a Human Right..............................56 Heath, J. M. F................................................38 Hegel’s Ontology of Power............................36 Heidegger and His Jewish Reception.............40 Heijes, Coen.................................................27 Heinsalu, Els...............................................108 Hellenistic Anthology, A..................................5 Hellenistic Epigrams.......................................6 Hellström, Monica..........................................8 Hemelrijk, Emily A...........................................8 Henneberg, Sabina.......................................77 Heron, Jonathan...........................................29 Herskowitz, Daniel M....................................40 Hibner, Michael..........................................106 Hickey, Jena R..............................................97 Hicks, Michael Townsen..............................109 High Velocity Business Operations.................68 Hill, Christian.............................................108 Hill, Peter...................................................103 Hindu Monotheism.......................................40 Hinterleitner, Markus....................................73 Hinton, Devon E.........................................102 Hirth, Kenneth................................................2 Historic Maps of Bahrain 1817–1970...........47 History of American Literature and Culture of the First World War, A............................23 History of American Puritan Literature, A.......23 History of Hittite Literacy, A.............................2 History of the Republic of Biafra, A................17 History of World Egyptology, A........................2 Hodge, Jacqueline......................................110 Hoffmann, Tobias.........................................35 Hon, Matthew..............................................93

Hopkinson, Neil..............................................5 Hornblower, Simon.........................................5 Housing and Politics in Urban India...............78 Hout, Theo van den........................................2 How Insurgency Begins................................73 How to Study Animal Minds.........................34 How to Write Good Programs.......................91 How We Talk about Language......................48 Hualde, José Ignacio.....................................52 Huan, Changpeng........................................51 Huang, Christopher L.-H...............................96 Huang, Yanzhong.........................................79 Hudson, Jared................................................3 Huff, Gregg..................................................18 Huge Revolution of Theatrical Commerce, A..33 Hughes, Julian............................................104 Hughes, Zoe.................................................92 Huiskes, Ad H. L............................................97 Hull, Thomas C...........................................101 Human Anguish and God’s Power.................37 Human Rights Accountability Mechanisms of International Organizations, The.............55 Humanitarianism and Human Rights.............16 Hurd, Ian......................................................74 Hussain, Shahla............................................78 Hygienic City-Nation, A.................................18

I Idea of Development in Africa, The................17 Ikram, Salima.................................................2 Images as Data for Social Science Research..71 Imagining the Medieval Afterlife...................26 Immigrant Incorporation in East Asian Democracies..............................................73 Implicit Language Aptitude...........................50 In a Sea of Empires......................................11 In the Know.................................................84 Inclusionary Turn in Latin American Democracies, The.......................................80 Infantino, Marta...........................................62 Ingrams, Doreen...........................................20 Ingrams, L....................................................20 Inheritance Systems and the Extended Synthesis...................................................34 Insurgent Imaginations.................................31 Intellectual World of Sixteenth-Century Florence, The.............................................14 Interaction, Feedback and Task Research in Second Language Learning........................49 Intercultural Communication and Language Pedagogy..................................................49 Intercultural Politeness.................................48 Intergenerational Justice in Sustainable Development Treaty Implementation..........60 International Criminal Responsibility of War’s Funders and Profiteers, The...............58 International Law.........................................58 International Law Reports.......................59, 60 International Organizations..........................74 International Relations in the Middle East.....77 International Status in the Shadow of Empire.59 International Trade, Investment, and the Sustainable Development Goals.................61 Introducción a la lingüística hispánica...........52 Introducing Linguistics..................................53 Introduction to Clinical Psychology................84 Introduction to Community and Primary Health Care, An.......................................105 Introduction to Effective Field Theory..........107 Introduction to International Economics, An..45

Introduction to Latin American Philosophy, An.35 Introduction to Metamaterials and Nanophotonics, An..................................107 Introduction to the Theory of Knowledge, An.35 Invisible Hand in Virtual Worlds, The..............45 Inward Conquest..........................................73 Iran-US Claims Tribunal Reports....................60 Is English an Asian Language?......................49 IsHak, Waguih William................................102 Islam, Ethnicity, and Conflict in Ethiopia........17 Islamic Knowledge and the Making of Modern Egypt............................................20 Islanders and Empire....................................16 Ismail, Mourad E. H......................................99 Israeli Foreign Policy since the End of the Cold War...................................................78

J Jablonka, Eva...............................................34 Jackson, Brad...............................................69 Jackson, Liz..................................................82 Jackson, Russell............................................27 Jacob’s Room...............................................30 Jacobs, Jennifer............................................92 Jacobson-Tepfer, Esther................................24 Jakob, Christian............................................92 Jakobsen, Ingvild Ulrikke...............................58 Jakoby, Rolf..................................................94 Jalal, Baland...............................................102 James, Oliver................................................69 Jansen, Jan...................................................22 Jarman, R.....................................................47 Jarvis, Darryl S. L...........................................76 Jayachandra, Yemmanur...............................68 Jesse, Moritz................................................63 Jewish Internationalism and Human Rights after the Holocaust....................................22 Jihadists of North Africa and the Sahel..........81 Johansen, Elise.............................................58 Johansen, Stian Øby.....................................55 Johansen, Thomas Kjeller................................6 John Locke’s Christianity...............................35 John, Arielle.................................................46 Johnson, Charles R.......................................99 Johnson, Nicholas E......................................29 Jørgensen, Nina H B.....................................58 Josephs, Keith............................................105 Joshi, Kshitija...............................................69 Joshua, Essaka.............................................28 Jotischky, Andrew.........................................14 Judicial Review.............................................54 Jurado, Jennifer............................................92 Jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court over Nationals of Non-States Parties, The................................................57 Jurisdictional Accumulation...........................58 Justifying Injustice........................................54

K Kádár, Dániel................................................48 Kähm, Walter...............................................93 Kairoff, Claudia Thomas................................27 Kallet, Lisa.....................................................9 Kalmbach, Hilary..........................................20 Kanani, Mazyar..........................................106 Kang, David C..............................................74 Kant’s Critique of Taste.................................36 Kant’s Reform of Metaphysics.......................35 Kapiszewski, Diana.......................................80 Karabey, Onur Hamza...................................94

Search the Cambridge catalogue online at www.cambridge.org

115

Index

116

Karamanolis, George......................................6 Karmon, David...............................................1 Kashmir in the Aftermath of Partition............78 Kechris, Alexander S......................................98 Keefer, Arthur Jan.........................................39 Keith, Jennifer..............................................27 Kelkar, Govind..............................................88 Keller, Julie.............................................88, 89 Kellerman, Barbara.......................................85 Kelsey, David................................................37 Kenty, Joanna.................................................3 Kernbach, Sebastian.....................................81 Kerr, Lorraine................................................88 Kestrel, The..................................................96 Kettler, Andrew.............................................11 Keynes & Aidley’s Nerve and Muscle.............96 Keynes, Simon..............................................11 Khurshid, Salman.........................................54 Kim, S. Samuel...........................................106 King Abdul Aziz: Diplomacy and Statecraft 1902–1953...............................................19 Kingship, Power, and Legitimacy in Ancient Egypt..............................................2 Kirakosian, Racha.........................................40 Kirkman, Andrew..........................................32 Kirkpatrick, Andy..........................................49 Kirmayer, Laurence J.....................................86 Kitayama, Shinobu.......................................86 Kivisto, Peter................................................87 Klabbers, Jan................................................58 Klein, Steven................................................70 Kleinman, Scot J.........................................110 Kneebone, Emily.............................................5 Kochhar, S. L.................................................96 Kohli, Kanchi..........................................61, 93 Kohn, Mary..................................................48 Koornwinder, Tom H.....................................99 Körtvélyessy, Lívia.........................................52 Kotamarthi, Rao...........................................92 Kotarcic, Ana..................................................7 Kozlina, Simon.............................................67 Kraaijenbrink, Jeroen....................................68 Kramer, Ronald.............................................87 Kramsch, Claire............................................50 Kreps, Sarah.................................................75 Kriesi, Hanspeter..........................................76 Kristensen, Michael Seltz............................104 Kritz, Jessica.................................................69 Kroll, John H...................................................9 Kumar, Ashok...............................................76 Kumar, Vikas................................................87 Kurban, Dilek...............................................56 Kurtz, Jürgen................................................61 Kurz, Nathan A.............................................22 Kysar, Douglas A...........................................58

L Laboratory Astrophysics (IAU S350)............111 Lago, Maria Teresa.....................................110 Lamb, Marion...............................................34 Lammy, Simon............................................106 Land Acquisition and Resource Development in Contemporary India..........76 Landis, Dan..................................................86 Language as Symbolic Power........................50 Language Change........................................49 Language in Dementia.................................48 Language in the Trump Era...........................48 Languages in Space and Time.....................108 Languages of the World...............................53

LaPorte, Charles...........................................28 Large Cardinals, Determinacy and Other Topics.......................................................98 Laryea, Emmanuel........................................67 Laser and Fiber Optic Gas Absorption Spectroscopy.............................................93 Lässig, Simone.............................................22 Latin America Global Insertion, Energy Transition, and Sustainable Development...46 Latin and Greek Monasticism in the Crusader States.........................................14 Lauga, Eric.................................................101 Laver, Michael..............................................70 Law and the Party in China...........................66 Law and the Rule of God..............................37 Law of the Sea and Climate Change, The......58 Law, Ceri......................................................12 Law, Democracy and the European Court of Human Rights.......................................63 Le Bruyn, Bert..............................................50 Leaders Who Lust.........................................85 Leal, Tania....................................................50 Learner Corpus Research Meets Second Language Acquisition................................50 Learning and Memory..................................82 Learning from Loss.......................................71 Learning Law...............................................68 Learning Scientific Programming with Python....................................................108 Learning to Make a Difference......................83 Learning to Negotiate..................................70 Lebow, Richard Ned.....................................75 Lecossois, Helene.........................................10 Lectures on Orthogonal Polynomials and Special Functions.......................................99 Lee, A. D.........................................................9 Lee, Karen..............................................59, 60 Leedham-Green, C. R..................................101 Leerssen, Joep..............................................13 Leeuwen, Esther van....................................85 Legun, Katharine....................................88, 89 Leistner, Thomas.........................................100 Lemelson, Robert.........................................86 Lemos, Noah................................................35 Lempert, Manya...........................................29 Leonard, Jean Leó......................................108 Lequime, Michel.........................................107 Lester, Alan..................................................12 Let there be Light.........................................18 Leth Olsen, Asmus........................................69 LeVen, Pauline A.............................................4 Levin, Marianne...........................................64 Levitsky, Steven R.........................................80 Lewis, Browne C...........................................65 Lewis, David...................................................9 Lewis, Janet I................................................73 Lewis, Sarah.................................................27 Ley, Sandra..................................................80 Leys, Ruth....................................................22 Li, Liangyue..................................................90 Liberal Theory of Property, A.........................67 Lieberman, David A......................................82 Life after the Harem.....................................19 Life in Extreme Environments........................97 Life, Land, and Elijah in the Book of Kings.....39 Lilford, Philippa..........................................104 Lilienfeld, Scott O..........................................84 Limits of Supranational Justice......................56 Lin, Jolene....................................................58 Lin, Keh-Ming...............................................85 Lindvall, Johannes........................................73

Linnartz, Harold..........................................111 Literary Commentary on Panegyrici Latini VI(7, A.........................................................4 Liu, Bing......................................................91 Living in Networks.......................................88 Livingston, Steven........................................72 Livny, Avital..................................................77 Livy: Ab urbe condita Book XXII......................5 Lixun, Wang.................................................49 Lorenzini, Jasmine........................................76 Lotteries, Knowledge, and Rational Belief......34 Loud but Noisy Signal, A...............................73 Love between Enemies.................................15 Love, Rosalind..............................................11 Löwe, Benedikt.............................................98 Lucci, Diego.................................................35 Lummus, David.............................................31 Luthra, Sidharth............................................54

M Ma ecki, W. P................................................36 Ma, Chi........................................................92 Macagno, Fabrizio........................................53 Macintyre, Stuart..........................................20 Mackey, Alison.............................................49 Magistrelli Plys, Kristin Victoria.....................78 Magna Carta for Children, A.........................57 Mahajan, Sunil.............................................44 Mahlberg, Gaby...........................................22 Maiden, Brett E............................................39 Majumder, Auritro........................................31 Making of Empire in Bronze Age Anatolia, The.2 Making of Song Dynasty History, The............19 Making of the Indo-Islamic World, The..........18 Making the Financial System Sustainable......44 Makkai, Katalin............................................36 Malik, Lokendra............................................54 Management of Chronic Pelvic Pain............106 Managing Transition.....................................77 Managing with Mindfulness.........................47 Many-Body Theory of Condensed Matter Systems...................................................107 Mao, Douglas...............................................29 Marcuzzi, Stefano.........................................21 Marinac, Anthony.........................................68 Markus, Manfred..........................................52 Marshall, Jonathan Paul...............................93 Martellini, Lionel..........................................44 Marx Revival, The.........................................87 Marx, Brian D...............................................89 Marziani, Paola..........................................111 Masegosa, Josefa.......................................111 Masket, Seth................................................71 Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, The........................................101 Matousek, Roman........................................46 Matrix Positivity............................................99 Matrix, Numerical, and Optimization Methods in Science and Engineering..........95 Mattingly, D. J.................................................1 Maune, Holger.............................................94 Mauranen, Anna..........................................49 Mazo, Eugene D...........................................55 McCabe, Thomas........................................103 McCaffrey, Matthew.....................................45 McConnell-Ginet, Sally.................................47 McDoom, Omar Shahabudin.........................17 McGinley, Ann C...........................................65 McGrath, Sarah............................................56 McIntosh, Janet............................................48

Index

McKitterick, Rosamond.................................38 McMahon, Elisabeth.....................................17 McPherson, Tristram.....................................33 McQuade, Joseph.........................................18 Mearns, Linda..............................................92 Measuring Accountability in Public Governance Regimes.................................54 Medication-Resistant Epilepsy....................105 Meet Up!.....................................................81 Mehrotra, Santosh........................................43 Melletti, Mario.............................................97 Memory and the English Reformation...........12 Mendoza-Denton, Norma.............................48 Meng, Anne.................................................81 Menon, Manju.......................................61, 93 Menon, Nikhila............................................76 Mertens, Thomas..........................................57 Meteorite Mineralogy...................................92 Methuen, Charlotte......................................38 Michaelides, Efstathios.................................93 Midgley, Nick.............................................102 Milewicz, Karolina M....................................75 Milhau, Vincent............................................44 Mistry, Amit D.............................................103 Mitchell, Peter..............................................12 Mitra, Arup...................................................43 Mobile Technologies in the Ancient Sahara and Beyond.................................................1 Mobility as Capability...................................76 Modern Impact and Penetration Mechanics...94 Modern Quantum Mechanics......................108 Modernism and the Idea of the Crowd..........29 Modernism in the Metrocolony.....................29 Modernity in Black and White.......................16 Modular Theory in Operator Algebras............99 Monagle, Clare.............................................23 Monnheimer, Maria......................................56 Monopsony Capitalism.................................76 Monotheism and Hope in God......................41 Monotheism and Religious Diversity.............41 Mood Disorders..........................................103 Moore’s Ethics..............................................33 Morrison, Alexander.....................................15 Morrison, Faith A..........................................89 Mossialos, Elias............................................43 Motivating Self and Others...........................82 Moyer, Ann E................................................14 Moynihan, Donald........................................69 Mukhopadhaya, Neelanjana.......................106 Mulheron, Rachael.......................................67 Mulich, Jeppe...............................................11 Multimodal News Analysis across Cultures....51 Munier, Nathan............................................80 Murphy, Elliot...............................................47 Murphy, Rachel............................................79 Murray, Alex.................................................30 Murray, Hannah-Rose...................................11 Music and Metamorphosis in GraecoRoman Thought...........................................4 Music and Musicians at the Collegiate Church of St Omer.....................................32 Muslim Brotherhood in Jordan, The...............78 Musto, Marcello...........................................87 Mynors-Wallis, Laurence.............................103

N Nandakumaran, A. K..................................100 Napolitano, Jim..........................................108 Narratives of Domestic Violence....................51 Nathan, Dev.................................................88

Negretto, Gabriel L.......................................55 Negu, Seblu H............................................111 Neil, Bronwen................................................3 Neils, Jenifer...................................................1 Neimanns, Erik.............................................73 Nelson, Kimberly L........................................68 Netzer, Hagai.............................................111 New Feminist Literary Studies, The................24 New Hemingway Studies, The.......................23 New Irish Studies, The...................................31 New Modernist Studies, The..........................29 Newborn Imitation.......................................22 Newburry, William........................................69 Newton, Isaac............................................101 Nibbelink, Nathan P......................................97 Nickerson, Raymond S..................................83 Nielsen, Jennifer...........................................68 Nikolayevsky, Yuri.......................................100 Non-Neoplastic Pathology of the Gastrointestinal Tract...............................106 Noonan, Chris..............................................69 Nord, Philip..................................................15 North, Jonathan...........................................43 Nosworhty, Beth...........................................62 Nuccetelli, Susana........................................35 Nuclear Activity in Galaxies Across Cosmic Time (IAU S356)......................................111 Numbers in India’s Periphery.........................87 Numerical Methods in Physics with Python.108

O O’Connell, Rory............................................63 O’Hagan, Peter.............................................32 O’Hear, Anthony...........................................36 Obel, Børge..................................................68 Öberg, Marja-Liisa........................................64 Ohly, Ansgar.................................................64 Olarrea, Antxon............................................52 Olatunji, Bunmi O.........................................84 Olko, Justyna................................................52 Olsen, Sarah...................................................4 On Philosophy and Philosophers...................36 On the Offensive..........................................49 Oppian’s Halieutica........................................5 Optimization for Chemical and Biochemical Engineering............................93 Orazi, Attilio...............................................107 Orchard, Andy..............................................11 Organization of Ancient Economies, The..........2 Organizational Design..................................68 Origametry.................................................101 Origins of Early Christian Literature, The........37 Oscillatory Nature of Language, The..............47 Osmani, Siddiqur..........................................43 Østebø, Terje................................................17

P Page, Andrew.............................................104 Painting, Poetry, and the Invention of Tenderness in the Early Roman Empire.........3 Pal, Maïa......................................................58 Palacios Knox, Marisa...................................28 Paltin, Judith................................................29 Pandey, Sanjay K..........................................68 Pandey, Sheela.............................................68 Paoletti, Matteo...........................................33 Paper in Medieval England...........................26 Paquot, Magali.............................................50 Paris, Joel...................................................103 Park, Seung Ho.............................................69

Parnell and his Times....................................13 Part 1 MRCOG Revision Notes and Sample SBAs...........................................106 Partial Differential Equations......................100 Path to Genocide in Rwanda, The..................17 Patriarca, Marco.........................................108 Patterns of Human Growth...........................97 Pauer-Studer, Herlinde..................................54 Paulsson, Jan...............................................62 Peacekeeping, Policing, and the Rule of Law after Civil War....................................72 Peck, Tom...................................................105 Pendas, Devin O. ..........................................15 Pendergast, Donna.......................................46 Penteriani, Vincenzo.....................................97 Pentericci, Laura.........................................110 Pereira, Caio Vigo.........................................46 Pereltsvaig, Asya...........................................53 Pérez-Hernández, Lorena..............................48 Performance, Modernity and the Plays of J. M. Synge................................................10 Perlaza, Samir M..........................................94 Perry, Curtis..................................................27 Persian Historiography across Empires..........20 Persily, Nathaniel..........................................72 Peterson, Bradley M....................................110 Pettigrove, Glen............................................33 Pharmacological Treatment of Tics..............105 Pharmacology for Anaesthesia and Intensive Care.........................................105 Philosophical Introduction to Human Rights, A....................................................57 Philp, Mark..................................................22 Physical Disability in British Romantic Literature..................................................28 Physics of Neutrino Interactions, The...........107 Pickstock, Catherine.....................................37 Pietropaolo, Mariapia.....................................4 Piper, Andrew...............................................24 Pittinsky, Todd L...........................................85 Planning in the 20th Century and Beyond.....43 Plant Physiology...........................................96 Plato: Menexenus...........................................6 Plato’s Pigs and Other Ruminations................9 Policy Controversies and Political Blame Games......................................................73 Political Economy of the Kimberley Process, The...............................................80 Pollard, Richard Matthew.............................26 Polt, Christopher B..........................................4 Ponce Vázquez, Juan José.............................16 Poor, H. Vincent............................................94 Popular Conservatism and the Culture of National Government in Inter-War Britain...13 Porat, Iddo...................................................55 Port Cities of the Eastern Mediterranean.......19 Porter, Leila M..............................................97 Porter, Nicole Buonocore..............................65 Postcognitivist Beckett..................................29 Potential Theory and Geometry on Lie Groups.99 Potin, Nathalie M-P......................................62 Potter, Lois...................................................25 Potters, Marc..............................................109 Povi , Mirjana.............................................111 Powell, Nathaniel K......................................17 Power and Place in Etruria..............................1 Powers, Matthew.........................................74 Practical Smoothing......................................89 Pradhan, Uma..............................................41 Presence of Rome in Medieval and Early Modern Britain, The...................................25

Search the Cambridge catalogue online at www.cambridge.org

117

Index

118

Price, Jonathan J.............................................8 Principles of Cyber-Physical Systems..............94 Principles of Tort Law...................................67 Privacy at the Margins..................................66 Private Health Insurance...............................43 Processing Networks....................................89 Productive Knowledge in Ancient Philosophy..6 Progress through Regression........................44 Proportionality in Asia..................................55 Prost, Antoine..............................................22 Protestant Empires.......................................14 Provencal, Judith L......................................110 Pseudo-Aristotle: De Mundo (On the Cosmos).6 Psychology of Social Influence, The................82 Public Finance and Parliamentary Constitutionalism......................................54 Public Spending and the Role of the State.....42 Publicity in International Lawmaking............57 Publishing Journal Articles............................85 Pulp Vietnam................................................10 Pundir, Jyotsna...........................................106

Q Qizilbash, Mozaffar......................................43 Quek, Tony Q. S............................................94 Quin, Rod.....................................................46 Quinn, Sholeh A...........................................20

R Rabadan, Raul..............................................95 Rabin, Andrew.............................................12 Radetzki, Marian..........................................45 Radi, Yannick................................................60 Radical Conduct...........................................22 Radzik, Linda...............................................33 Raess, Damian..............................................61 Ralston, Joshua............................................37 Ramakrishnan, S. Karthick............................71 Rankin, Tom.................................................50 Rao Dhananka, Swetha................................78 Rapid Ethnographies....................................87 Rawlinson, Paddy.........................................87 Razing Kids..................................................10 Recognizing Resentment..............................70 Reconfigurable Circuits and Technologies for Smart Millimeter-Wave Systems............94 Reconstructing the Corporation....................63 Records of Yemen 1798–1960......................20 Redefining Development..............................69 Redrafting Constitutions in Democratic Regimes....................................................55 Reduction and Mechanism...........................34 Rees, Martin...............................................109 Rees, Roger....................................................8 Reform and the Structure of the Indian Economy...................................................43 Refugee Crises, 1945-2000..........................22 Rehder, Gustavo...........................................94 Reinert, Kenneth A........................................45 Relative Change.............................................7 Religious Terrorism.......................................40 Renn, Jennifer..............................................48 Resistivity and Induced Polarization..............91 Resurrection of Homer in Imperial Greek Epic, The......................................................5 Rethinking Conflict at the Margins................78 Rethinking Markets in Modern India.............43 Rethinking Media Research for Changing Societies....................................................74 Rethinking the Secular Origins of the Novel..28

Revelli, Federico...........................................42 Revitalizing Endangered Languages..............52 Reydams-Schils, Gretchen...............................7 Reynolds, Paige............................................31 Rhetoric of Roman Transportation, The............3 Rickard, Jane................................................26 Rigid Body Kinematics..................................93 Rise of Responsibility in World Politics, The....74 Risk and the Rupee in Pakistan’s New Economy...................................................76 Rix, Keith...................................................103 Rix’s Expert Psychiatric Evidence.................103 Roadblock Politics........................................80 Rock, Ellen...................................................54 Rodas, Ana...................................................87 Rodriguez-Porcel, Federico..........................105 Rogers, Dylan.................................................1 Romantic Cartographies...............................28 Romanticism: 100 Poems.............................28 Rorty, Richard...............................................36 Rosenberg, Alex...........................................34 Rötheli, Tobias F............................................42 Roughgarden, Tim........................................90 Rousseau, Cécile........................................102 Roy, Sandip..................................................94 Roy, Satyaki..................................................44 Royal Illness and Kingship Ideology in the Hebrew Bible.............................................39 Rubin, Alan..................................................92 Rubin, Ashley T.............................................10 Rublack, Ulinka............................................14 Rudall, Paula J..............................................96 Rule of Manhood, The..................................12 Rulers and Ruled in Ancient Greece, Rome, and China.........................................7 Rules and Practices of International Investment Law and Arbitration.................60 Ruling the World..........................................12 Rummel, Ole................................................46 Rumph, Stephen...........................................32 Russell, Adrienne..........................................74 Russell, Amy...................................................8 Russian Conquest of Central Asia, The...........15 Ryan, Emma.................................................87 Ryden, Barbara...........................................110 Rymes, Betsy................................................48

S Sabbahy, Lisa K..............................................2 Sacken, Donal M..........................................83 Sagan, Anna.................................................43 Sahoo, Sarbeswar.........................................41 Sakurai, J. J.................................................108 Salafism and Traditionalism..........................38 Salama, Farid.............................................111 Sallabank, Julia............................................52 Salt Marshes................................................92 Sammut, Gordon..........................................82 Sanders, Jeffrey C.........................................10 Sankar, Raman...........................................105 Sansone, David...............................................6 Sanz, Cristina...............................................52 Sarkar, Suvobrata.........................................18 Sartor, Giovanni............................................53 SBAs for the FRCS(Tr&Orth) Examination....106 Schaffner-Bielich, Jürgen.............................110 Scheck, Raffael.............................................15 Schickler, Eric...............................................70 Schliephake, Christopher...............................24 Schofield, Richard.........................................20

Scholastic Affect...........................................23 Schon, Justin................................................77 Schouten, Peer.............................................80 Schroeder, Caroline T.......................................9 Schuknecht, Ludger......................................42 Schwarze, Michelle.......................................70 Schwecke, Sebastian.....................................43 Schwieter, John W.........................................53 Science and Judicial Reasoning.....................62 Science of Useful Nature in Central America, The.............................................21 Science of Violent Behavior Development and Prevention, The...................................81 Science, Policy and Development in Africa.....80 Scopino, Gregory..........................................64 Scribes of Rome, The.......................................8 Seck, Sara L..................................................56 Second Language Speech Fluency.................51 Secondary English........................................46 Securing China’s Northwest Frontier.............79 Seeking Virtue in Finance..............................44 Seidel, Kevin.................................................28 Seijas, Tatiana..............................................10 Sekhon, Jasjeet S..........................................70 Sellwood, J. A.............................................111 Selvaraj, Sudhakar......................................103 Sens, Alexander..............................................6 Sentiment Analysis.......................................91 Settle, Antonia..............................................76 Shaffer, Christopher A...................................97 Shakespeare and Emotion............................26 Shakespeare and Senecan Tragedy................27 Shakespeare, Blackface and Race..................27 Shakespeare, William....................................25 Shan, Wenhua..............................................62 Shatz, Rhonna............................................105 Shaughnessy, Robert....................................27 Shaw, William H...........................................33 Shepherd-Barr, Kirsten E...............................10 Sher, George................................................33 Shortall, Sarah..............................................16 Shusterman, Richard....................................34 Siebesma, A. Pier..........................................92 Siliquini-Cinelli, Luca....................................67 Silva, Fabiio De Sa E.....................................66 Simovski, Constantin..................................107 Simpson, Douglas J.......................................83 Simpson, Melanie.........................................87 Simultaneous Identities................................41 Sinclair, Neil.................................................33 Singh, S. K..................................................107 Singh, Sanjay...............................................96 Singh, Shashi Ratnaker.................................76 Singisetti, Kiran K.......................................106 Single-Molecule Science...............................95 Singular Intersection Homology..................100 Singular Remedy, A.......................................21 Sisters in Arms.............................................21 Sixties Europe..............................................15 Skilled Labour and Professionalism in Ancient Greece and Rome...........................9 Skinner-Thompson, Scott..............................66 Skinner, Gwynne L........................................56 Slabakova, Roumyana..................................50 Slater, Lee....................................................91 Sloan, David...............................................109 Small Summaries for Big Data.......................90 Smartphones within Psychological Science....86 Smell of Slavery, The.....................................11 Smith, Amy E................................................68 Smith, J. Warren...........................................37

Index

Smith, Peyton R............................................82 Smith, Randall..............................................40 Smith, Ronald L............................................99 Snow, Catherine...........................................85 Snyder, Terri L...............................................10 So Young, So Sad, So Listen........................102 Soares, Jair.................................................103 Sobolewska, Maria.......................................71 Soboyejo, Wole............................................94 Sobral, David..............................................110 Social Control in Late Antiquity.......................7 Social Dynamics of Roman Imperial Imagery, The................................................8 Social Factors in the Personality Disorders...103 Social Institutions and International Human Rights Law Implementation...........57 Social Media and Democracy........................72 Social Media and International Relations......75 Solo Dance in Archaic and Classical Greek Literature....................................................4 Somerville, Siobhan B...................................25 Sondhaus, Lawrence.....................................16 Sooryamoorthy, R.........................................80 Sosa, Luis Molinas........................................46 Soto-Faraco, Salvador...................................86 Space and Fates of International Law............60 Spagnolo, Lisa..............................................67 Spatial Analysis in Field Primatology.............97 Speech Acts in English..................................48 Spence, Charles............................................86 Spencer-Oatey, Helen...................................48 Spender, Peta...............................................62 Sperling, Michael........................................105 Spicer, Andrew.............................................38 Spivack, Carla...............................................65 Spruyt, Hendrik............................................75 Stack, Micah................................................50 Staggenborg, Suzanne..................................87 Stanghellini, Giovanni...................................84 Stanley, Leonardo E......................................46 Statutory Interpretation................................53 Steel, John R................................................98 Stein, Ewan..................................................77 Steinmetz-Jenkins, Daniel.............................16 Stern, John M.............................................105 Stevens, Bjorn..............................................92 Stevens, Perdita............................................91 Stewart, Edmund............................................9 Stewart, Garrett...........................................30 Stewart, George...........................................93 Stockman, Robert H......................................41 Stoddart, Simon.............................................1 Stokman, Jasper V.........................................99 Stollznow, Karen..........................................49 Storr, Cait.....................................................59 Storr, Virgil...................................................46 Str til , Serban Valentin.................................99 Strangeways, Al............................................47 Strategy Consulting......................................68 Stravinsky in Context....................................32 Stulac, Daniel J. D.........................................39 Su, Jinyuan...................................................62 Substance Use Disorders...............................84 Suissa, Judith...............................................82 Sulyok, Katalin.............................................62 Sun, Haochen...............................................65 Sun, Yan.......................................................79 Surgical Critical Care..................................106 Surviving the War in Syria.............................77 Swann, Elizabeth L.......................................27 Szabo, Marcel...............................................60

T Tagliapietra, Simone.....................................45 Tajer, Ali.......................................................94 Target Estimation and Adjustment Weighting for Survey Nonresponse and Sampling Bias...........................................70 Tasioulas, John.............................................54 Taste and Knowledge in Early Modern England....................................................27 Tau Functions and their Applications...........108 Tavakoli, Parvaneh........................................51 Taylor, Emmeline..........................................87 Taylor, Matthew M........................................80 Taylor, Melanie Benson.................................23 Teachman, Bethany A...................................84 Tee, Benjamin C. K........................................93 tekauer, Pavol..............................................52 Tessema, Solomon B...................................111 Testa, Italo...................................................83 Tewes, Christian...........................................84 Thampapillai, Dilan.......................................63 Thatcher, Adrian...........................................39 Theeuwes, Jan..............................................86 Theology of the Books of Haggai and Zechariah, The...........................................38 Thinking about Animals in ThirteenthCentury Paris.............................................14 Thinking Probabilistically............................101 Thomas Reid on the Ethical Life....................33 Thomas, Geraint...........................................13 Thompson, Laird A......................................109 Thomson, Sarah...........................................43 Thomson, William T.......................................95 Thurston, Alexander......................................81 Tian, George Yijun........................................63 Tibetan Demonology....................................40 Time and Body.............................................84 Time and Gender on the Shakespearean Stage........................................................27 Tobin, David.................................................79 Tong, Hanghang...........................................90 Tools for Strategy.........................................68 Toward a New Legal Common Sense............66 Towering Judges..........................................55 Townshend, Dale....................................30, 31 Toxic Politics.................................................79 Tragedy and the Modernist Novel.................29 Tragedy of King Lear, The..............................25 Trahan, Jennifer............................................61 Transdiagnostic Multiplex CBT for Muslim Cultural Groups.......................................102 Transition and Coherence in Intellectual Property Law.............................................64 Transmission of Knowledge, The....................34 Transnational Corporations and Human Rights.......................................................56 Travis, Catherine E........................................52 Treharne, Elaine............................................26 Trejo, Guillermo............................................80 Tremblay, Richard E......................................81 Tretyakov, Sergei........................................107 Trevaskes, Susan...........................................66 Trigg, Roger.................................................41 Tripodi, Christian..........................................21 Trubek, Louise G...........................................66 Trust and the Islamic Advantage...................77 Tsatsomeros, Michael J.................................99 Tsesis, Alexander..........................................54 Tsui, Amy Bik May........................................51 Tucker, Joshua A...........................................72

Tuschmann, Wilderich.................................100 Tzouvala, Ntina............................................59

U Ulyanov, V.V..................................................89 UN Friendly Relations Declaration at 50, The.59 Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers and Scientists...................................................89 Uncovering Early Galaxy Evolution in the ALMA and JWST Era (IAU S352)..............110 Understanding Coronavirus..........................95 Unknown Enemy, The...................................21 Unruly Notion of Abuse of Rights, The...........62 Unsupervised Machine Learning for Clustering in Political and Social Research..70 Urban Headway and Upward Mobility in India.........................................................43 Urban Slavery in the Age of Abolition............11 Usher, M. D....................................................9

V Valladares, Herica...........................................3 Valluri, Monica...........................................111 Value of Poetry, The......................................30 van der Walt, Jon.......................................107 Van Engen, Abram........................................23 Van Hofwegen, Janneke...............................48 Van Wienen, Mark W....................................23 Vance, Thomas.............................................91 Vandertop, Caitlin.........................................29 Vankeerberghen, Griet....................................7 Variations on a Theme of Borel...................100 Varopoulos, N. Th.........................................99 Vassiliadis, Vassilios S...................................93 Vazsonyi, Nicholas........................................32 Venus and the Arts of Love in Renaissance Florence......................................................1 Vetchinnikova, Svetlana................................49 Vetterlein, Antje...........................................74 Vibration Monitoring of Induction Motors.....95 Victorian Cult of Shakespeare, The................28 Victorian Women and Wayward Reading.......28 Vie, Jill-JĂŞnn.................................................90 Vindrola-Padros, Cecilia................................87 Vint, Sherryl.................................................24 ViĂąuales, Jorge E..........................................59 Viola, Lora Anne...........................................75 Viscoelastic Waves and Rays in Layered Media.......................................................92 Voigt, Stefan................................................42 Volatility Curse, The......................................79 Voparil, Chris................................................36 Votes, Drugs, and Violence............................80 Vu, Thang X..................................................94 Vuorinen, Tero..............................................68

W Waddell, Nathan..........................................30 Wagemakers, Joas........................................78 Waggoner, Philip D.......................................70 Wainwright, William J...................................41 Walford Davies, Damian...............................28 Walker, James...............................................94 Wallace, Andrew..........................................25 Wallace, Bronwyn.........................................12 Walsh, Robyn Faith.......................................37 Walsham, Alexandra.....................................12 Walters, Mark D............................................55 Walton, Douglas...........................................53

Search the Cambridge catalogue online at www.cambridge.org

119

Index

120

Wan, Marco.................................................66 War and American Literature........................24 War and Citizenship.....................................15 War, Memory, and National Identity in the Hebrew Bible.............................................38 Ward, Stephen J. A.......................................33 Ward, Thomas M..........................................41 Ware, Catherine.............................................4 Wårell, Linda................................................45 Warfare in the Roman World..........................9 Warne, Russell T............................................84 Watson, Francis............................................38 Watson, Susan.............................................69 Weak States at Global Climate Negotiations.75 Webb Williams, Nora....................................71 Webb, Penelope.........................................104 Webster, Peter..............................................25 Webster, Steven W........................................71 Wee Loon, Ng-Loy........................................65 Wei, Ian P.....................................................14 Weinberger, Shmuel...................................100 Weintraub, Daniel.......................................105 Wells, Stanley...............................................25 Wenger-Trayner, Beverly................................83 Wenger-Trayner, Etienne...............................83 Werbach, Kevin............................................65 Whelan, Bernadette.....................................13 White Dwarfs as Probes of Fundamental Physics (IAU S357)..................................110 Whitehead, Christiania.................................26 Whitehead, Dean.......................................105 Whong, Melinda..........................................50 Why Allies Rebel..........................................74 Wilkerson, John D.........................................71 Williams, Jonathan.....................................103 Wink, André.................................................18 Winning Lebanon.........................................78 Winter, Jay...................................................22 Wireless Edge Caching.................................94 Witch Hunts.................................................88 Wittgenstein on Aspect Perception................36 Wittgenstein’s Heirs and Editors...................36 Wolfram, Walt..............................................48 Women and Society in the Roman World........8 Women and the Holy City.............................77 Women, Crime and Punishment in Ireland.....13 Wood, Asmi.................................................68 Wood, Jamie..................................................7 Woolf, Virginia..............................................30 Words Matter...............................................47 Work of Politics, The.....................................70 Working with Refugee Families...................102 World Imagined, The....................................75 World Trade Organization.............................61 World War One............................................16 Worthman, Carol M......................................86 Wounded Healers.........................................85 Wrathall, Mark A..........................................34 Wright, Angela.......................................30, 31 Wright, Clare................................................51 Wright, Jacob L............................................38 Wu, Jianxin..................................................90 Wuebbles, Don.............................................92 Wüest, Bruno...............................................76

X Xenophon and the Athenian Democracy.........7

Y Yahyaoui Krivenko, Ekaterina........................60 Yan, Zheng...................................................85 Yang, Dominic Meng-Hsuan.........................19 Yang, Weidong.............................................93 Yao, Haicheng..............................................93 Yap, Po Jen...................................................55 Yashar, Deborah J.........................................80 Yeigh, Tony...................................................47 Yi, Ke...........................................................90 Yin, Kenneth.................................................67 Yuan, Ye.......................................................93

Z Zerrad, Myriam...........................................107 Zhang, Sheng...............................................62 Zhitlukhin, Mikhail.......................................89 Zucco, Cesar.................................................79 Zuiderhoek, Arjan...........................................8

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email LibrarySales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe, Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email LibrarySales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Sub-Saharan Africa

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

44155

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books September - December 2020 www.cambridge.org/knowledge